price_eur_br

price_eur_br_a

additional_softcover

springer_reference

nr_of_arabic_pages

key_book_for_libraries

pub_date_actual_sec_loc

pub_date_planned_sec_loc

ebook_info_no_e_rights

intellectual_unit_id

more_media_app

978-3-031-28045-0

Syed Z. Ali, The Johns Hopkins Hospital/The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD, USA; Paul A. VanderLaan, Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, Harvard Medical School, Boston, MA, USA

Overview of Diagnostic Terminology and Reporting.- Nondiagnostic/Unsatisfactory.- Benign.- Atypia of Undetermined Significance.- Follicular Neoplasm.- Follicular Neoplasm, Hürthle Cell Type.- Suspicious for Malignancy.- Papillary Thyroid Carcinoma and Variants.- Medullary Thyroid Carcinoma.- Poorly Differentiated Thyroid Carcinoma.- Undifferentiated (Anaplastic) Carcinoma and Squamous Cell Carcinoma of the Thyroid.- Metastatic Tumors, Lymphomas, and Miscellaneous Lesions.- Clinical Perspectives and Imaging Studies.- Molecular and Other Ancillary Tests.

<div> The previous edition of The Bethesda System for Reporting Thyroid Cytopathology provided important updates and advances in the practice of thyroid cytopathology. It was inspired by new developments in the field of thyroid cytopathology since the publication of the first edition in 2010. These included revised clinical guidelines for the management of patients with thyroid nodules, the introduction of molecular testing as an adjunct to cytopathologic examination, and the reclassification of the non-invasive follicular variant of papillary thyroid carcinoma as non-invasive follicular thyroid neoplasm with papillary-like nuclear features (NIFTP).</div>This new third edition provides updates to the current reporting terminology and diagnostic criteria, including new information on ancillary molecular testing, as well as imaging findings and clinical management. This book provides a more unified approach to diagnosing and reporting thyroid FNA interpretations. It simplifies the reporting structure by settling on just one name for each of the six categories and aligning terminology with the most recent classification of thyroid tumors by the World Health Organization.Written by experts in the field, The Bethesda System for Reporting Thyroid Cytopathology, Third Edition aims to inspire advances in thyroid cytopathologic diagnosis and the betterment of patients with thyroid nodular disease. It serves as a reference guide not just for pathologists, but also endocrinologists, surgeons, and radiologists.

The previous edition of The Bethesda System for Reporting Thyroid Cytopathology provided important updates and advances in the practice of thyroid cytopathology. It was inspired by new developments in the field of thyroid cytopathology since the publication of the first edition in 2010. These included revised clinical guidelines for the management of patients with thyroid nodules, the introduction of molecular testing as an adjunct to cytopathologic examination, and the reclassification of the non-invasive follicular variant of papillary thyroid carcinoma as non-invasive follicular thyroid neoplasm with papillary-like nuclear features (NIFTP).

This new third edition provides updates to the current reporting terminology and diagnostic criteria, including new information on ancillary molecular testing, as well as imaging findings and clinical management. This book provides a more unified approach to diagnosing and reporting thyroid FNA interpretations. It simplifies the reporting structure by settling on just one name for each of the six categories and aligning terminology with the most recent classification of thyroid tumors by the World Health Organization.

Written by experts in the field, The Bethesda System for Reporting Thyroid Cytopathology, Third Edition aims to inspire advances in thyroid cytopathologic diagnosis and the betterment of patients with thyroid nodular disease. It serves as a reference guide not just for pathologists, but also endocrinologists, surgeons, and radiologists.

<p>The only globally accepted thyroid cytopathology reporting system</p><p>More than 200 color illustrations based upon Bethesda terminology</p><p>Fully revised and updated new edition</p>

9783031280450

/Pathology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences////

10.1007/978-3-031-28046-7

978-3-031-28926-2

José Cordeiro, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Madrid, Spain; David Wood, London Futurists, Surbiton, UK

The Scientific Possibility of Physical Immortality and its Moral Defense

Introduction: The greatest and oldest dream of humanity.- Chapter 1: Life appeared to live.- Chapter 2: What is aging?.- Chapter 3: The biggest industry in the world has been born.- Chapter 4: From the linear to the exponential world.- Chapter 5: How much does it cost?.- Chapter 6: The terror of death.- Chapter 7: Paradigms: good, bad and “experts'.- Chapter 8: Plan B: human cryopreservation.- Chapter 9: The future depends upon us.- Conclusion: The moment has come.- Epilogue.- Appendix: Chronology of life on Earth.

<div>Is death inevitable? Until now, the history of mankind has been marked by this fatal fact. Religions, borders and progress are born from an ancient fear of death, comfort from this fear man often found only in religious paradigms. But according to José Luis Cordeiro and David Wood, the incontrovertible fact of death is no longer an absolute certainty - science and technology are preparing to tear down the final frontier: that of immortality.</div><div>
</div><div>This accessible book provides insight into recent exponential advances in artificial intelligence, tissue regeneration, stem cell treatment, organ printing, cryopreservation, and genetic therapies that, for the first time in human history, offer a realistic chance to solve the problem of the aging of the human body. In this book, Cordeiro and Wood not only present all the major developments, initiatives, and ideas for eternal life, they also show why there are a number of good arguments for seeing death for what it is:the last undefeated disease.</div><div>
</div>Is death inevitable? Until now, the history of mankind has been marked by this fatal fact. Religions, borders and progress are born from an ancient fear of death, comfort from this fear man often found only in religious paradigms. But according to José Luis Cordeiro and David Wood, the incontrovertible fact of death is no longer an absolute certainty - science and technology are preparing to tear down the final frontier: that of immortality.<div>
</div><div>This accessible book provides insight into recent exponential advances in artificial intelligence, tissue regeneration, stem cell treatment, organ printing, cryopreservation, and genetic therapies that, for the first time in human history, offer a realistic chance to solve the problem of the aging of the human body. In this book, Cordeiro and Wood not only present all the major developments, initiatives, and ideas for eternal life, they also show why there are a number of good arguments for seeing death for what it is: the last undefeated disease.</div><div>
</div><div>Enter any drugstore or bookstore, and we confronted with a mountain of nonsense concerning the aging process. Society seems obsessed with aging. That is why The Death of Death is such a refreshing delight, able to cut through the hype and reveal a balanced, authoritative, and lucid discussion of this controversial topic. It summarizes the astonishing breakthroughs made recently in revealing how science may one day conquer the aging process.
Michio Kaku, theoretical physicist and author of The God Equation: The Quest for a Theory of Everything</div><div>We are entering a Fantastic Voyage into life extension, crossing different bridges that will take us to indefinite life spans. The Death of Death explains clearly how we might soon reach longevity escape velocity and live long enough to live forever.
Ray Kurzweil,co-author of Fantastic Voyage: Live Long Enough to Live Forever and co-founder of Singularity UniversityThe Death of Death is a truly revolutionary book. This is a visionary book that confronts us with the terrible reality of aging, and its authors are friends and connoisseurs of the subject. I believe that the authoritative and exhaustive description of this crusade that José and David make in this excellent book will accelerate this process. Forward!
Aubrey de Grey, founder of LEV (Longevity Escape Velocity) Foundation and co-author of Ending Aging</div>

Is death inevitable? Until now, the history of mankind has been marked by this fatal fact. Religions, borders and progress are born from an ancient fear of death, comfort from this fear man often found only in religious paradigms. But according to José Luis Cordeiro and David Wood, the incontrovertible fact of death is no longer an absolute certainty - science and technology are preparing to tear down the final frontier: that of immortality.<div>
</div><div>This accessible book provides insight into recent exponential advances in artificial intelligence, tissue regeneration, stem cell treatment, organ printing, cryopreservation, and genetic therapies that, for the first time in human history, offer a realistic chance to solve the problem of the aging of the human body. In this book, Cordeiro and Wood not only present all the major developments, initiatives, and ideas for eternal life, they also show why there are a number of good arguments for seeing death for what it is: the last undefeated disease.</div><div>
</div><div>Enter any drugstore or bookstore, and we confronted with a mountain of nonsense concerning the aging process. Society seems obsessed with aging. That is why The Death of Death is such a refreshing delight, able to cut through the hype and reveal a balanced, authoritative, and lucid discussion of this controversial topic. It summarizes the astonishing breakthroughs made recently in revealing how science may one day conquer the aging process.
Michio Kaku, theoretical physicist and author of The God Equation: The Quest for a Theory of Everything</div><div>
</div><div> We are entering a Fantastic Voyage into life extension, crossing different bridges that will take us to indefinite life spans. The Death of Death explains clearly how we might soon reach longevity escape velocity and live long enough to live forever.
Ray Kurzweil, co-author of Fantastic Voyage: Live Long Enough to Live Forever and co-founder of Singularity University

The Death of Death is a truly revolutionary book. This is a visionary book that confronts us with the terrible reality of aging, and its authors are friends and connoisseurs of the subject. I believe that the authoritative and exhaustive description of this crusade that José and David make in this excellent book will accelerate this process. Forward!
Aubrey de Grey, founder of LEV (Longevity Escape Velocity) Foundation and co-author of Ending Aging</div>

Provides an overview of the near-term prospects for using technology to eliminate disease and deathPresents a compelling case for truly unprecedented life extensionBrings together research and insights to a future where we live much longer than we think is possible today

​José Cordeiro, PhD José is an international fellow of the World Academy of Art and Science, vicechair of HumanityPlus, director of The Millennium Project, founding faculty at Singularity University in NASA Research Park, Silicon Valley, and former director of the Club of Rome (Venezuela Chapter), the World Transhumanist Association and the Extropy Institute. He has also been invited faculty at the Institute of Developing Economies IDE – JETRO in Tokyo, Japan, the Moscow Institute of Physics and Technology (MIPT) and the Higher School of Economics (HSE) in Russia. José studied engineering at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) in Cambridge, MA, economics at Georgetown University in Washington, DC, management at INSEAD in Fontainebleau, France, and science at Universidad Simon Bolivar in Caracas, Venezuela. He is a leading expert on technological change and future trends. He has published more than 10 books in 5 languages and appeared in programs with the BBC, CNN, Discovery Channel and History Channel, among many other international media interviews. He is a member of the Sigma Xi (ΣΞ) and Tau Beta Pi (ТΒΠ) honor societies, and has received several prizes, including the Spanish Health Award by Instituto Europeo for promoting research on longevity and life extension. He has been Spanish candidate to the European Parliament in 2019, when he proposed the creation of the European Anti-Aging Agency. <div>
</div><div>David Wood, ScD David was a pioneer of the smartphone industry, co-founding in 1998 Symbian, the creator of the world’s first successful smartphone operating system. Software written by his teams was included in half a billion smartphones over the following years, from companies such as Nokia, Motorola, Sony Ericsson, Samsung, LG, Fujitsu, and Panasonic. David also spent three years as CTO of Accenture Mobility. While at Accenture, he co-led the company’s international Mobility Health business initiative. He is now a full-time futurist speaker, analyst and writer. He is the author or lead editor of ten books, including Anticipating 2025, Smartphones and Beyond, The Abolition of Aging, Sustainable Superabundance, and, most recently, Vital Foresight: The case for active transhumanism. He also heads up London Futurists, a non-profit networking meetup with approaching 10,000 members, and has chaired over 250 public events on technoprogressive and futurist topics. In 2009 he was included in T3's list of '100 most influential people in technology'. He has an MA in Mathematics from Cambridge University and an honorary doctorate in science from the University of Westminster. He is a Fellow of the IEET (Institute for Ethics and Emerging Technology), and was formerly Secretary of the international HumanityPlus organization.</div>

9783031289262

/Medical and Health Technologies/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Biomedical Engineering and Bioengineering/Biological and Physical Engineering/Technology and Engineering/

/Medical and Health Technologies/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Biomedical Engineering and Bioengineering/Biological and Physical Engineering/Technology and Engineering//Mortality and Longevity/Population and Demography/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society//Philosophy of the Social Sciences/Philosophy/Humanities and Social Sciences////

978-3-030-85483-6

Patricia Geraghty, Patricia Geraghty FNP WHNP A Nurs Corp, Walnut Creek, CA, USA

For Nurse Practitioners, Advanced Practice Nurses and Allied Health Professionals

<div>Chapter 1. History and Overview of the Menopause Experience.- Part I. Women’s Perspective and Physiology of the Menopause Transition .- Chapter 2. Women’s Voices: The Lived Experience of the Path to Menopause.- Chapter 3. Communication with Women in the Menopause Transition.- Chapter 4. Physiology of Menopause.- Chapter 5. Menopause and Chronic Disease.- Chapter 6. Menopause Hormone Therapy.- Part II. Menopause Symptom Management.- Chapter 7. Abnormal Uterine Bleeding.- Chapter 8. Vasomotor Symptoms.- Chapter 9. Sleep Disruption.- Chapter 10. Mood and Cognition .- Chapter 11. Genitourinary and Sexual Health.- Chapter 12. Nutrition and Weight Management in Midlife.- Chapter 13. Musculoskeletal Health in Menopause.- Chapter 14. Breast Health.</div>

This book is designed to meet the needs of nurse practitioners, other advanced practice nurses, and allied health professionals working in women’s health, primary care, and other specialties. The multiple roles the clinician embraces in menopause management include that of direct caregiver, manager of therapeutics, educator, and interdisciplinary team member or leader. This book provides updated, evidence based information on the menopause transition from the late reproductive stage to post-menopause to optimize the interaction of the clinician and the individual woman in each of those roles. Women’s lived experiences of menopause and women’s concerns regarding both the menopause transition and the choice of care options are included as critical components of shared therapy decisions. The review of natural menopause physiology and the variability of menopause symptoms are inclusive of diverse women and diverse trajectories. The impact of menopause on chronic disease, sleep, weight and nutrition, mood and cognition, urogenital health and sexuality, as well as vasomotor symptoms are each developed as individual topics by experts in those fields. Evidence based management using hormonal and non-hormonal options, and life-style and other complementary interventions are discussed with the most updated advantages and disadvantages of each treatment option. Consistent with advanced practice nursing theory, the approach is whole patient focused.

This book is designed to meet the needs of nurse practitioners, other advanced practice nurses, and allied health professionals working in women’s health, primary care, and other specialties. The multiple roles the clinician embraces in menopause management include that of direct caregiver, manager of therapeutics, educator, and interdisciplinary team member or leader. This book provides updated, evidence based information on the menopause transition from the late reproductive stage to post-menopause to optimize the interaction of the clinician and the individual woman in each of those roles.

Women’s lived experiences of menopause and women’s concerns regarding both the menopause transition and the choice of care options are included as critical components of shared therapy decisions. The review of natural menopause physiology and the variability of menopause symptoms are inclusive of diverse women and diverse trajectories. The impact of menopause on chronic disease, sleep, weight and nutrition, mood and cognition, urogenital health and sexuality, as well as vasomotor symptoms are each developed as individual topics by experts in those fields. Evidence based management using hormonal and non-hormonal options, and life-style and other complementary interventions are discussed with the most updated advantages and disadvantages of each treatment option. Consistent with advanced practice nursing theory, the approach is whole patient focused.

<div> </div>

<p>Focuses on evidence based menopause stages, symptoms, and consequences to diagnose, manage, and educate patients</p><p>Includes data from diverse populations, cultural variations, and variable access to care</p><p>Describes the spectrum of menopause symptoms from the most researched, vasomotor and sleep disruption symptoms</p>

<div>Patricia Geraghty, MSN, FNP-BC, WHNP is the Director of Women’s Health and Coordinator of the comprehensive Pelvic Pain Program in a multi-disciplinary practice, CARE Walnut Creek, in Walnut Creek, CA. She is a nurse practitioner with over 20 years of experience in women’s health. She translates complex health information into practical and achievable plans that make women’s lives better.

Ms. Geraghty attended the University of California, Davis for undergraduate studies in biological and behavioral development, and started her career as part of a neuropsychology research team at the National Institutes of Health in Bethesda Maryland. She then did a MSN in Women’s Health Nurse Practitioner followed by a post-masters Family Nurse Practitioner credential at the University of California, San Francisco.

Ms. Geraghty was the founding coordinator of the Family Nurse Practitioner program at Holy Names University in Oakland, California, where she continues as clinical faculty. She speaks and publishes nationally on topics pertinent to women’s health across the lifespan. She is a member of the Medical Advisory Board for Sharecare, Inc., the North American Menopause Society, Nurse Practitioners in Women’s Health and the American Academy of Nurse Practitioners.</div>

9783030854836

/Nursing/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Gynecology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Reproductive Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Nutrition/Health Care/Life Sciences/Health Sciences///

10.1007/978-3-030-85484-3

978-3-031-26661-4

William C. Faquin; Esther Diana Rossi; Zubair Baloch; Güliz A. Barkan; Maria Pia Foschini; Daniel F.I. Kurtycz; Marc P. Pusztaszeri; Philippe Vielh

William C. Faquin, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA, USA; Esther Diana Rossi, Catholic University of the Sacred Heart, Rome, Italy; Zubair Baloch, Hospital of the University of Pennsylvan, Philadelphia, PA, USA; Güliz A. Barkan, Loyola University Medical Center, Maywood, IL, USA; Maria Pia Foschini, University of Bologna, Bologna, Italy; Daniel F.I. Kurtycz, University of Wisconsin–Madison, Madison, WI, USA; Marc P. Pusztaszeri, Jewish General Hospital, McGill University, Montreal, QC, Canada; Philippe Vielh, Medipath and American Hospital of Paris, Paris, France

The Milan System for Reporting Salivary Gland Cytopathology.- Non-Diagnostic.- Non-Neoplastic.- Atypia of Undetermined Significance (AUS).- Neoplasm.- Suspicious for Malignancy.- Malignant.- Ancillary Studies for Salivary Gland Cytology.- Imaging of the Salivary Glands.- Clinical Management.- Histologic Considerations and Salivary Gland Tumor Classification in Surgical Pathology.

The Second Edition of The Milan System for Reporting Salivary Gland Cytopathology, like the First Edition, represents a collaborative effort by a multidisciplinary group of cytopathologists, surgical pathologists, molecular pathologists, radiologists, and head and neck surgeons. This international group shares the goal of creating a practical and uniform reporting system for salivary gland fine needle aspiration (FNA). This book is organized into six general diagnostic categories: “Non-Diagnostic,” “Non-Neoplastic,” “Atypia of Undetermined Significance (AUS),” “Neoplasm: Benign,” “Neoplasm: Salivary Gland Neoplasm of Uncertain Malignant Potential (SUMP),” “Suspicious for Malignancy,” and “Malignant.” It includes definitions, morphologic criteria, and explanations for each of the diagnostic categories. Specific chapters are dedicated to the application of the latest available ancillary studies, radiologic features of salivary gland lesions, clinical management, and histological considerations including updates from the most recent 5th Edition WHO blue book.

The Milan System for Reporting Salivary Gland Cytopathology 2nd Edition represents an essential step towards increasing the overall effectiveness of salivary gland FNA and fostering better communication between clinicians and between institutions to improve overall patient care.

The Second Edition of The Milan System for Reporting Salivary Gland Cytopathology, like the First Edition, represents a collaborative effort by a multidisciplinary group of cytopathologists, surgical pathologists, molecular pathologists, radiologists, and head and neck surgeons. This international group shares the goal of creating a practical and uniform reporting system for salivary gland fine needle aspiration (FNA). This book is organized into six general diagnostic categories: “Non-Diagnostic,” “Non-Neoplastic,” “Atypia of Undetermined Significance (AUS),” “Neoplasm: Benign,” “Neoplasm: Salivary Gland Neoplasm of Uncertain Malignant Potential (SUMP),” “Suspicious for Malignancy,” and “Malignant.” It includes definitions, morphologic criteria, and explanations for each of the diagnostic categories. Specific chapters are dedicated to the application of the latest available ancillary studies, radiologic features of salivary gland lesions, clinical management, and histological considerations including updates from the most recent 5th Edition WHO blue book. The Milan System for Reporting Salivary Gland Cytopathology 2nd Edition represents an essential step towards increasing the overall effectiveness of salivary gland FNA and fostering better communication between clinicians and between institutions to improve overall patient care.<div>
</div>

<p>Designed as a practical book with easy readability</p><p>Contains high-quality images, definitions, morphologic criteria, and explanations for diagnostic categories</p><p>Designed and endorsed by a panel of experts in the field</p>

<div><div>Dr. William C. Faquin is the Chief of Otolaryngologic Pathology at the Massachusetts Eye and Ear and a subspecialist in Head and Neck Pathology & Cytopathology at the Massachusetts General Hospital in Boston. He is a Professor of Pathology at Harvard Medical School, and is recognized for his contributions to the study of thyroid, salivary gland, and HPV-related cancers of the head and neck. He has authored over 350 peer-reviewed publications, and has co-authored several books on head and neck cytohistology, salivary gland cytopathology, and thyroid cytopathology. Dr. Faquin is the Editor-in-Chief for Cancer Cytopathology which is one of the 3 journals of the American Cancer Society, he is an author of the upcoming ARP Fascicle for Upper Aerodigestive Tract Tumors, co-author of the Bethesda System for Reporting Thyroid Cytopathology, co-chair of the College of American Pathologists Evidence-Based Guidelines Committee for the testing of head and neck squamous cell carcinomas for high-risk HPV, and co-editor of the Milan System for Reporting Salivary Gland Cytopathology sponsored by the ASC and IAC. </div><div>
</div><div>Dr. Esther Diana Rossi received an MD followed by a residency in Anatomic Pathology and a PhD from the Catholic University in Rome, Italy. She was an international observer in surgical pathology and cytopathology at the University of Pennsylvania and Hahnemann University (both in Philadelphia), Gustave Roussy (Paris), and the Institute of Molecular Pathology and Immunology of the University of Porto (IPATIMUP). Dr. Rossi is currently the Director of Cytopathology and Endocrine Pathology at the Fondazione Policlinico Universitario Agostino Gemelli IRCCS and an Associate Professor of Pathology at Catholic University, also with the title of Full Professor. She has published more than 200 original articles, reviews, and book chapters on endocrine pathology, cytology, and head and neck pathology. Dr. Rossi has co-authored 6 books and served as co-editor of the Milan System for Reporting Salivary Gland Cytopathology, as well as for the upcoming second edition. She also served as one of the three lead authors for the revisions to the Bethesda Thyroid FNA Classification System second edition and is the lead author for the chapter on undifferentiated carcinoma for the upcoming third edition. Dr. Rossi contributed chapters to the WHO Classifications of Endocrine and Neuroendocrine Tumors, Head and Neck Tumors, Pediatric Tumors, and Tumors of Hematopoietic and Lymphoid Tissues. She has delivered numerous lectures, workshops, and short courses at national and international meetings including USCAP, ASC, ASCP, CAP, ECC, ICC, ESP, IAP, and SIAPEC. Dr. Rossi is Associate Editor of Cancer Cytopathology and a member of the editorial boards of Diagnostic Cytopathology, Cytojournal, Acta Cytologica, PLOS One, Endocrine Pathology, and the Journal of the American Society of Cytopathology. She serves on the executive board of the Papanicolaou Society, the Scientific Committee of the EFCS and the abstract review board for the USCAP. Dr. Rossi has received awards from the Italian Society of Pathology, the American Society of Cytopathology, and the Italian Cancer Program-AIRC.
</div><div>Dr. Zubair Baloch received his medical degree from Liaquat Medical University in Hyderabad, Sind, Pakistan. After receiving his PhD in 1991 he joined the pathology residency at Hahnemann University Hospital. This was followed by fellowships in surgical pathology at Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York and cytopathology at the University of Pennsylvania Medical Center, Philadelphia under the mentorship of Dr. Prabodh K. Gupta (past president ASC). Dr. Baloch began his career as an assi

9783031266614

/Pathology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Otorhinolaryngology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences////

Natasha Rekhtman, MD, PhD; Marina K Baine, MD, PhD; Justin A. Bishop, MD

Natasha Rekhtman, MD, PhD, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY, USA; Marina K Baine, MD, PhD, Yale New Haven Hospital, Yale School of Medicine, New Haven, CT, USA; Justin A. Bishop, MD, University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center, Dallas, TX, USA

Immunostains: Introduction.- Immunostains: Solid Tumors.- Immunostains: Hematopoietic System.- Predictive Markers.- Immunostains: Antibody Index/Solid Tumors.- Immunostains: Antibody Index/Hematopoietuc System.- Special Stains.- Grading (and Classification) Quick Reference: Solid Tumors.- Grading (and Classification) Quick Reference: Hematopoietic System.- Tumor Genetics and Cytogenetics: Solid Tumors.- Tumor Genetics and Cytogenetics: Hematopoietic System.- Tumor Syndromes.- Quick Clinical References for Pathologists.- Potpourri of Quick Morphologic References.- Quick Size References.- It looks like WHAT? An Illustrated Glossary of Histopathologic Descriptors.

This book contains a compilation of high-yield, at-a-glance summaries in quick reference format for various topics that are frequently encountered by pathologists in the daily practice or on the boards. The focus is not organ-based histologic criteria, but rather everything else that goes into pathologic diagnoses but is difficult to keep committed to memory. The emphasis is on immunohistochemistry, special stains, grading systems, molecular markers, tumor syndromes, and helpful clinical references. Also included are morphologic summaries that encompass high-yield material cutting across all organ systems, such as an illustrated guide for microorganisms, tumor differentials, and an illustrated glossary of pathologic descriptors.The book has a unique format in that the information is presented primarily in tables and diagrams accompanied by brief and to-the-point explanatory text. The guiding principle was to boil the information down to the essentials but with just enough commentary to be accessible to a newcomer to pathology and to serve as a quick reference to a practicing pathologist. In the 7 years since its initial publication, there have been considerable advances in surgical pathology, particularly immunohistochemical stains, molecular diagnostics, and histologic grading schemes. In the second edition, the content has been thoroughly updated to incorporate these developments, while retaining the overall scope and concise format of the first edition. In addition, the reader will find summaries for many new topics as well as multiple new cartoon illustrations and diagrams.

This book contains a compilation of high-yield, at-a-glance summaries in quick reference format for various topics that are frequently encountered by pathologists in the daily practice or on the boards. The focus is not organ-based histologic criteria, but rather everything else that goes into pathologic diagnoses but is difficult to keep committed to memory. The emphasis is on immunohistochemistry, special stains, grading systems, molecular markers, tumor syndromes, and helpful clinical references. Also included are morphologic summaries that encompass high-yield material cutting across all organ systems, such as an illustrated guide for microorganisms, tumor differentials, and an illustrated glossary of pathologic descriptors.The book has a unique format in that the information is presented primarily in tables and diagrams accompanied by brief and to-the-point explanatory text. The guiding principle was to boil the information down to the essentials but with just enough commentary to be accessible to a newcomer to pathology and to serve as a quick reference to a practicing pathologist. In the 7 years since its initial publication, there have been considerable advances in surgical pathology, particularly immunohistochemical stains, molecular diagnostics, and histologic grading schemes. In the second edition, the content has been thoroughly updated to incorporate these developments, while retaining the overall scope and concise format of the first edition. In addition, the reader will find summaries for many new topics as well as multiple new cartoon illustrations and diagrams.

<p>Presented in a unique format</p><p>Completely revised and updated new edition</p><p>Richly illustrated in color</p>

Natasha Rekhtman, MD, PhDMemorial Sloan Kettering Cancer CenterDepartment of PathologyNew York, New YorkUSA
Marina K. Baine, MD, PhDYale New Haven Hospital/Yale University School of MedicineDepartment of PathologyNew Haven, ConnecticutUSA
Justin A. Bishop, MDUniversity of Texas Southwestern Medical CenterDepartment of PathologyDallas, TexasUSA<div>
</div>

9783319975078

/Pathology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences/////

Ritu Nayar, Northwestern Memorial Hospital, Chicago, IL, USA; David C. Wilbur, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA, USA

Specimen Adequacy.- Non-Neoplastic Findings.- Endometrial Cells: The How and When of Reporting.- Atypical Squamous.- Epithelial Abnormalities: Squamous.- Epithelial Abnormalities: Glandular.- Other Malignant.- Anal-Rectal Cytology.- Ancillary Testing.- Computer-Assisted Interpretation of Cervical Cytology.- Educational Notes and Suggestions Appended to Cytology Reports.

This book offers clear, up-to-date guidance on how to report cytologic findings in cervical, vaginal and anal samples in accordance with the 2014 Bethesda System Update. The new edition has been expanded and revised to take into account the advances and experience of the past decade. A new chapter has been added, the terminology and text have been updated, and various terminological and morphologic questions have been clarified. In addition, new images are included that reflect the experience gained with liquid-based cytology since the publication of the last edition in 2004. Among more than 300 images, some represent classic examples of an entity while others illustrate interpretative dilemmas, borderline cytomorphologic features or mimics of epithelial abnormalities. The Bethesda System for Reporting Cervical Cytology, with its user-friendly format, is a “must have” for pathologists, cytopathologists, pathology residents, cytotechnologists, and clinicians.

This book offers clear, up-to-date guidance on how to report cytologic findings in cervical, vaginal and anal samples in accordance with the 2014 Bethesda System Update. The new edition has been expanded and revised to take into account the advances and experience of the past decade. A new chapter has been added, the terminology and text have been updated, and various terminological and morphologic questions have been clarified. In addition, new images are included that reflect the experience gained with liquid-based cytology since the publication of the last edition in 2004. Among more than 300 images, some represent classic examples of an entity while others illustrate interpretative dilemmas, borderline cytomorphologic features or mimics of epithelial abnormalities. The Bethesda System for Reporting Cervical Cytology, with its user-friendly format, is a “must have” for pathologists, cytopathologists, pathology residents, cytotechnologists, and clinicians.

Offers excellent guidance on reporting of cytologic findings in cervical cytology preparations in accordance with the Bethesda SystemCovers both classic appearances and interpretative dilemmasReflects recent advances through the inclusion of updated 2014 Bethesda System terminology, explanatory notes and references; a new chapter and additional images

9783319110738

/Pathology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Cell Biology/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences//Gynecology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences///

Eva M. Wojcik, Loyola University Medical Center, Maywood, IL, USA; Daniel F.I. Kurtycz, Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine, University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public Health, Wisconsin State Laboratory of Hygiene, Madison, WI, USA; Dorothy L. Rosenthal, The Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, MD, USA

Pathogenesis of Urothelial Carcinoma.- Adequacy of Urine Specimens (Adequacy).- Negative for High-Grade Urothelial Carcinoma (Negative).- Atypical Urothelial Cells (AUC).- Suspicious for High-Grade Urothelial Carcinoma (Suspicious).- High-Grade Urothelial Carcinoma (HGUC).- Low-Grade Urothelial Neoplasia (LGUN).- Cytology of the Upper Urinary Tract.- Other Malignancies Primary and Metastatic and Miscellaneous Lesions.- Ancillary Studies in Urinary Cytology.- Cytopreparatory Techniques.- Risk of Malignancy (ROM) and Clinical Management.

The first edition of The Paris System for Reporting Urinary Cytology introduced a completely new paradigm for detecting bladder cancer by urine cytology. This system concentrated on defining morphological characteristics of the most clinically significant form of bladder cancer, High Grade Urothelial Carcinoma. This new approach has been widely accepted throughout the world, and has become part of the daily practice of cytology. Considering that the first edition of The Paris System (TPS) introduced a new model of urinary cytodiagnosis, verification and expansion of initial material and data were anticipated. Based on evolving knowledge and readership requests, the group of highly experienced authors have created a new edition of TPS. This second edition includes areas and issues not originally covered. A new chapter on urine cytology of the upper tract, a rarely addressed topic, has been introduced. Furthermore, the issue of cellular degeneration is discussed in the criteria of all diagnostic categories. Examples of standardized reports are included in each chapter. Most importantly, a separate chapter presents data defining the risk of malignancy (ROM) for each diagnostic category to inform clinical management. New high quality images augment those of the first edition to better illustrate diagnostic clues and potential pitfalls. In addition to chapters on diagnostic criteria, current concepts of pathogenesis of bladder cancer, specimen adequacy and preparation, and ancillary tests are covered in separate chapters. A bonus to the volume is a comprehensive history of urine as the earliest diagnostic sample of human disease, richly illustrated with artworks from major museums.

Written by internationally recognized authorities, this comprehensive and evidence-based guide to urine cytology is supported by the newest data confirming the original concept and significance of diagnostic criteria defining High Grade Urothelial Carcinoma.TPS is an essential tool for anyone who is practicing urinary cytology, including cytotechnologists, pathologists-in-training and practicing pathologists. This book should find a place in every cytology laboratory throughout the world.

The Concept has been endorsed by the American Society of Cytopathology, and the International Academy of Cytology.

The first edition of The Paris System for Reporting Urinary Cytology introduced a completely new paradigm for detecting bladder cancer by urine cytology. This system concentrated on defining morphological characteristics of the most clinically significant form of bladder cancer, High Grade Urothelial Carcinoma. This new approach has been widely accepted throughout the world, and has become part of the daily practice of cytology. Considering that the first edition of The Paris System (TPS) introduced a new model of urinary cytodiagnosis, verification and expansion of initial material and data were anticipated. Based on evolving knowledge and readership requests, the group of highly experienced authors have created a new edition of TPS. This second edition includes areas and issues not originally covered. A new chapter on urine cytology of the upper tract, a rarely addressed topic, has been introduced. Furthermore, the issue of cellular degeneration is discussed in the criteria of all diagnostic categories. Examples of standardized reports are included in each chapter. Most importantly, a separate chapter presents data defining the risk of malignancy (ROM) for each diagnostic category to inform clinical management. New high quality images augment those of the first edition to better illustrate diagnostic clues and potential pitfalls. In addition to chapters on diagnostic criteria, current concepts of pathogenesis of bladder cancer, specimen adequacy and preparation, and ancillary tests are covered in separate chapters. A bonus to the volume is a comprehensive history of urine as the earliest diagnostic sample of human disease, richly illustrated with artworks from major museums. Written by internationally recognized authorities, this comprehensive and evidence-based guide to urine cytology is supported by the newest data confirming the original concept and significance of diagnostic criteria defining High Grade UrothelialCarcinoma. TPS is an essential tool for anyone who is practicing urinary cytology, including cytotechnologists, pathologists-in-training and practicing pathologists. This book should find a place in every cytology laboratory throughout the world. The Concept has been endorsed by the American Society of Cytopathology, and the International Academy of Cytology.

Richly illustrated with meticulously photographed figures with cogently annotated descriptionsFully updated and revised new editionWritten by internationally recognized authorities

Eva M. Wojcik, M.D.Chair of Pathology and Laboratory MedicineHelen M. and Raymond M. Galvin Professor of Pathology & UrologyRegional Laboratory Medical Director, Loyola MedicineLoyola University Medical Center Department of Pathology and Laboratory MedicineMaywood IL, USA
Daniel F. I. Kurtycz MDEmeritus Professor, Department of Pathology and Laboratory MedicineUniversity of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public HealthEmeritus Medical Director,Wisconsin State Laboratory of HygieneMadison, Wisconsin, USA,
Dorothy L. Rosenthal, MDProfessor Emerita of Pathology/CytopathologyThe Johns Hopkins School of MedicineBaltimore MD, USA<div>
</div>

9783030886851

/Pathology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Urology////

10.1007/978-3-030-88686-8

978-3-319-40617-6

Mahul B. Amin; Stephen B. Edge; Frederick L. Greene; David R. Byrd; Robert K. Brookland; Mary Kay Washington; Jeffrey E. Gershenwald; Carolyn C. Compton; Kenneth R. Hess; Daniel C. Sullivan; J. Milburn Jessup; James D. Brierley; Lauri E. Gaspar; Richard L. Schilsky; Charles M. Balch; David P. Winchester; Elliot A. Asare; Martin Madera; Donna M. Gress; Laura R. Meyer

Mahul B. Amin, Los Angeles, CA, USA; Stephen B. Edge, Roswell Park Cancer Institute, Buffalo, NY, USA; Frederick L. Greene, Charlotte, NC, USA; David R. Byrd, Seattle, WA, USA; Robert K. Brookland, Towson, MD, USA; Mary Kay Washington, Nashville, TN, USA; Jeffrey E. Gershenwald, Houston, TX, USA; Carolyn C. Compton, Scottsdale, AZ, USA; Kenneth R. Hess, Houston, TX, USA; Daniel C. Sullivan, Durham, NC, USA; J. Milburn Jessup, Falls Church, VA, USA; James D. Brierley, Toronto, ON, Canada; Lauri E. Gaspar, Aurora, CO, USA; Richard L. Schilsky, Alexandria, VA, USA; Charles M. Balch, Dallas, TX, USA; David P. Winchester, Evanston, IL, USA; Elliot A. Asare, Chicago, IL, USA; Martin Madera, Chicago, IL, USA; Donna M. Gress, Chicago, IL, USA; Laura R. Meyer, Chicago, IL, USA

<div>Part I General Information on Cancer Staging and End-Results Reporting.- 1. Principles of Cancer Staging.- . Organization of the AJCC Cancer Staging Manual.- 3. Cancer Survival Analysis.- 4. Risk Models for Individualized Prognosis in the Practice of Precision Oncology.- Part II Head and Neck.- 5. Staging Head and Neck Cancers.- 6. Cervical Lymph Nodes and Unknown Primary Tumors of the Head and Neck.- 7. Lip and Oral Cavity.- 8. Major Salivary Glands.- 9. Nasopharynx.- 10. HPV-Mediated (p16+) Oropharyngeal Cancer.- 11. Oropharynx (p16−) and Hypopharynx.- 12. Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Sinuses.- 13. Larynx.- 14. Mucosal Melanoma of the Head and Neck.- 15. Cutaneous Squamous Cell Carcinoma of the Head and Neck.- Part III Upper Gastrointestinal Tract.- 16. Esophagus and Esophagogastric Junction.- 17. Stomach.- 18. Small Intestine.- Part IV Lower Gastrointestinal Tract.- 19. Appendix – Carcinoma.- 20. Colon and Rectum.- 21. Anus.- Part V Hepatobiliary System.- 22. Liver.- 23. Intrahepatic Bile Ducts.- 24. Gallbladder.- 25. Perihilar Bile Ducts.- 26. Distal Bile Duct.- 27. Ampulla of Vater.- 28. Pancreas – Exocrine.- Part VI Neuroendocrine Tumors.- 29. Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Stomach.- 30. Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Duodenum and Ampulla of Vater.- 31. Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Jejunum and Ileum.- 32. Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Appendix.- 33. Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Colon and Rectum.- 34. Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Pancreas.- Part VII Thorax.- 35. Thymus.- 36. Lung.- 37. Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma.- Part VIII.- Bone.- 38. Bone (appendicular skeleton, spine, and pelvis).- Part IX Soft Tissue Sarcoma.- 39. Introduction.- 40. Soft Tissue Sarcoma of the Head and Neck.- 41. Soft Tissue Sarcoma of the Trunk and Extremities.- 42. Soft Tissue Sarcoma of the Abdomen and Thoracic Visceral Organs.- 43. Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumor.- 44. Soft Tissue Sarcoma of the Retroperitoneum.- 45. Soft Tissue Sarcoma – Unusual Histologies and Sites.- Part X Skin.- 46. Merkel Cell Carcinoma.- 47. Melanoma of the Skin.- Part XI Breast.- 48. Breast.- Part XII Female Reproductive Organs.- 49. Introduction.- 50. Vulva.- 51. Vagina.- 52. Cervix Uteri.- 53. Corpus Uteri – Carcinoma and Carcinosarcoma.- 54. Corpus Uteri – Sarcoma.- 55. Ovary, Fallopian Tube, and Primary Peritoneal Carcinoma.- 56. Gestational Trophoblastic Neoplasms.- Part XIII Male Genital Organs.- 57. Penis.- 58. Prostate.- 59. Testis.- Part XIV Urinary Tract.- 60. Kidney.- 61. Renal Pelvis and Ureter.- 62. Urinary Bladder.- 63. Urethra.- Part XV Ophthalmic Sites.- 64. Eyelid Carcinoma.- 65. Conjunctival Carcinoma.- 66. Conjunctival Melanoma.- 67. Uveal Melanoma.- 68. Retinoblastoma.- 69. Lacrimal Gland Carcinoma.- 70. Orbital Sarcoma.- 71. Ocular Adnexal Lymphoma.- Part XVI Central Nervous System.- 72. Brain and Spinal Cord.- Part XVII Endocrine System.- 73. Thyroid – Differentiated and Anaplastic Carcinoma.- 74. Thyroid – Medullary Carcinoma.- 75. Parathyroid.- 76.Adrenal Cortical Carcinoma.- 77. Adrenal – Neuroendocrine Tumors.- Part XVIII Hematologic Malignancies.- 78. Introduction.- 79. Hodgkin and Non-Hodgkin Lymphomas.- 80. Pediatric Hodgkin and Non-Hodgkin Lymphomas.- 81. Primary Cutaneous Lymphomas.- 82. Multiple Myeloma and Plasma Cell Disorders.- 83. Leukemia.- Part XIX Additional Contributors.- Index.</div><div>
</div><div>
</div>

<div>The AJCC Cancer Staging Manual is used by physicians and health care professionals throughout the world to facilitate the uniform description and reporting of neoplastic diseases. Proper classification and staging of cancer is essential for the physician to assign proper treatment, evaluate results of management and clinical trials, and to serve as the standard for local, regional and international reporting on cancer incidence and outcome.</div><div>
</div><div>Significantly expanded and developed by international disease site expert panels, the Eighth Edition AJCC Cancer Staging Manual brings together all the currently available knowledge on staging of cancer at various anatomic sites. In this edition, evidence-based TNM staging is supplemented, as appropriate, by selected molecular markers and newly acquired insights into the molecular underpinnings of cancer. This edition features 12 entirely new staging systems, a wide range of changed or new staging definitions, and a refined emphasis on a personalized-medicine approach.</div><div>
</div><div>The Eighth Edition AJCC Cancer Staging Manual remains the gold standard reference for oncologists, surgeons, pathologists, radiologists, cancer registrars and medical professionals world-wide to ensure that all those caring for cancer patients are fully versed in the language of cancer staging.</div>

<div>Please visit www.cancerstaging.org for information about content updates and staging forms.</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>The AJCC Cancer Staging Manual is used by physicians and health care professionals throughout the world to facilitate the uniform description and reporting of neoplastic diseases. Proper classification and staging of cancer is essential for the physician to assign proper treatment, evaluate results of management and clinical trials, and to serve as the standard for local, regional and international reporting on cancer incidence and outcome.</div><div>
</div><div>Significantly expanded and developed by international disease site expert panels, the Eighth Edition AJCC Cancer Staging Manual brings together all the currently available knowledge on staging of cancer at various anatomic sites. In this edition, evidence-based TNM staging is supplemented, as appropriate, by selected molecular markers and newly acquired insights into the molecular underpinnings of cancer. This edition features 12 entirely new staging systems, a wide range of changed or new staging definitions, and a refined emphasis on a personalized-medicine approach. To enhance the print and electronic usability of the cancer staging forms, they are now available exclusively for access and downloading at www.cancerstaging.org.</div><div>
</div><div>The Eighth Edition AJCC Cancer Staging Manual remains the gold standard reference for oncologists, surgeons, pathologists, radiologists, cancer registrars and medical professionals world-wide to ensure that all those caring for cancer patients are fully versed in the language of cancer staging.</div>

Gold standard reference in cancer staging, now in its 8th EditionSignificantly expanded and developed by international expert panelsFeatures 12 entirely new staging systems and a wide range of changed or updated staging definitionsBrings together evidence-based TNM cancer staging with selected molecular markers and insights into the molecular underpinnings of cancer

The American Joint Committee on Cancer (AJCC) was established in 1959 to formulate and publish systems of classification of cancer, including staging and end-results reporting, that will be acceptable to and used by the medical profession for selecting the most effective treatment, determining prognosis, and continuing evaluation of cancer control measures. The AJCC is composed of 18 member organizations, and its activities are administered by the Chicago-based American College of Surgeons.<div> </div><div>
</div>

9783319406176

/Oncology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Pathology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences////

Diana Noland, Noland Nutrition, Burbank, CA, USA; Jeanne A. Drisko, University of Kansas Health System, Kansas City, KS, USA; Leigh Wagner, University of Kansas Medical Center, Kansas City, KS, USA

Part I: Principles.- Section 1: Global Healthcare Challenge of the 21st Century and the Future of Chronic Disease.- The History and Evolution of Medicine.- Influences of the Nutrition Transition on chronic Disease.- Nutritional and Metabolic Wellness.- Nutritional Ecology and Human Health.- The Radial: Integrative and Functional MNT.- The Power of Listening and the Patient's Voice: 'Please Hear Me'. Section 2: Metabolic Characteristics and Mechanism of Chronic Disease.- Metabolic Correction Therapy: A Biochemical-Physiological Mechanisitc Explanation of Functional Medicine.- The Nutrition Assessment of Metabolic and Nutritional Balance.- IFMNT NIBLETS Nutrition Assessment Differential.- Nutritional Role of Fatty Acids.- Lipidomics: Clinical Application.- Structure: From Organelle and Cell Membrane to Tissue.- Protective Mechanisms and Susceptibility to Xenobiotic and Load.- Detoxification and Biotransformation.- Drug-Nutrient Interactions.- The Enterohepatic Circulation.- A Nutritional Genomics Approach to Epigenetic Influences on Chronic Disease.- Nutritional Influences on Methylation.- The Immune System: Our Body's Homeland Security Against Disease.- Allergy, Intolerance, and Sensitivity.- Infection: A Stealth Underlying Pathology of Chronic Disease.- Body Composition.- The Therapeutic Ketogenic Diet: Harnessing Glucose, Insulin, and Ketone Metabolism.- The GUT Immune System.- Centrality of the GI Tract to Overall Health and Functional Medicine Strategies for GERD, IBS, IBD.- The Microbiome and Brain Health.- The Role of Nutrition in Integrative Oncology.- The Microenvironment of Chronic Disease.- Chronic Pain.- Nutrition and Behavorial Health/Mental Health/Neurological Health.- Neurodevelopmental Disorders in Children.- Nutritional Influences on Hormonal Health.- Nutritional Influences on Reproduction: A Functional Approach.- Lifestyle Patterns of Chronic Disease.- Circadian Rhythm: Light-Dark Cycles.- Nutrition with Movement for Better Energy and Health. Mental, Emotional, and Spiritual Imbalances.- Part II: Practice.- The IFMNT Practitioner.- The Patient Story and Relationship-Centered Care.- The Nutrition-Focused Physical Exam.- Modifiable Lifestyle Factors: Exercise, Sleep, Stress, Relationships.- Developing Interventions to Address Priorities: Food, Dietary Supplements, Lifestyle, and Referrals.- Therapeutic Diets.- Dietary Supplements: Understanding the Complexity of Use and Applications to Health.- Clinical Approaches to Monitoring and Evaluations of the Chronic Disease Client.- Ayurvedic Approach in Chronic Disease Management.- Section 2: Cases & Grand Rounds.- Cardiometabolic Syndrome.- Revolutionary New Concepts in the Prevention and Treatment of Cardiovascular Disease.- Immune System Under Fire: The Rise of Food Immune Reaction and Autoimmunity.- Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis (ALS): The Application of Integrative & Functional Medical Nutrition Therapy (IFMNT).- Gastroenterology.- Respiratory.- The Skin, Selected Dermatologic Conditions and Medical Nutrition Therapy.- Movement Issues with Chronic Ill or Chronic Pain Patients.- Section 3: Practitioner Practice Resources.- Systems Biology Resources.- Initial Nutrition Assessment Checklist.- Nutritional Diagnosis Resources.- Specialized Diets.- Motivational Interviewing.- Authorization for the Release of Information.- Patient Handouts.

This textbook is a practical guide to the application of the philosophy and principles of Integrative and Functional Medical Nutrition Therapy (IFMNT) in the practice of medicine, and the key role nutrition plays in restoring and maintaining wellness. The textbook provides an overview of recent reviews and studies of physiological and biochemical contributions to IFMNT and address nutritional influences in human heath overall, including poor nutrition, genomics, environmental toxicant exposures, fractured human interactions, limited physical movement, stress, sleep deprivation, and other lifestyle factors. Ultimately, this textbook serves to help practitioners, healthcare systems, and policy makers better understand this different and novel approach to complex chronic disorders. It provides the reader with real world examples of applications of the underlying principles and practices of integrative/functional nutrition therapies and presents the most up-to-date intervention strategies and clinical tools to help the reader keep abreast of developments in this emerging specialty field. Many chapters include comprehensive coverage of the topic and clinical applications with supplementary learning features such as case studies, take-home messages, patient and practitioner handouts, algorithms, and suggested readings.Integrative and Functional Medical Nutrition Therapy: Principles and Practices will serve as an invaluable guide for healthcare professionals in their clinical application of nutrition, lifestyle assessment, and intervention for each unique, individual patient.

This textbook is a practical guide to the application of the philosophy and principles of Integrative and Functional Medical Nutrition Therapy (IFMNT) in the practice of medicine, and the key role nutrition plays in restoring and maintaining wellness. The textbook provides an overview of recent reviews and studies of physiological and biochemical contributions to IFMNT and address nutritional influences in human heath overall, including poor nutrition, genomics, environmental toxicant exposures, fractured human interactions, limited physical movement, stress, sleep deprivation, and other lifestyle factors. Ultimately, this textbook serves to help practitioners, healthcare systems, and policy makers better understand this different and novel approach to complex chronic disorders. It provides the reader with real world examples of applications of the underlying principles and practices of integrative/functional nutrition therapies and presents the most up-to-date intervention strategies and clinical tools to help the reader keep abreast of developments in this emerging specialty field. Many chapters include comprehensive coverage of the topic and clinical applications with supplementary learning features such as case studies, take-home messages, patient and practitioner handouts, algorithms, and suggested readings.Integrative and Functional Medical Nutrition Therapy: Principles and Practices will serve as an invaluable guide for healthcare professionals in their clinical application of nutrition, lifestyle assessment, and intervention for each unique, individual patient.

<p>Includes assessment and intervention algorithms for IFMNT</p><p>Contains up-to-date information and strategies for medical and health professionals</p><p>Includes a systems biology approach that considers physiological and biochemical mechanisms and their nutritional and lifestyle influences</p><p>Presents current and future trends in this emerging field</p><p>Includes clear learning objectives, key points, and section summaries geared toward courses in medical, nursing, nutrition and allied health education</p><p>Provides case studies, checklists, patient and practitioner handouts, suggested readings, figures, illustrations, and video links</p>

9783030307295

Diana Weedman Molavi, Sinai Hospital of Baltimore Pathology, Baltimore, MD, USA

,978-0-387-52080-3,978-0-387-74485-8,978-1-4899-8922-2,978-0-387-74486-5

Using the Microscope.- Descriptive Terms in Anatomic Patholgy.- Infection and Inflammation.- Interpreting the Complex Epithelium.- Ditzels.- Esophagus.- Stomach and Duodenum.- Colon and Appendix.- Liver.- Pancreas.- Prostate.- Bladder.- Kidney.- Testis.- Ovary.- Cervix and Vagina.- Uterus.- Placenta.- Breast.- Bone Marrow.- Lymph Node and Spleen.- Lungs and Pleura.- Thymus and Mediastinum.- Thyroid.- Salivary Gland.- Neuroendocrine Neoplasms.- Brain and Meninges.- Skin.- Soft Tissues.- Bone.- A Primer on Immunostains.- So You Want to Get a Job?.

<div>Within the field of pathology, there is a wide gap in pedagogy between medical school and residency. As a result, the pathology intern often comes into residency unprepared for the practical demands of the field, and without the foundation to digest professional-level textbooks. Completely illustrated in color, this book is uniquely directed at the junior pathology resident, and goes first through some very basic introductory material, then progresses through each organ system. Within each chapter, there is a brief review of salient normal histology, a discussion of typical specimen types, a strategic approach to the specimen, and a discussion of how the multitude of different diagnoses relate to each other. The book’s goal is to lay the foundation of practical pathology, and provide a scaffold on which to build more detailed knowledge. The second edition retains the informal voice and brevity of the first edition, but with new and expanded chapters, new illustrations, and updated material.</div>

Within the field of pathology, there is a wide gap in pedagogy between medical school and residency. As a result, the pathology intern often comes into residency unprepared for the practical demands of the field, and without the foundation to digest professional-level textbooks. Completely illustrated in color, this book is uniquely directed at the junior pathology resident, and goes first through some very basic introductory material, then progresses through each organ system. Within each chapter, there is a brief review of salient normal histology, a discussion of typical specimen types, a strategic approach to the specimen, and a discussion of how the multitude of different diagnoses relate to each other. The book’s goal is to lay the foundation of practical pathology, and provide a scaffold on which to build more detailed knowledge. The second edition retains the informal voice and brevity of the first edition, but with new and expanded chapters, new illustrations, and updated material.

<p>Uniquely directed at junior residents in pathology</p><p>Written with no prior pathology knowledge assumed</p><p>Each organ-system-based chapter can be reviewed in 20-30 minutes</p><p>Conversational and informal style</p><p>Completely illustrated in color with annotated figures</p><p>Ample white space is provided for notes and additions</p><p>Includes supplementary material: sn.pub/extras</p>

<div>Diana Weedman Molavi MD PhD, </div><div>Staff Pathologist at Sinai Hospital of Baltimore, </div><div>Baltimore, MD</div><div>
</div>

9783319592107

Catherine S.W. Albin, Emory University School of Medicine, Atlanta, GA, USA; Sahar F. Zafar, Harvard University, Boston, MA, USA

Part One: A Comprehensive “How-To” Guide.- Pre-Rounding On and Presenting Floor Patients. Pre-Rounding and Presenting NeuroICU Patients.- The Coma Exam.- Tips for Common Cranial Nerve Exam Findings.- Stroke and Vascular Anatomy.- Basics of Computed Tomography (CT).- Basics of MRI Ordering and Assessment.- Understanding Transcranial Dopplers (TCDs).- Tips and Tricks for EEG Interpretation.- Part Two: Vascular Neurology.- Acute Ischemic Stroke – First Encounter Assessment and Management.- Perfusion Imaging.- Ischemic Stroke: Admission Checklist.- Stroke Workup Beyond the Basics.- Ischemic Stroke – Dissection.- Ischemic Stroke - Symptomatic Carotid Stenosis (“Hot Carotid”).- Ischemic Stroke – Post Stroke Management of Anticoagulation.- Selected Anti-Platelets and Anticoagulation in Stroke Prevention.- Acute Management Strategies – TPA and Mechanical Thrombectomy Trials.- Venous Sinus Thrombosis.- Posterior Reversible Vasoconstriction Syndrome (PRES) and Reversible Cerebral Vasoconstriction Syndrome (RCVS).- Part Three: Non-Vascular Inpatient Neurology.- Altered Mental Status.- Framework for Workup of Unknown Brain “Lesion”.- Approach to First-Time Seizure.- Pharmacology Tips for Commonly Used AEDs Tips.- Approach to Infectious Encephalitis and Meningitis.- Aseptic Meningitis.- Inflammatory and Autoimmune Encephalitis.- Differential Diagnosis and Ordering Guide: Neuroanatomical Syndromes.- Autoimmune Encephalitis Testing.- Approach to New Onset Weakness.- Workup of New Demyelinating Lesions.- Approach to the “Dizzy” Patient.- Part Four: NeuroICU.- Intracranial Pressure: Theory and Management Strategies.- Management of External Ventricular Catheters.- Malignant Middle Cerebral Artery Infarction Intracerebral Hemorrhage – Management.- Intracranial Hemorrhage – LandmarkTrials.- Reversal of Selected Anti-Thrombotics.- An In-Depth Review of Reversing Direct Factor XA-Inhibitor-Related Hemorrhages.- Intracranial Hemorrhage - Management of Anticoagulation.- Subarachnoid Hemorrhage – Differential.- Aneurysmal SAH – Admission and Early Management.- Subarachnoid Hemorrhage – Scoring Systems.- Aneurysmal SAH – Daily Management Principles.- Subarachnoid Hemorrhage – Notable Trials.- Traumatic Brain Injury.-Trials in TBI.- Induced Hypothermia after Cardiac Arrest.- Status Epilepticus.- Continuous EEG Monitoring, Electrographic Seizures and The Ictal-Interictal Continuum.- Neuromuscular Crises: ICU Management of Guillan Barr & Myasthenia Gravis.- Evaluation of C-Spine Trauma.- ICU Management of Spinal Cord Injuries.- Management of Post-Operative Craniotomy Patients.- Post-Operative Management of Cerebrovascular Patients.- Preparation for Brain Death Testing.- Nutrition in the NeuroICU.- Hypernatremia in the NeuroICU.- Hyponatremia in the NeuroICU.- Pressors and Inotropes Commonly Used in the NeuroICU Seizure Prophylaxis in the NeuroICU.- Venous Thromboembolism Prophylaxis in the NeuroICU.- Part Five: Important References.- Brainstem Anatomy NeuroICU Intravenous Fluid Compositions.- Anti-Epileptic Drug Chart, For Use in Adults.- Drug-Drug Interactions Common in Neuro Patients.- Myasthenia Gravis: Medications to Avoid.- Parkinson’s Disease: Medications to Avoid.

This practical guide for trainees and advanced practice providers covers the essential management of hospitalized patients with acute neurologic conditions. Divided into five sections, this text serves as an incredibly easy-to-use, visually accessible, how-to manual that covers exactly what every responding clinician needs to know to care for the patient in front of them.

The first section provides tangible guidance about how to pre-round, structure a presentation, examine neurologically ill patients, and interpret the core diagnostics obtained in many neurology patients: CT, MRI and EEG. The next three sections cover common complaints encountered in the hospital: spanning from non-vascular admissions, vascular & stroke neurology topics, and core neurocritical care principals and chief complaints. Throughout are checklists, scoring systems, pro-tips, images, helpful reminders, as well as concise summary of the pertinent literature.

This is an ideal guide for medical students, neurology & neurosurgery trainees and advanced practice providers, as well as experienced professionals who want to brush up on the latest updates.

This practical guide for trainees and advanced practice providers covers the essential management of hospitalized patients with acute neurologic conditions. Divided into five sections, this text serves as an incredibly easy-to-use, visually accessible, how-to manual that covers exactly what every responding clinician needs to know to care for the patient in front of them.The first section provides tangible guidance about how to pre-round, structure a presentation, examine neurologically ill patients, and interpret the core diagnostics obtained in many neurology patients: CT, MRI and EEG. The next three sections cover common complaints encountered in the hospital: spanning from non-vascular admissions, vascular & stroke neurology topics, and core neurocritical care principals and chief complaints. Throughout are checklists, scoring systems, pro-tips, images, helpful reminders, as well as concise summary of the pertinent literature. This is an ideal guide for medical students, neurology & neurosurgery trainees and advanced practice providers, as well as experienced professionals who want to brush up on the latest updates.

<p>Offers a practical guide to neurocritical care for trainees in neurology</p><p>Acts as a practical beside tool</p><p>Written by expert authors</p>

Sahar F. Zafar, MD, MBBS<div><div>Department of Neurology<div>Massachusetts General Hospital</div><div>Harvard Medical School</div><div>Boston, MA</div><div>
</div><div>Catherine SW Albin, MD </div><div>Department of Neurology</div><div>Division of Neurocritical Care</div><div>Emory University School of Medicine </div><div>Atlanta, GA</div></div></div>

9783030757311

/Neurology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Neurosurgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences////

Tim Benson, R-Outcomes Ltd, Newbury, UK; Grahame Grieve, Health Intersections Pty Ltd, Melbourne, VIC, Australia

Contents.- Foreword.- Preface.- Part 1 Principles of Health Interoperability.- The Health Information Revolution.- Why Interoperability is Hard.- Terminology, Content, Exchange.- Safety Thinking.- Part 2 FHIR.- FHIR Principles.- FHIR API.- FHIR Resources - Administrative.- FHIR Resources – Clinical Summary.- FHIR Terminology.- FHIR Implementing FHIR.- Part 3 Other Exchange Standards.- HL7 Version 2.- CDA.- IHE XDS.- Part 3 Terminology.- Clinical Terminology / Coding and Classification.- SNOMED CT+ Concept Model.- LOINC.- Terminology & Content models.- Mapping between Terminologies.- Terminology Services.- Part 4 Security & Privacy.- Security : TLS & OAuth.- Integrity: Provenance and Audit Trails.- Privacy and Consent.- Part 5 Supporting Standards.- UML, XML, JSON.- Standards Development Organizations.- The HL7 V3 Framework.- Glossary.- Bibliography.<div>
</div>

This extensively updated fourth edition expands the discussion of FHIR (Fast Health Interoperability Resources), which has rapidly become the most important health interoperability standard globally. FHIR can be implemented at a fraction of the price of existing alternatives and is well suited for use in mobile phone apps, cloud communications and electronic health records. FHIR combines the best features of HL7’s v2, v3 and CDA while leveraging the latest web standards and clinical terminologies, with a tight focus on implementation. Principles of Health Interoperability has been completely re-organised into five sections. The first part covers the core principles of health interoperability, while the second extensively reviews FHIR. The third part includes older HL7 standards that are still widely used, which leads on to a section dedicated to clinical terminology including SNOMED CT and LOINC. The final part of the book covers privacy, models, XML and JSON, standards development organizations and HL7 v3. This vital new edition therefore is essential reading for all involved in the use of these technologies in medical informatics.

This extensively updated fourth edition expands the discussion of FHIR (Fast Health Interoperability Resources), which has rapidly become the most important health interoperability standard globally. FHIR can be implemented at a fraction of the price of existing alternatives and is well suited for use in mobile phone apps, cloud communications and electronic health records. FHIR combines the best features of HL7’s v2, v3 and CDA while leveraging the latest web standards and clinical terminologies, with a tight focus on implementation.

Principles of Health Interoperability has been completely re-organised into five sections. The first part covers the core principles of health interoperability, while the second extensively reviews FHIR. The third part includes older HL7 standards that are still widely used, which leads on to a section dedicated to clinical terminology including SNOMED CT and LOINC. The final part of the book covers privacy, models, XML and JSON, standards development organizations and HL7 v3. This vital new edition therefore is essential reading for all involved in the use of these technologies in medical informatics.

Updated edition containing sections on SNOMED CT, HL7 and FHIRAuthored by two of the most experienced teachers of SNOMED CT, HL7 and FHIRAccessible to both relative novices and more experienced practitioners

Tim Benson graduated from the University of Nottingham as a mechanical engineer. He founded one of the first GP computer suppliers (Abies Informatics Ltd). There, with James Read and David Markwell, he helped develop the Read Codes, which became one of the two sources of SNOMED CT. He led the first European project team on open standards for health interoperability and was a co-chair of the HL7 Education Committee for several years. He has developed a family of short generic outcome and experience measures (PROMs and PREMs) with R-Outcomes Ltd. Grahame Grieve is FHIR Product Director at HL7 and is the founder of FHIR. Grahame travels the world giving lectures, guiding connectathons and advising governments, vendors and care providers about all aspects of interoperability. He graduated from the University of Auckland as a biochemist, worked as a clinical diagnostic scientist and medical researcher before joining Kestral Computing P/L,a Laboratory and Imaging Information Systems vendor and then setting up Health Intersections Ltd. A growing involvement in integration and interoperability lead him to the HL7 community where he has led committees and edited standards for HL7 v2, v3 and CDA. The outcome of this was to recognize that something new was needed, which led to the creation of the FHIR specification.

9783030568825

/Health Informatics/Computer and Information Systems Applications/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing/

/Health Informatics/Computer and Information Systems Applications/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing//Public Health/Life Sciences/Health Sciences////

978-3-030-71496-3

Elizabeth Cox, The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, Chapel Hill, NC, USA

Background of History of Perinatal Psychiatry.- Perinatal Mood and Anxiety Disorders (PMADs): Overview & Etiology.- The Perinatal Psychiatric Interview.- Approach to Perinatal Psychiatry: General Strategies. Risk of Untreated Symptoms of PMADs in Pregnancy.- Risk of Untreated Symptoms of PMADs in Breastfeeding Women.- Risk of Medication exposures in Pregnancy and lactation.- Special Considerations: Teenage Pregnancies, Hyperemesis Gravidum, IVF, Miscarriages and Loss.- Anxious Patients.- Depressed Patients.- Manic Patients.- Psychotic Patients.- Substance Use Disorders in Pregnancy and Lactation.- Eating Disorders in Pregnancy and Lactation.- Trauma Disorders in Pregnancy and Lactation.- Psychotherapy Treatment Options for PMADs.- Care of the Suicidal Patient: Pregnancy and Postpartum.- Care of the Homicidal Patient: Pregnancy and Postpartum.- Importance of Collaborative Care with OBGYN and Pediatrics.- Documentation Considerations.

This text provides background on the history of perinatal psychiatry, and discusses future directions in the field. It clearly defines perinatal mood and anxiety disorders (PMADs), which are the most common complication of pregnancy. When left untreated, PMADs are morbid and devastating for both the patient and their entire family. It reviews gold standard recommendations for the treatment of PMADs, including evidence-based psychotherapies, as well as risk-benefit analysis of psychotropic medication use in pregnancy and lactation. Additionally, common presentations of depression, anxiety, and trauma in pregnancy and postpartum women, as well as mania, psychosis, suicidal and homicidal thoughts are reviewed. Women’s Mood Disorders: A Clinician’s Guide to Perinatal Psychiatry highlights special considerations in pregnancy, including teenage pregnancies, hyperemesis gravidum, eating disorders, substance abuse disorders, as well as infertility, miscarriage and loss. The text concludes with outlining the importance of collaborative care in providing gold standard treatment of perinatal women and review documentation and legal considerations. This handbook will help educate and train future psychiatrists and OBGYNs in feeling confident and comfortable assessing and treating pregnant women who suffer from PMADs.

This text provides background on the history of perinatal psychiatry, and discusses future directions in the field. It clearly defines perinatal mood and anxiety disorders (PMADs), which are the most common complication of pregnancy. When left untreated, PMADs are morbid and devastating for both the patient and their entire family. It reviews gold standard recommendations for the treatment of PMADs, including evidence-based psychotherapies, as well as risk-benefit analysis of psychotropic medication use in pregnancy and lactation. Additionally, common presentations of depression, anxiety, and trauma in pregnancy and postpartum women, as well as mania, psychosis, suicidal and homicidal thoughts are reviewed.

Women’s Mood Disorders: A Clinician’s Guide to Perinatal Psychiatry highlights special considerations in pregnancy, including teenage pregnancies, hyperemesis gravidum, eating disorders, substance abuse disorders, as well as infertility, miscarriage and loss. The text concludes with outlining the importance of collaborative care in providing gold standard treatment of perinatal women and review documentation and legal considerations. This handbook will help educate and train future psychiatrists and OBGYNs in feeling confident and comfortable assessing and treating pregnant women who suffer from PMADs.

<p>Addresses key issues in perinatal mental health</p><p>Reviews and presents expert recommendations in the treatment and management of perinatal mood and anxiety disorders</p><p>Written by experts in the field</p>

9783030714963

/Psychiatry/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Clinical Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences//Biological Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences////

10.1007/978-3-030-71497-0

Barton F. Branstetter IV, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA, USA

Section I: Medical Imaging.- Introduction to Medical Images.- Medical Terminology.- Imaging Modalities and Digital Images.- Image Post-Processing.- Incorporating Non-Image Data.- Section II: Information Technology.- Computers and Networking.- Data Storage.- Data Security and Patient Privacy.- PACS and Other Image Management Systems.- Ancillary Software.- Section III: Imaging Informatics.- Databases and Data Retrieval.- Standards and Interoperability.- Billing and Coding.- Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning.- Section IV: Image Interpretation and Support.- Roles and Relationships in Healthcare.- Workflow Steps in Radiology.- Viewing Images.- Reporting and Dictation.- User Governance.- External Data.- Section V: Work Environment and User Training.- Reading Room Design.- Enterprise Distribution.- Customer Relations.- User Training.- Quality Improvement and Workflow Engineering.- Change Management and Acceptance Testing.- Section VI: Operations.- Imaging Quality Assurance.- Disaster Recovery.- Downtime Procedures.- Policy Management and Regulatory Compliance.- Availability and Notification.- Section VII: Project Management.- PACS Readiness and PACS Migration.- Procurement.- Imaging Program Management.

This new edition is a comprehensive source of imaging informatics fundamentals and how those fundamentals are applied in everyday practice. Imaging Informatics Professionals (IIPs) play a critical role in healthcare, and the scope of the profession has grown far beyond the boundaries of the PACS. A successful IIP must understand the PACS itself and all the software systems networked together in the medical environment. Additionally, an IIP must know the workflows of all the imaging team members, have a base in several medical specialties and be fully capable in the realm of information technology. Practical Imaging Informatics has been reorganized to follow a logical progression from basic background information on IT and clinical image management, through daily operations and troubleshooting, to long-term planning. The book has been fully updated to include the latest technologies and procedures, including artificial intelligence and machine learning. Written by a team of renowned international authors from the Society for Imaging Informatics in Medicine and the European Society of Medical Imaging Informatics, this book is an indispensable reference for the practicing IIP. In addition, it is an ideal guide for those studying for a certification exam, biomedical informaticians, trainees with an interest in informatics, and any professional who needs quick access to the nuts and bolts of imaging informatics.

This new edition is a comprehensive source of imaging informatics fundamentals and how those fundamentals are applied in everyday practice. Imaging Informatics Professionals (IIPs) play a critical role in healthcare, and the scope of the profession has grown far beyond the boundaries of the PACS. A successful IIP must understand the PACS itself and all the software systems networked together in the medical environment. Additionally, an IIP must know the workflows of all the imaging team members, have a base in several medical specialties and be fully capable in the realm of information technology.Practical Imaging Informatics has been reorganized to follow a logical progression from basic background information on IT and clinical image management, through daily operations and troubleshooting, to long-term planning. The book has been fully updated to include the latest technologies and procedures, including artificial intelligence and machine learning. Written by a team of renowned international authors from the Society for Imaging Informatics in Medicine and the European Society of Medical Imaging Informatics, this book is an indispensable reference for the practicing IIP. In addition, it is an ideal guide for those studying for a certification exam, biomedical informaticians, trainees with an interest in informatics, and any professional who needs quick access to the nuts and bolts of imaging informatics.

<p>Compiled by the Society for Imaging Informatics in Medicine (SIIM)</p><p>Fully updated with latest technological considerations, including artificial intelligence and machine learning</p><p>Provides detailed, comprehensive information on medical imaging informatics and PACS</p><p>Written by world-renown experts</p>

Society for Imaging Informatics in Medicine (SIIM) is a leading professional organization in medical imaging informatics and healthcare technologies. They publish the Journal of Digital Imaging with Springer.

Barton F. Branstetter IV, MD, FACR, FSIIM is Professor of Radiology, Otolaryngology, and Biomedical Informatics at the University of Pittsburgh School of Medicine.

9781071617557

/Radiology/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Health Informatics/Computer and Information Systems Applications/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing/////

978-3-030-80041-3

Kyle M. Fargen, Wake Forest Baptist Medical Center, Winston Salem, NC, USA

Introduction.- Basic brain anatomy and physiology.- Idiopathic Intracranial Hypertension (IIH).- The Fundamental Reasons Patients get IIH.- Understanding your brain imaging.- Measuring Intracranial Pressure.- Lifestyle Modification and Weight Loss.- Medical Therapies for IIH.- Catheter Angiography.- Venous sinus stenting.- Cerebrospinal fluid shunting.- Other surgical treatments.

This book provides a valuable guide to understanding idiopathic intracranial hypertension (IIH), which is a very complex and painful disease. It is a chronic, often disabling condition resulting in headaches, visual loss, and ringing in the ears. This condition was thought to be rare but is becoming much more common, especially as the population becomes more overweight. Patients with this condition often suffer from intractable headaches with poor quality of life. Very few physicians specialize in this condition, and as a result, there is almost no information or resources available to those trying to understand this condition. The text is designed to take very complex neurosurgical anatomy, principles, and treatments and reduce them down into simple principles. The book contains 12 chapters, each organized into distinct sections. All chapters also contain key points from those paragraphs to summarize useful take home messages.<div>
<div>Written by an expert specializing in this debilitating condition, Idiopathic Intracranial Hypertension Explained serves as a valuable guide towards understanding and treating IIH. The ultimate goal is to empower patients and families with knowledge about the disease.</div></div>

This book provides a valuable guide to understanding idiopathic intracranial hypertension (IIH), which is a very complex and painful disease. It is a chronic, often disabling condition resulting in headaches, visual loss, and ringing in the ears. This condition was thought to be rare but is becoming much more common, especially as the population becomes more overweight. Patients with this condition often suffer from intractable headaches with poor quality of life. Very few physicians specialize in this condition, and as a result, there is almost no information or resources available to those trying to understand this condition. The text is designed to take very complex neurosurgical anatomy, principles, and treatments and reduce them down into simple principles. The book contains 12 chapters, each organized into distinct sections. All chapters also contain key points from those paragraphs to summarize useful take home messages.<div>
<div>Written by an expert specializing in this debilitating condition, Idiopathic Intracranial Hypertension Explained serves as a valuable guide towards understanding and treating IIH. The ultimate goal is to empower patients and families with knowledge about the disease.</div></div>

<p>Designed to take very complex neurosurgical anatomy, principles, and treatments and simplify them so that patients and families can understand</p><p>All chapters include key points that summarize take home messages on each topic</p><p>Written by an expert who specializes in Idiopathic Intracranial Hypertension (IIH)</p>

<div>Kyle M. Fargen, MD, MPH, FAANS, FACS</div><div>Associate Professor of Neurosurgery and Radiology</div><div>Wake Forest University</div><div>Winston-Salem, NC</div><div>USA</div><div>
</div>

9783030800413

10.1007/978-3-030-80042-0

Annette Vegas, Toronto General Hospital, University of Toronto, Toronto, ON, Canada

Perioperative Two-Dimensional Transesophageal Echocardiography

<div><div>1. TEE Views.- 2. Doppler and Hemodynamics.- 3. Left Ventricle.- 4. Right Ventricle.- 5. Coronary Artery Disease.- 6. Diastology.- 7. Native Valves.- 8. Prosthetic Valves, Transcatheter Valves, Valve Repairs.- 9. Aorta.- 10. Congenital Heart Disease.- 11. Variants, Foreign Material, Artifacts, Masses, Endocarditis.- 12. Mechanical Support, Heart Transplant.- 13. Cardiomyopathies.- 14. Pericardium.- Index.</div></div><div>
</div>

Transesophageal echocardiography (TEE) is a valuable diagnostic modality now routinely used during cardiac surgery and in the intensive care unit. Increasingly, anesthesiologists, cardiologists and critical care physicians trained in TEE provide the service in both settings where they face the challenge of integrating numerous current TEE guidelines into day-to-day practice. Perioperative Two-Dimensional Transesophageal Echocardiography: A Practical Handbook, 2nd Edition has been designed to be a concise, portable guide for using TEE to recognize cardiac pathology during the perioperative period. This compact guide has a diverse appeal for anesthesiologists, cardiac surgeons and cardiologists desiring comprehensive up-to-date echocardiographic information at their fingertips.Features Updated to include 4 new chapters Now contains more than 600 full-color, high quality clinical images and illustrations Includes the most recent guidelines Retains a compact format that highlights key information Synopsis of cardiac pathology commonly encountered in cardiac surgery patients On-the-spot reference for echocardiographers with a wide range from novice to expert experience<div>
</div>

<p>New chapters on the right ventricle, diastolic function, and coronary disease are included</p><p>Updates reflect current material such as extensive revisions to the normal TEE views, Ventricular Assist Devices and Heart Transplant, and cardiomyopathies chapters</p><p>Now contains more than 600 full-color, high quality clinical images and illustrations</p><p>Synopsis of cardiac pathology commonly encountered in cardiac surgery patients</p><p>Written for anesthesiologists, cardiac surgeons, cardiologists and intensive care physicians desiring comprehensive, up-to-date echocardiographic information at their fingertips</p>

9783319601786

/Anesthesiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Radiology/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Cardiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences///

978-3-030-93764-5

John T. Finnell, Indiana University School of Medicine, Indianapolis, IN, USA; Brian E. Dixon, Regenstrief Institute, Indianapolis, IN, USA

Preface.- Foreword.- Section: Fundamentals.- Fundamentals of Clinical Informatics.- Computer and Information Science.- Clinical Informatics Policy and Regulations.- The U.S. Health System.- Section: Clinical Decision Making and Care Process Improvement.- Evidence-Based Health Care.- Clinical Decision-Making.- Clinical Decision Support.- Clinical Workflow Analysis, Process Redesign, and Quality Improvement.- Human Factors Engineering and Human-Computer Interaction: Supporting User Performance and Experience.- Section: Health Information Systems.- Data, Information & Architecture.- Health Information Systems and Applications.- Information Systems Lifecycles.- Healthcare Data and Exchange Standards.- Health Information Exchange and Interoperability.- Data Information and Governance.- Analytics.- Cybersecurity.- Section: Leading and Managing Change.- Leadership Models, Processes, and Practices.- Effective Interdisciplinary Teams.- Strategic and Financial Planning for Clinical Information Systems.- Change Management for the Successful Adoption of Clinical Information Systems.- Project Management.- Section: Beyond Clinical Informatics.- Consumer Health Informatics: Engaging and Empowering Patients and Families.- Public Health Informatics.- Precision Health.

This completely updated study guide textbook is written to support the formal training required to become certified in clinical informatics. The content has been extensively overhauled to introduce and define key concepts using examples drawn from real-world experiences in order to impress upon the reader the core content from the field of clinical informatics.<div>
</div><div>The book groups chapters based on the major foci of the core content: health care delivery and policy; clinical decision-making; information science and systems; data management and analytics; leadership and managing teams; and professionalism. The chapters do not need to be read or taught in order, although the suggested order is consistent with how the editors have structured their curricula over the years. </div><div>
</div><div>Clinical Informatics Study Guide: Text and Review serves as a reference for those seeking to study for a certifying examination independently or periodically reference while in practice. This includes physicians studying for board examination in clinical informatics as well as the American Medical Informatics Association (AMIA) health informatics certification. This new edition further refines its place as a roadmap for faculty who wish to go deeper in courses designed for physician fellows or graduate students in a variety of clinically oriented informatics disciplines, such as nursing, dentistry, pharmacy, radiology, health administration and public health.</div>

This completely updated study guide textbook is written to support the formal training required to become certified in clinical informatics. The content has been extensively overhauled to introduce and define key concepts using examples drawn from real-world experiences in order to impress upon the reader the core content from the field of clinical informatics.<div>
</div><div>The book groups chapters based on the major foci of the core content: health care delivery and policy; clinical decision-making; information science and systems; data management and analytics; leadership and managing teams; and professionalism. The chapters do not need to be read or taught in order, although the suggested order is consistent with how the editors have structured their curricula over the years. </div><div>
</div><div>Clinical Informatics Study Guide: Text and Review serves as a reference for those seeking to study for a certifying examination independently or periodically reference while in practice. This includes physicians studying for board examination in clinical informatics as well as the American Medical Informatics Association (AMIA) health informatics certification. This new edition further refines its place as a roadmap for faculty who wish to go deeper in courses designed for physician fellows or graduate students in a variety of clinically oriented informatics disciplines, such as nursing, dentistry, pharmacy, radiology, health administration and public health.</div>

<p>Designed to assist readers through the clinical subspecialty of Clinical Informatics with the focus on core competencies </p><p>The most comprehensive up-to-date text on clinical informatics available</p><p>Serves as the key teaching resource for those seeking to certify while being the perfect reference for those in practice</p>

Dr. John T. Finnell is a professor of clinical emergency medicine at the Indiana University School of Medicine and the Chief Medical Officer at VisualDx. He was formerly the fellowship program director for Clinical Informatics at the Regenstrief Institute. His work has spanned numerous professional organizations, with awards recognizing service and academic excellence in both Emergency Medicine and Clinical Informatics. Dr. Finnell is board certified in Emergency Medicine and Clinical Informatics.
Dr. Brian E. Dixon is a professor of epidemiology at the Indiana University Fairbanks School of Public Health and the Director of Public Health Informatics at the Regenstrief Institute. He utilizes computer and information science approaches to study, design, and improve data and information systems that support population health in public health departments and health systems. He also teaches informatics principles and methods to future clinical as well as public health leaders. His work is featured in over 120 peer-reviewed publications and several highly acclaimed books on health informatics, including this one. Dr. Dixon is a Fellow of the American College of Medical Informatics (ACMI), American Medical Informatics Association (AMIA), and Health Information Management Systems Society (HIMSS).

9783030937645

978-3-030-45266-7

Susanne A. Quallich, Michigan Medicine, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, USA; Michelle J. Lajiness, University of Toledo Physicians Group, University of Toledo, Toledo, OH, USA

A Manual for Nurse Practitioners, Physician Assistants and Allied Healthcare Providers

Preface.- Introduction.- 1. Transitioning pediatric urology patients to adult urology practices.- 2. Basics of hypogonadism evaluation and management.- 3. Evaluation and management of common scrotal conditions.- 4. Erectile dysfunction and men’s sexual health.- 5. Benign prostatic hyperplasia.- 6. Hematuria.- 7. Prostatitis and chronic male pelvic pain.- 8. Stone disease.- 9. Urethral stricture and trauma.- 10. Urinary tract infection and pyelonephritis.- 11. Basics of pre and postoperative management specific to urology patients.- 12. Neurogenic bladder and underactive bladder.- 13. Stress incontinence.- 14. Overactive bladder.- 15. Women's urology: Painful bladder syndrome and interstitial cystitis.- 16. Prostate cancer.- 17. Bladder and urothelial cancer.- 18. Kidney cancer.- 19. Penile and testicular cancers.- 20. Uroradiology for the Nurse Practitioner.- 21. Procedures for the nurse practitioner in urology.- 22. Pain management and the urology patient.- 23. Special topics for the Urology NP.- 24. Appendix: Resources, coding resources, PSA screening, urologic emergencies.

This new edition updates the previous one and adds additional content related to postoperative management, pain management, LGBTQ care, and uroradiology. This book is designed to meet the needs of nurse practitioners, advanced practice nurses globally and physician assistants working in urology. Content assumes some background knowledge regarding the normal anatomy and physiology of the genitourinary system and the pathophysiology underlying specific urologic health-related problems. This ensures that the provider can pursue exemplary management of patients with acute and chronic urologic conditions in a wide variety of settings, including independent practices, and academic urologic practices. This manual fills the gaps that traditional curricula may have left, permitting the reader to proceed with confident management of adult patients with urologic care needs, promoting the role of a skilled clinician in urology, especially for chronic, non-operative urologic conditions while recognizing those conditions which may benefit from surgical management.As the burden of urologic disease increases with an aging U.S. population, it is increasingly clear that nurse practitioners and physician assistants will be called on to move into roles caring for patients with urologic disease. Use of NPs and PAs to their highest education will become an increasingly important strategy for maintaining access and reducing costs, in the context of urologist workforce that is shrinking. However, urology topics receive sporadic attention in NP and PA curricula, leaving practicing NPs and PAs with gaps in their knowledge concerning trends and recommendations for management of urologic health conditions. As this demand for provider visits for urologic concerns increases, the demand for provider services to care for patients with urologic health concerns will also increase, and presents the opportunity for both NPs and PAs to move into specialty practice environments within urology.

<div><div>This new edition updates the previous one and adds additional content related to postoperative management, pain management, LGBTQ care, and uroradiology. This book is designed to meet the needs of nurse practitioners, advanced practice nurses globally and physician assistants working in urology. Content assumes some background knowledge regarding the normal anatomy and physiology of the genitourinary system and the pathophysiology underlying specific urologic health-related problems. This ensures that the provider can pursue exemplary management of patients with acute and chronic urologic conditions in a wide variety of settings, including independent practices, and academic urologic practices. </div><div>This manual fills the gaps that traditional curricula may have left, permitting the reader to proceed with confident management of adult patients with urologic care needs, promoting the role of a skilled clinician in urology, especially for chronic, non-operative urologic conditions while recognizing those conditions which may benefit from surgical management.</div><div>As the burden of urologic disease increases with an aging U.S. population, it is increasingly clear that nurse practitioners and physician assistants will be called on to move into roles caring for patients with urologic disease. Use of NPs and PAs to their highest education will become an increasingly important strategy for maintaining access and reducing costs, in the context of urologist workforce that is shrinking. However, urology topics receive sporadic attention in NP and PA curricula, leaving practicing NPs and PAs with gaps in their knowledge concerning trends and recommendations for management of urologic health conditions. As this demand for provider visits for urologic concerns increases, the demand for provider services to care for patients with urologic health concerns will also increase, and presents the opportunity for both NPs and PAs to move into specialty practice environments within urology.</div></div>

<p>Assists nurse practitioners, physician assistants and other healthcare providers in maintaining excellent care of urologic patients</p><p>Offers practice tips and tricks</p><p>Offers a blend of patient-centered management and medical/surgical management from the unique perspective of the nurse practitioner</p>

<div><div>Susanne A. Quallich has been working as a nurse practitioner since 1996, and has worked the Andrology Nurse Practitioner at University of Michigan since 2002. She is one of less than 200 Nurse Practitioners in the country with a specialty certification in Urology (CUNP). She has focused on raising awareness of men's sexual and reproductive health needs, and has been engaged in clinically-based research that quickly translates to improvements in their care. Her unique clinical focus in the areas of male sexual and reproductive health have made her a thought leader and expert among her peers in these areas, and she has published a variety of book chapters and journal articles on these topics. Dr. Quallich was inducted as a Fellow of the American Association of Nurse Practitioners due to her work in both NP education and promotion of the specialty NP role in Urology; she was awarded the Sigma Theta Tau Rho Chapter 2018 Award for Clinical Excellence.</div><div>
</div><div>Michelle Lajiness (Shelly) has been Masters Prepared since 1992 and has been working as a NP in Urology since 2000. She is currently working full time at the University of Toledo and pursing her DNP. She is recognized as a speaker at both the national and local levels. She has authored many articles and chapters and has an interest in UTI’s, asymptomatic bacteria, and helping to define the role of the NP in urology.</div></div>

9783030452667

/Nursing Management/Nursing/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Urology//Occupational Health/Health Care/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Nursing Research/Nursing/Life Sciences/Health Sciences///

10.1007/978-3-030-45267-4

Porcia B. Love, Montgomery Dermatology, PC, Montgomery, AL, USA; Roopal V. Kundu, Northwestern University Feinberg School of Medicine, Chicago, IL, USA

Medical, Oncological and Hair Disorders, and Cosmetic Dermatology

Discoid lupus erythematosus.- Sarcoidosis.- Traction alopecia.- Androgenetic alopecia.- Central centrifugal cicatricial alopecia.- Keloids.- Basal cell carcinoma.- Squamous cell carcinoma.- Melanoma.- Cutaneous T-cell lymphoma.- Dermatofibrosarcoma protuberans.- Dermatosis papulosa nigra.- Chemical peels.- Laser hair removal.- Dermal fillers.

This book identifies the most common presentations and essential features of top dermatological conditions in patients with skin of color. It presents practical information in a case-based organization to assist dermatologists in clinical decision making, and discusses important cultural beliefs that must be considered in order to provide optimal care to patients with skin of color.

There is an increasing demand for dermatologic treatments in patients with skin of color, as well as an accompanying need for education and training in this quickly expanding market. Skin of color is a key topic within dermatology as specific conditions can be harder to diagnose effectively in darker skin, and patients’ treatment can be compromised by this. Clinical Cases in Skin of Color: Medical, Oncological and Hair Disorders, and Cosmetic Dermatology is a concise resource with practical guidance for board certified dermatologists and dermatologists in training.

This book identifies the most common presentations and essential features of top dermatological conditions in patients with skin of color. It presents practical information in a case-based organization to assist dermatologists in clinical decision making, and discusses important cultural beliefs that must be considered in order to provide optimal care to patients with skin of color.
There is an increasing demand for dermatologic treatments in patients with skin of color, as well as an accompanying need for education and training in this quickly expanding market. Skin of color is a key topic within dermatology as specific conditions can be harder to diagnose effectively in darker skin, and patients’ treatment can be compromised by this. Clinical Cases in Skin of Color: Medical, Oncological and Hair Disorders, and Cosmetic Dermatology is a concise resource with practical guidance for board certified dermatologists and dermatologists in training.

Concise practical guidance to board certified dermatologists and dermatologists in training in the rapidly growing field of skin of colorIncludes chapters on the most common presentations of dermatologic disease in the skin of color population?Carefully illustrated to highlight evidence-based practice in skin of color

Dr. Porcia Bradford Love is a native of Montgomery, Alabama. She received her undergraduate degree in Biology from the University of Alabama and her medical degree from Duke University School of Medicine. Dr. Love completed a General Surgery Internship at Vanderbilt University Medical Center and her Dermatology residency at Duke University Hospital, where she served as Chief Resident. She also completed a postdoctoral clinical research fellowship at the National Institutes of Health in Bethesda, MD, where she conducted population-based studies on skin cancer. Dr. Love is board certified in Dermatology and practices General, Surgical, and Cosmetic Dermatology at Montgomery Dermatology, PC in Montgomery, Alabama. Dr. Roopal Kundu is a board-certified general medical dermatologist. Dr. Kundu's research focuses on the therapy of skin disorders that occur more frequently or adversely impact individuals with skin of color. She is the Director of the Northwestern Centerfor Ethnic Skin, which provides clinical care, cosmetic dermatology and clinical trials research.

9783319236148

Skin, Scalp, and Nail.- Neck.- Breast.- Abdominal Wall and Hernias.- Diaphragm.- Esophagus.- Stomach.- Duodenum.- Pancreas.- Small Intestine.- Appendix.- Colon and Anorectum.- Liver.- Extrahepatic Biliary Tract.- Spleen.- Adrenal Glands.- Vascular System.- Uterus, Tubes, and Ovaries.- Carpal Tunnel Release.- Microsurgical Procedures.- Miscellaneous Procedures.- Bariatric Surgery.- Sports Hernia.- Ablative Techniques for Management of Symptomatic Superficial Venous Disease.- Kidney and Ureter.

This book continues the tradition of providing a concise, accessible, and generously illustrated refresher for both novice and experienced clinicians. It contains thoroughly revised chapters and dozens of new richly colored illustrations, which make it much easier to follow the technique and better appreciate the anatomy. This fifth edition now includes robotic techniques for each relevant chapter. All the existing chapters have been updated to reflect current surgical approaches and instrumentation as well as a section on anatomical complications. Three new chapters on sports hernia, ablative techniques for venous disease, and on the kidney and ureter have also been added to help surgeons learn more about these structures.The fifth edition of Surgical Anatomy and Technique: A Pocket Manual provides the gold standard in correlating clear, practical anatomy with the correct technique in the pursuit of the best possible patient outcomes and remains a 'must have' for every resident and general surgeon.<div>
</div>

This book continues the tradition of providing a concise, accessible, and generously illustrated refresher for both novice and experienced clinicians. It contains thoroughly revised chapters and dozens of new richly colored illustrations, which make it much easier to follow the technique and better appreciate the anatomy. This fifth edition now includes robotic techniques for each relevant chapter. All the existing chapters have been updated to reflect current surgical approaches and instrumentation as well as a section on anatomical complications. Three new chapters on sports hernia, ablative techniques for venous disease, and on the kidney and ureter have also been added to help surgeons learn more about these structures.The fifth edition of Surgical Anatomy and Technique: A Pocket Manual provides the gold standard in correlating clear, practical anatomy with the correct technique in the pursuit of the best possible patient outcomes and remains a 'must have' for every resident and general surgeon.

<p>Revised and updated new edition</p><p>Richly illustrated with over 750 figures</p><p>A handy pocket manual format</p>

9783030513122

Robert B. Taylor, Oregon Health & Science University, Portland, OR, USA

Getting Started in Medical Writing.- Basic Writing Skills.- From Page One to the End.- Technical Issues in Medical Writing.- What’s Special About Medical Writing?.- How to Write a Review Article.- Case Reports, Editorials, Letters to the Editor, Book Reviews, and Other Publication Models.- Writing Book Chapters and Books.- How to Write a Research Proposal.- How to Write a Grant Proposal.- How to Write a Report of a Clinical Study.- Getting Your Writing Published.

This book is a clear and comprehensive guide that assists readers in translating observations, ideas, and research into articles, reports, or book chapters ready for publication. For both researchers and practicing physicians, skills in medical writing are essential. Dr. Robert B. Taylor, a distinguished leader in academic medicine, uses a clear, conversational style throughout this book to emphasize the professional and personal enrichment that writing can bring. The text includes in depth instructions for writing and publishing: review articles, case reports, editorials and letters to the editor, book reviews, book chapters, reference books, research protocols, grant proposals, and research reports. This third edition is additionally fully updated to include the intricacies of medical writing and publishing today, with new coverage of: open access, pay to publish and predatory journals, peer review fraud, publication bias, parachute studies, public domain images, and phantom authors. Loaded with practical information, tips to help achieve publication, and real world examples, Medical Writing can improve skills for clinicians, educators, and researchers, whether they are new to writing or seasoned authors.

This book is a clear and comprehensive guide that assists readers in translating observations, ideas, and research into articles, reports, or book chapters ready for publication. For both researchers and practicing physicians, skills in medical writing are essential. Dr. Robert B. Taylor, a distinguished leader in academic medicine, uses a clear, conversational style throughout this book to emphasize the professional and personal enrichment that writing can bring. The text includes in depth instructions for writing and publishing: review articles, case reports, editorials and letters to the editor, book reviews, book chapters, reference books, research protocols, grant proposals, and research reports. This third edition is additionally fully updated to include the intricacies of medical writing and publishing today, with new coverage of: open access, pay to publish and predatory journals, peer review fraud, publication bias, parachute studies, public domain images, and phantom authors. Loaded with practical information, tips to help achieve publication, and real world examples, Medical Writing can improve skills for clinicians, educators, and researchers, whether they are new to writing or seasoned authors.

<p>A comprehensive and accessible guide to writing for all medical professions across all specialties</p><p>Specific guidelines for review articles, case reports, books and book chapters, grant proposals, research proposals, and clinical study reports</p><p>Fully updated to include coverage of open access journal, peer review fraud, parachute studies, sharing clinical data, and more.</p>

Robert B. Taylor, M.D.Department of Family MedicineOregon Health & Science University School of Medicine Portland, Oregon, USA

9783319701257

/General Practice and Family Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Health Care/

/General Practice and Family Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Health Care//Primary Care Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Life Sciences/Health Sciences////

978-3-030-58720-8

Edward H. Shortliffe, Columbia University, New York, NY, USA; James J. Cimino, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Birmingham, AL, USA

,978-1-4471-4473-1,978-1-4471-4475-5,978-1-4471-4474-8,978-1-4471-6804-1

Biomedical Informatics: The Science and the Pragmatics.- Biomedical Data: Their Acquisition, Storage, and Use.- Biomedical Decision Making: Probabilistic Clinical Reasoning.- Cognitive Science and Biomedical Informatics.- Computer Architectures for Health Care and Biomedicine.- Software Engineering for Health Care and Biomedicine.- Standards in Biomedical Informatics.- Natural Language Processing in Health Care and Biomedicine.- Biomedical Imaging Informatics.- Ethics and Biomedical and Health Informatics: Users, Standards, and Outcomes.- Evaluation of Biomedical and Health Information Resources.- Electronic Health Record Systems.- The Health Information Infrastructure.- Management of Information in Health Care Organizations.- Patient-Centered Care Systems.- Public Health Informatics.- Consumer Health Informatics and Personal Health Records.- Telehealth.- Patient Monitoring Systems.- Imaging Systems in Radiology.- Information Retrieval and Digital Libraries.- Clinical Decision-SupportSystems.- Computers in Health Care Education.- Bioinformatics.- Translational Bioinformatics.- Clinical Research Informatics.- Health Information Technology Policy.- The Future of Informatics in Biomedicine.

This 5th edition of this essential textbook continues to meet the growing demand of practitioners, researchers, educators, and students for a comprehensive introduction to key topics in biomedical informatics and the underlying scientific issues that sit at the intersection of biomedical science, patient care, public health and information technology (IT). Emphasizing the conceptual basis of the field rather than technical details, it provides the tools for study required for readers to comprehend, assess, and utilize biomedical informatics and health IT. It focuses on practical examples, a guide to additional literature, chapter summaries and a comprehensive glossary with concise definitions of recurring terms for self-study or classroom use.Biomedical Informatics: Computer Applications in Health Care and Biomedicine reflects the remarkable changes in both computing and health care that continue to occur and the exploding interest in the role that IT must play incare coordination and the melding of genomics with innovations in clinical practice and treatment. New and heavily revised chapters have been introduced on human-computer interaction, mHealth, personal health informatics and precision medicine, while the structure of the other chapters has undergone extensive revisions to reflect the developments in the area. The organization and philosophy remain unchanged, focusing on the science of information and knowledge management, and the role of computers and communications in modern biomedical research, health and health care.

This 5th edition of this essential textbook continues to meet the growing demand of practitioners, researchers, educators, and students for a comprehensive introduction to key topics in biomedical informatics and the underlying scientific issues that sit at the intersection of biomedical science, patient care, public health and information technology (IT). Emphasizing the conceptual basis of the field rather than technical details, it provides the tools for study required for readers to comprehend, assess, and utilize biomedical informatics and health IT. It focuses on practical examples, a guide to additional literature, chapter summaries and a comprehensive glossary with concise definitions of recurring terms for self-study or classroom use.Biomedical Informatics: Computer Applications in Health Care and Biomedicine reflects the remarkable changes in both computing and health care that continue to occur and the exploding interest in the role that IT must play in carecoordination and the melding of genomics with innovations in clinical practice and treatment. New and heavily revised chapters have been introduced on human-computer interaction, mHealth, personal health informatics and precision medicine, while the structure of the other chapters has undergone extensive revisions to reflect the developments in the area. The organization and philosophy remain unchanged, focusing on the science of information and knowledge management, and the role of computers and communications in modern biomedical research, health and health care.
<div>
</div>

Includes new and thoroughly revised chapters on human-computer interaction, mHealth, personal health informatics and precision medicineFocuses on providing relevant practical examples for users to test their knowledgeProvides a concise and comprehensive glossary ideal for the classroom and personal study

Edward H. Shortliffe is Chair Emeritus and Adjunct Professor in the Department of Biomedical Informatics at Columbia University's Vagelos College of Physicians and Surgeons. Previously he served as President and CEO of the American Medical Informatics Association. He was Professor of Biomedical Informatics at the University of Texas Health Science Center in Houston and at Arizona State University. A board-certified internist, he was Founding Dean of the University of Arizona College of Medicine – Phoenix and served as Professor of Biomedical Informatics and of Medicine at Columbia University. Before that he was Professor of Medicine and of Computer Science at Stanford University. Honors include his election to membership in the National Academy of Medicine (where he served on the executive council for six years and has chaired the membership committee) and in the American Society for Clinical Investigation. He has also been elected to fellowship in the American College of MedicalInformatics and the American Association for Artificial Intelligence. A Master of the American College of Physicians (ACP), he held a position for six years on that organization’s Board of Regents. He is Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of Biomedical Informatics and has served on the editorial boards for several other biomedical informatics publications. In the early 1980s he was recipient of a research career development award from the National Library of Medicine. In addition, he received the Grace Murray Hopper Award of the Association for Computing Machinery in 1976, the Morris F. Collen Award of the American College of Medical Informatics in 2006, and was a Henry J. Kaiser Family Foundation Faculty Scholar in General Internal Medicine. He has served on the oversight committee for the Division of Engineering and Physical Sciences (National Academy of Sciences), the National Committee for Vital and Health Statistics (NCVHS) and on the President's Information Technology Advisory Committee (PITAC). Dr. Shortliffe has authored over 350 articles and books in the fields of biomedical computing and artificial intelligence.<div>
</div><div><div>Dr. James Cimino is a board certified internist who completed a National Library of Medicine informatics fellowship at the Massachusetts General Hospital and Harvard University and then went on to an academic position at Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons and the Presbyterian Hospital in New York. He spent 20 years at Columbia, carrying out clinical informatics research, building clinical information systems, teaching medical informatics and medicine, and caring for patients, rising to the rank of full professor in both Biomedical Informatics and Medicine. His principle research areas there included desiderata for controlled terminologies, mobile and Web-based clinical information systems for clinicians and patients, and a context-aware form of clinical decision support called “infobuttons”. In 2008, he moved to the National Institutes of Health, where he was the Chief of the Laboratory for Informatics Development and a Tenured Investigator at the NIH Clinical Center and the National Library of Medicine. His principle project involved the development of the Biomedical Translational Research Information System (BTRIS), an NIH-wide clinical research data resource. In 2015, he left NIH to be the inaugural Director of the Informatics Institute at the University of Alabama at Birmingham. The Institute is charged with improving informatics research, education, and service across the University, supporting the Personalized Medicine Institute, the Center for Genomic Medicine, and the University Health System Foundation, including improvement of and access to electronic health records. He holds the rank of Tenured Professor in Medicine, and is the Chief for the Informatics Section in the Division of

9783030587208

/Health Informatics/Computer and Information Systems Applications/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing/

/Health Informatics/Computer and Information Systems Applications/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing//Biomedical Research/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Bioinformatics/Computer and Information Systems Applications/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing//Biological Sciences/Life Sciences/Biological Techniques/Computational and Systems Biology///

978-3-319-44795-7

Jamal J. Hoballah, American University of Beirut, Medical Center, Beirut, Lebanon; Carol E. H. Scott-Conner, University of Iowa Carver, College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA, USA; Hui Sen Chong, University of Iowa Carver, College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA, USA

Ivor Lewis Esophagectomy (Laparotomy, Right Thoracotomy with Thoracic Anastomosis).- McKeown Esophagectomy/Three Incision Esophagectomy (Laparotomy, Right Thoracotomy with Cervical Anastomosis).- Transhiatal Esophagectomy.- Transhiatal Esophagogastrectomy with Colonic Interposition.- Minimally Invasive Esophagectomy.- Transabdominal Nissen Fundoplication.- Laparoscopic Nissen Fundoplication.- Laparoscopic Partial Fundoplication.- Laparoscopic Magnetic Sphincter Augmentation Device Using the Linx System.- Transthoracic Collis Gastroplasty and Nissen Fundoplication.- Laparoscopic Collis Gastroplasty and Nissen Fundoplication.- Laparoscopic Repair of Paraesophageal Hernia, with Nissen Fundoplication .- Cricopharyngeal Myotomy and Operation for Pharyngoesophageal (Zenker’s) Diverticulum.- Transoral Surgery for Zenker’s Diverticulum.- Esophagomyotomy for Achalasia and Diffuse Esophageal Spasm.- Laparoscopic Esophagomyotomy with Partial Fundoplication.- Upper Endoscopy – Diagnostic and Therapeutic .- Percutaneous Endoscopic Gastrostomy.- Open (Stamm) Gastrostomy.- Gastrojejunostomy.- Laparoscopic Gastrojejunostomy.- Plication of Perforated Peptic Ulcer.- Laparoscopic Plication of Perforated Ulcer.- Proximal Gastric Vagotomy.- Truncal Vagotomy and Pyloroplasty.- Partial Gastrectomy with Billroth I Reconstruction.- Partial Gastrectomy with Billroth II Reconstruction.- Laparoscopic Distal Gastrectomy with Billroth II Reconstruction.- Laparoscopic Partial Gastrectomy with Roux-En-Y Gastrojejunostomy Reconstruction .- Subtotal Gastrectomy with D2 Nodal Dissection, Roux-en-Y Reconstruction for Cancer.- Total Gastrectomy with D2 Nodal Dissection, Roux-en-Y Reconstruction, Feeding Tube Jejunostomy.- Vertical Banded Gastroplasty.- Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Banding for Obesity.- Open Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass.- Laparoscopic Antecolic Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass.- Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy.- Simple Excision of Duodenal Diverticulum.- Transduodenal Excision of Duodenal Diverticulum.- Open Feeding Jejunostomy.- Laparoscopic Feeding Jejunostomy.- Open Adhesiolysis for Small Bowel Obstruction.- Laparoscopic Enterolysis for Small Bowel Obstruction.- Small Bowel Resection.- Laparoscopic Small Bowel Resection.- Resection of Meckel’s Diverticulum.- Lower Endoscopy: Colonoscopy, and Flexible or Rigid Sigmoidoscopy.- Open Appendectomy.- Laparoscopic Appendectomy.- Right Hemicolectomy.- Laparoscopic Right Hemicolectomy.- Left Hemicolectomy.- Laparoscopic Left Hemicolectomy.- Low Anterior Resection.- Laparoscopic Low Anterior Resection.- Robotic Low Anterior Resection.- Hartmann’s Procedure.- Reversal of Hartmann’s Procedure .- Laparoscopic Closure of Hartmann’s Procedure.- Subtotal Colectomy with Ileostomy and Hartmann’s Pouch.- Laparoscopic Subtotal Colectomy with Ileostomy and Hartmann’s Pouch.- Subtotal Colectomy for Lower Gastrointestinal Bleeding.- Total Proctocolectomy with Ileoanal Reservoir and Ileoanal Anastomosis.- Laparoscopic Total Proctocolectomy with Ileal Pouch to Anal Canal Anastomosis with Diverting Loop Ileostomy.- Total Proctocolectomy with End Ileostomy.- Laparoscopic Total Proctocolectomy with End Ileostomy.- Abdominoperineal Resection.- Laparoscopic Abdominoperineal Resection.- End Ileostomy.- Loop Ileostomy.- Laparoscopic Loop Ostomy (Loop Ileostomy and Sigmoid Colostomy).- Closure of Loop Ileostomy.- Transverse Loop Colostomy.- Closure of Transverse Loop Colostomy.- Sigmoid Resection and Rectopexy (Frykman-Goldberg Procedure).- Open Rectopexy.- Laparoscopic Ventral Mesh Rectopexy.- Altemeier Procedure (Perineal Rectosigmoidectomy).- Delorme Procedure.- Implantation of Sacral Nerve Stimulator.- Drainage of Perirectal Abscess.- Rubber Band Ligation of Internal Hemorrhoids.- Surgical Hemorrhoidectomy.- Stapled Hemorrhoidectomy.- Anorectal Fistulotomy.- Lateral Internal Sphincterotomy .- Anal Fistula Plug.- Endorectal Mucosal Ad

This text is a fully updated and revised third edition of a highly successful text. The format of this text is unique and has been very successful. A total of 286 short chapters organized into 24 Sections provide operative dictation templates for all of the common and the vast majority of the uncommon and even rare operations performed by general and vascular surgeons. Each chapter also provides a succinct synopsis of the operation through bullet-ed lists which include Indications, Essential Steps, Note these Variations, and Complications. The book thus serves two purposes: these operative dictation templates can be used verbatim when dictating the operative note for a procedure; and the book provides ready reference to the trainee going into the operating room to do the procedure for the first time, or to someone preparing for their Board examinations. Space for notes allows surgeons to personalize the book and turn it into a resource unique to their situation. Fully updatedand expanded, Operative Dictations in General and Vascular Surgery, Third Edition includes significant additions that include flexible endoscopic procedures (now recognized as a core part of general surgery training and practice), single incision laparoscopic cholecystectomy, and robotic approaches to the rectum. The endovascular procedures have been significantly expanded, as have the approaches to venous disease and to A-V fistula creation. Operative Dictations in General and Vascular Surgery, Third Edition is intended for practicing surgeons, who may modify each template to reflect their own individual practice. It also serves as a concise reminder of essential steps in those operations that may be only rarely performed.

This text is a fully updated and revised third edition of a highly successful text. The format of this text is unique and has been very successful. A total of 286 short chapters organized into 24 Sections provide operative dictation templates for all of the common and the vast majority of the uncommon and even rare operations performed by general and vascular surgeons. Each chapter also provides a succinct synopsis of the operation through bullet-ed lists which include Indications, Essential Steps, Note these Variations, and Complications. The book thus serves two purposes: these operative dictation templates can be used verbatim when dictating the operative note for a procedure; and the book provides ready reference to the trainee going into the operating room to do the procedure for the first time, or to someone preparing for their Board examinations. Space for notes allows surgeons to personalize the book and turn it into a resource unique to their situation. Fully updated and expanded, Operative Dictations in General and Vascular Surgery, Third Edition includes significant additions that include flexible endoscopic procedures (now recognized as a core part of general surgery training and practice), single incision laparoscopic cholecystectomy, and robotic approaches to the rectum. The endovascular procedures have been significantly expanded, as have the approaches to venous disease and to A-V fistula creation. Operative Dictations in General and Vascular Surgery, Third Edition is intended for practicing surgeons, who may modify each template to reflect their own individual practice. It also serves as a concise reminder of essential steps in those operations that may be only rarely performed.

Fully updated and revised new editionProvides step-by-step operative detailsProven tool for surgical residents and residents in practiceChapters written by experts in their respective fields

<div>Jamal J. Hoballah, MD, MBA, FACS</div><div>Professor and Chairman</div><div>Department of Surgery</div><div>American University of Beirut Medical Center Beirut, Lebanon</div><div>
</div><div>Carol E.H. Scott-Conner, MD, PhD</div><div>Professor Emeritus</div><div>Department of Surgery</div><div>University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine Iowa City, Iowa USA</div><div><div>
</div><div>Hui Sen Chong, MD, FACS</div><div>Clinical Associate Professor</div><div>Department of Surgery</div><div>University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine</div><div>Iowa City, Iowa</div><div>USA</div></div><div>
</div>

9783319447957

/General Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Minimally Invasive Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Vascular Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences///

10.1007/978-3-319-44797-1

Graham Dickson, Royal Roads University, Victoria, BC, Canada; Bill Tholl, Canadian Health Leadership Network, Ottawa, ON, Canada

,978-1-4471-4876-0,978-1-4471-4874-6,978-1-4471-4875-3,978-1-4471-7026-6

1. An Introduction: Leadership In Action, Rather than Leadership Inaction.- 2. LEADS and Organizational Culture.- 3. The Discipline of Leadership in Health.- 4. Learning LEADS: Getting to Results.- 5. Putting LEADS to Work as a Change Tool.- 6. LEADS: Lead Self.- 7. LEADS: Engage Others.- 8. LEADS: Achieve Results.- 9. LEADS: Develop Coalitions.- 10. LEADS: Systems Transformation.- 11. An Indigenous Perspective on LEADS.- 12. Perspectives on Leadership from a Hindi Perspective: Yogi Traditions and LEADS.- 13. LEADS and a Physician Perspective on Leadership.- 14. LEADS and Women in Leadership.- 15. A Patient’s/Family View of LEADS.- 16. Putting LEADS to Work.

This updated volume provides an evidence-based guide to leadership within a healthcare environment. The book discusses insights garnered from research into the importance of leadership in system redesign and the adoption of shared or distributed leadership, with new chapters on the discipline of leadership in health, LEADS as a change tool, and women in leadership. The LEADS framework is also examined in relation to each of its different elements and tools.The book aims to inform the leadership needs of health reform and its emergent challenges and is is relevant to health care professionals working within both academic and care delivery organisations.

This edited volume, featuring five new chapters from invited authors, provides an updated and evidence-based explanation of leadership within a healthcare environment. The book discusses new insights garnered from recent research into the importance of leadership in health system redesign and highlights the practice of shared or distributed health care leadership. New chapters covering LEADS in a national, regional, Indigenous, health profession, and people-centred care context provide new insights into how LEADS is being put to work to transform health systems. The LEADS framework has been refreshed in relation to each of its different elements and tools, with an emphasis on providing real-life examples of how LEADS has been put to work. LEADS is also explained as a change leadership model and in relation to how it helps to level the playing field in terms of gender and diversity in health leadership. The book aims to inform the leadership needs of health reform and its emergent system wide challenges. The content is relevant to health care administrators and professionals working within the public service, academic institutions, and health care delivery organisations.

<p>Contains real life case studies that examine leadership within a variety of health contexts</p><p>Discusses the emotional and human expectations of leadership as well as rational and logical demands</p><p>Profiles leadership requirements from specific medical roles</p>

Graham Dickson is Professor Emeritus at of Leadership Studies at Royal Roads University in Canada. Currently he is working as a Senior Advisor to the Canadian College of Health Leaders, a Senior Research Advisor to the Canadian Society of Physician Leaders and Policy Advisor to the Canadian Health Leadership Network. He is also a member of the LEADS Collaborative, an enterprise established to develop leadership within the health sector in Canada. Graham was co-principal investigator in a cross-Canada research project on LEADS in a Caring Environment capabilities framework. He also consulted with Health Workforce Australia on the creation of Health LEADS Australia, and the New South Wales Leadership Framework (similar to Canada’s LEADS). Graham is a partner in LEADS Global. Over the past five years he has delivered leadership workshops for the Royal Australasian College of Medical Administrators (RACMA) in Australia and the Patient Safety Institute in Belgium. In recent years he has delivered leadership programs for King Abdulaziz Hospital in Saudi Arabia, the Ministry of Health in Bahrain, and InterHealth Canada in the Turks and Caicos Islands. Graham teaches leadership—Strategic Thinking for Results and Leadership Strategies for Physician Engagement—for the Physician Leadership Institute. Graham has also co-authored, with Dr. John Van Aerde on behalf of the Canadian Society of Physician Leaders (CSPL), a White Paper entitled Accepting Our Responsibility: A Blueprint for Physician Leadership, which is currently being used by the CSPL to generate dialogue around the future of physician leadership in Canada. Graham is also doing work with Sanokondu and the World Federation of Medical Managers, two international collaborations that are promoting physician leadership and developing leadership curriculum for residents based on the LEADS framework. Graham has been co-editor—with Karen Owen from RACMA in Australia--of three special edition Emerald Journals, dedicated to medical leadership. Graham has had articles on leadership published in many journals, including Leadership in Health Services, Healthcare Management Forum, and HealthManagement.org—the Journal. Bill Tholl currently serves as senior executive consultant, mentor and thought leader in health policy and as Senior Policy Advisor to the Canadian Health Leadership Network (CHLNet). Until retiring in July 2017, he served as the Founding President and CEO of HealthCare CAN: the voice of Canada’s health care organizations and hospitals. Prior to his appointment in March 2014, Bill was Founding Executive Director of the Canadian Health Leadership Network (2009-2014); CEO and Secretary General, Canadian Medical Association (2001-2008), and CEO of the Heart and Stroke Foundation of Canada (1995-2001). Bill was co-Principal Investigator with Graham in a four-year cross Canada research project on the LEADS framework and has held a number of academic posts over the years, including as an Executive-in-Residence at Royal Roads University (2009-2014) and most recently as a lecturer and mentor in the University of Alberta Fellowship in Health System Improvement program. The Globe and Mail has described Bill as “Medicare’s Mr. Fix-it” for the role he has played in the evolution of Canada’s health care systems. He is a sought-after speaker, being billed by CHLNet as a “leader of leaders” on the Canadian health scene. He holds a graduate degree in health economics (from University of Manitoba), is a past president of the Canadian Health Economics Association and has written on many topics, most recently as the lead author of a monograph entitled: “Twenty Tips for Surviving and Prospering in the Association World” (Canadian Society of Association Executives 2010) and as co-author (with Graham) of the First Edition of “Bringing Leadership to Life in Heal

9783030385354

/Health Administration/Public Health/Life Sciences/Health Sciences/

/Health Administration/Public Health/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Organization and Leadership/Skills/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences////

978-3-030-81414-4

Carol E. H. Scott-Conner; Andreas M. Kaiser; Ninh T. Nguyen; Umut Sarpel; Sonia L. Sugg

Carol E. H. Scott-Conner, University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA, USA; Andreas M. Kaiser, City of Hope National Medical Center/Comprehensive Cancer Center, Duarte, CA, USA; Ninh T. Nguyen, University of California, Irvine, Orange, CA; Umut Sarpel, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York, NY, USA; Sonia L. Sugg, University of Iowa Carver College of Medicine, Iowa City, IA, USA

,978-1-4614-1392-9,978-1-4614-1394-3,978-1-4614-1393-6,978-1-4939-3680-9

Part I. General Principles.- Concepts and Strategies of Surgery.- Mechanical Basics of Operative Technique.- Incision, Exposure, Closure.- Dissecting and Suturing.- Surgical Stapling: Principles and Precautions.- Control of Bleeding.- Management of the Contaminated Operation.- Damage Control Laparotomy.- Mechanical Basics of Laparoscopic Surgery.- Rational Use of Drains.- Illustrated Glossary of Surgical Instruments.- Surgical Documentation, Informed Consent, and Operative Note.- Part II. Esophagus.- Concepts in Esophageal Surgery.- Laparoscopic and Thoracoscopic Ivor Lewis Esophagectomy.- Transhiatal Esophagectomy.- Laparoscopic Heller Myotomy for Achalasia.- Endoscopic Stent for Management of Esophageal Leaks.- Laparoscopic Nissen Fundoplication for Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease.- Laparoscopic Magnetic Augmentation of the Lower Esophageal Sphincter.- Laparoscopic Paraesophageal Hernia Repair.- Laparoscopic Collis Gastroplasty.- Endoscopic Anti-Reflux Procedures.- Peroral EndoscopicMyotomy for Achalasia.- Part III: Stomach and Duodenum.- Concepts in Surgery of the Stomach and Duodenum.- Truncal Vagotomy: Surgical Legacy Technique.- Proximal Gastric Vagotomy: Surgical Legacy Technique.- Pyloroplasty (Heineke-Mikulicz and Finney), Operation for Bleeding Duodenal Ulcer: Surgical Legacy Technique.- Gastrojejunostomy.- Partial Gastrectomy Without Lymphadenectomy.- Perforated Duodenal Ulcer.- Laparoscopic Plication of Perforated Duodenal Ulcer.- Enteral Access.- Distal Gastrectomy with D2 Nodal Dissection.- Total Gastrectomy.- Management of GI Stromal Tumor of the Stomach.- Exposure of the Third and Fourth Portions of the Duodenum.- Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy.- Laparoscopic Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass.- Laparoscopic Reoperative Bariatric Surgery.- Endoscopic Intragastric Balloon.- Part IV. Small Intestine and Appendix.- Concepts in Surgery of the Small Intestine and Appendix.- Small Bowel Resection and Anastomosis.- Enterolysis for Intestinal Obstruction.- Baker Tube Stitchless Plication: Surgical Legacy Technique.- Appendectomy (Open, Laparoscopic).- Management of Appendicostomy for Malone Antegrade Continence Enema (MACE).- Management of Enterocutaneous and Enteroatmospheric Fistulas.- Stricturoplasty in Crohn Disease.- Placement of Feeding Tube Jejunostomy.- Creation of Ileostomy (Loop, End).- Closure of Loop Ileostomy.- Management of Problems Related to an Existing Continent Ileostomy.- Part V. Large Intestine.- Concepts in Surgery of the Large Intestine.- Minimally Invasive Surgery (MIS) in Colorectal Surgery.- Endoscopic Techniques for Colorectal Lesions.- Right and Extended Right Hemicolectomy (Open, Laparoscopic).- Sigmoid Resection and Left Hemicolectomy (Open, Laparoscopic).- Discontinuous Colon Resection (Hartmann Procedure).- Total Mesorectal Excision/Low Anterior Resection (Open, Laparoscopic).- Abdominoperineal Resection (Open, Laparoscopic).- Multivisceral Resections (Pelvic Exenteration).- (Sub-)Total colectomy with Ileostomy or Ileo-Rectal Anastomosis (Open, Laparoscopic).- Proctocolectomy with ileal pouch anal anastomosis (IPAA) or end ileostomy (Open, Laparoscopic).- Cecostomy: Surgical Legacy Technique.- Creation of Transverse Colostomy (Loop, Prasad-type).- Laparoscopic versus Open Creation of Sigmoid Colostomy (Loop, Prasad-type, End).- Closure of Temporary Loop Colostomy or Ileostomy.- Hartmann Reversal (Open, Laparoscopic).- Surgeries for Large Bowel Obstruction.- Surgery for Colonic Fistula to Bladder, Vagina, or Skin.- Abdominal Repair of Rectal Prolapse and Pelvic Organ Descent (Open, Laparoscopic).- Part VI. Anus, Rectum, and Pilonidal Region.- Concepts in Surgery of the Anus, Rectum, and Pilonidal Region.- Office Procedures for Internal Hemorrhoids (Sclerotherapy, Infrared Coagulation, and Rubber Band Ligation).- Excisional Hemorrhoidectomy (Ferguson, Milligan-Morgan, Whitehead).- Stapled Hemorrhoidec

This fifth edition of Chassin's Operative Strategy in General Surgery is a major revision that strives to remain faithful to the purpose and tone of Dr. Chassin’s original text. This unique textbook provides an emphasis on surgical strategy that is unmatched by other textbooks of surgical technique. The text explains the conceptual basis of each operation, outlines strategies to avoid common pitfalls, and carefully describes and beautifully illustrates the technical steps of each operation. The fifth edition preserves the unique qualities of its previous edition while providing a comprehensive update. This updated volume also features a vast amount of richly detailed artwork and operative photographs, which help depict operative techniques step-by-step. No other text so successfully combines operative technique with the concept of strategy – that is, key governing principles that dictate safe surgery and avoidance of complications. There are books of technique, there are books about complications, and there are books about the rationale involved in the treatment of various kinds of surgical pathology. Chassin’s combines all three.Chassin’s Operative Strategy in General Surgery: An Expositive Atlas Fifth Edition comprehensively covers all non-vascular operations commonly performed by general surgeons. This edition expands this comprehensive general surgery reference while remaining true to the special character of the work. The revision expands upon procedures not covered in the previous edition and incorporates new techniques into many other chapters.<div>
</div>

This fifth edition of Chassin's Operative Strategy in General Surgery is a major revision that strives to remain faithful to the purpose and tone of Dr. Chassin’s original text. This unique textbook provides an emphasis on surgical strategy that is unmatched by other textbooks of surgical technique. The text explains the conceptual basis of each operation, outlines strategies to avoid common pitfalls, and carefully describes and beautifully illustrates the technical steps of each operation. The fifth edition preserves the unique qualities of its previous edition while providing a comprehensive update. This updated volume also features a vast amount of richly detailed artwork and operative photographs, which help depict operative techniques step-by-step. No other text so successfully combines operative technique with the concept of strategy – that is, key governing principles that dictate safe surgery and avoidance of complications. There are books of technique, there are books about complications, and there are books about the rationale involved in the treatment of various kinds of surgical pathology. Chassin’s combines all three.Chassin’s Operative Strategy in General Surgery: An Expositive Atlas Fifth Edition comprehensively covers all non-vascular operations commonly performed by general surgeons. This edition expands this comprehensive general surgery reference while remaining true to the special character of the work. The revision expands upon procedures not covered in the previous edition and incorporates new techniques into many other chapters.<div>
</div>

Extensively revised and expanded with new procedures and new featuresEmphasis on surgical strategy unmatched by other textbooks of surgical techniqueContains richly detailed illustrations and operative photographs

9783030814144

/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences///

John H. Stone, Harvard University Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA, USA

,978-1-84800-941-7,978-1-84800-933-2,978-1-84800-934-9,978-1-4471-6871-3

Rheumatoid Arthritis.- Rheumatoid Vasculitis.- Adult-Onset Still's Disease.- Juvenile Idiopathic Arthritis.- Monogenic Autoinflammatory Syndromes.- Juvenile Spondyloarthropathy.- Ankylosing Spondylitis.- Psoriatic Arthritis.- Reactive Arthritis.- Systemic Sclerosis (Scleroderma) and Raynaud’s Phenomenon.- Nephrogenic Systemic Fibrosis and Other Scleroderma Mimickers.- Sjögren's Syndrome.- Systemic Lupus Erythematosus.- Pediatric Systemic Lupus Erythematosus.- Mixed Connective Tissue Disease.- The Antiphospholipid Syndrome.- Pregnancy in the Rheumatic Diseases.- Inflammatory Myopathies.- Juvenile Dermatomyositis.- Vasculitic Neuropathy.- Pediatric Vasculitis.- Behçet's Syndrome.- The Churg—Strauss Syndrome.- ANCA-Associated Vasculitis.- Cryoglobulinemia.- Polyarteritis Nodosa.- Giant Cell Arteritis and Polymyalgia Rheumatica.- Takayasu's Arteritis.- Primary Angiitis of the Central Nervous System and Reversible Cerebral Vasoconstriction Syndromes.- Thromboangiitis Obliterans (Buerger's Disease).- Less Common Forms of Vasculitis.- Relapsing Polychondritis.- Fibromyalgia.- The Clinical Features of Gout.- Gout Epidemiology.- Gout Treatment.- Calcium Pyrophosphate Dihydrate (CPPD) Crystal Deposition Disease.- Inflammatory Eye Disease.- Immune-Mediated Inner Ear Disease.- Osteoporosis.- Paget's Disease of Bone.- Sarcoidosis.- Osteoarthritis.- Regional Musculoskeletal Complaints.- Low Back and Neck Pain.- Amyloidosis.- The Ehlers—Danlos Syndrome.- Osteonecrosis.

This book builds upon the first edition with new and improved chapters. The book explores the rich assemblage of clinical wisdom from expert rheumatologists from a wide range of specialties including Vasculitis and Sjogren’s syndrome. It examines the nuggets or ‘pearls’ of wisdom gained from collective clinical experience about the diagnosis or treatment of various diseases whilst also aiming to debunk myths that have influenced the practice of rheumatology by many clinicians. The second edition of A Clinician's Pearls and Myths in Rheumatology is a critical resource for both practitioners and students of rheumatology. This book provides a clear guide for those wishing to take a “deep dive” into the diagnostic and therapeutic elements of rheumatology.

<div>This book builds upon the first edition with new and improved chapters. The book explores the rich assemblage of clinical wisdom from expert rheumatologists from a wide range of specialties including Vasculitis and Sjogren’s syndrome. It examines the nuggets or ‘pearls’ of wisdom gained from collective clinical experience about the diagnosis or treatment of various diseases whilst also aiming to debunk myths that have influenced the practice of rheumatology by many clinicians. The second edition of A Clinician's Pearls and Myths in Rheumatology is a critical resource for both practitioners and students of rheumatology. This book provides a clear guide for those wishing to take a “deep dive” into the diagnostic and therapeutic elements of rheumatology. </div><div>
</div>

Debunks false myths that have influenced clinical practiceExamines the nuggets of wisdom, pearls gained from collective clinical experience

John H. Stone MD, MPH. Professor of Medicine, Harvard Medical School. The Edward A. Fox Chair in Medicine, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA, USA. He writes: I have had a career-long interest in teaching, research, and clinical care of patients with rheumatic diseases; i.e., inflammatory diseases mediated by patients’ overly active immune systems. My work has focused on the systemic vasculitides, particularly ANCA-associated vasculitis and giant cell arteritis; IgG4-related disease (IgG4-RD); and glucocorticoid toxicity. Following medical school at Harvard Medical School, internal medicine training at Johns Hopkins, and a rheumatology fellowship at the University of California-San Francisco, I co-founded and directed the Vasculitis Center at Johns Hopkins University. This Center was the first in the United States to focus on inflammatory diseases of blood vessels such as ANCA-associated vasculitis and giant cell arteritis. At JohnsHopkins, I directed the first NIH-funded, multi-center clinical trial in granulomatosis with polyangiitis. The results of this trial were published in The New England Journal of Medicine (2005). This trial paved the way for subsequent trials and investigations in vasculitis on an international scale. Work at the Johns Hopkins Vasculitis Center blazed a path for physicians all over the world interested in vasculitis, encouraging them to focus on research in this area. This effort ultimately served as the impetus for dozens of clinical trials in these diseases that have led to substantially better treatments for patients in less than 20 years.In 2008, I was recruited to become the Director of Clinical Rheumatology at the Massachusetts General Hospital (MGH), where I have continued my interest in vasculitis from the research standpoint and broadened my clinical scope to include the full breadth of rheumatology. I was the Co-Principal Investigator on the Rituximab in ANCA-associated Vasculitis (RAVE) trial, funded by the Immune Tolerance Network at the NIH. This trial led to two New England Journal of Medicine papers and changed the standard of care for remission induction in this disease. RAVE formed the basis of approval of rituximab (Rituxan) by the U.S. Food & Drug Administration (FDA), the European Medicines Agency (EMA) for remission induction in ANCA-associated vasculitis. I have also been the global Principal Investigator of a multi-center clinical trial of interleukin-6 receptor (IL6R) blockade in giant cell arteritis. Giant cell arteritis is a disease that currently affects 300,000 Americans, and aside from prednisone there had been no other effective therapy known for nearly seventy years. The trial, known as GiACTA. This trial, conducted at 76 sites across North America and Europe, ledto a “breakthrough designation” for tocilizumab by the FDA for giant cell arteritis and approval by the agency in 2017. The drug has also been approved in Europe for giant cell arteritis, and in Japan it is approved for Takayasu’s arteritis, a related form of vasculitis, as well – all on the strength of this one trial. The primary results of this trial were published in The New England Journal of Medicine (2017). The trial demonstrated for the first time ever the availability of an effective steroid-sparing approach to the treatment of giant cell arteritis. My second major research interest pertains to an emerging disease, IgG4-RD. My group at the MGH has identified several new disease associations with IgG4-RD, including lymphoplasmacytic thoracic aortitis, eosinophilic angiocentric fibrosis, Riedel’s thyroiditis, and midline destructive disease. My group also made th

9783031234873

/Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Radiology/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Dermatology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences///

978-3-030-72979-0

David Hui, The University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center, Houston, TX, USA; Alexander A. Leung, University of Calgary, Calgary, AB, USA; Christopher Ma, University of Calgary, Calgary, AB, USA

Pulmonary Medicine.- Cardiology.- Nephrology.- Critical Care.- Gastroenterology.- Hematology.- Oncology.- Infectious Diseases.- Rheumatology.- Neurology.- Endocrinology.- Dermatology.- Geriatrics.- Palliative Care.- Nutrition.- Toxicology and Addiction.- Obstetric Medicine.- General Internal Medicine.- Common Drug Classes.- Appendix I. Advanced Cardiac Life Support.- Appendix II. List of Common Abbreviations.- Index.

The fully updated fifth edition of this highly successful textbook provides an integrated symptom- and issue-based approach to internal medicine with easily accessible, high-yield clinical information. For each topic, carefully organized sections on different diagnoses, investigations, and treatments are designed to facilitate patient care and examination preparation. Numerous clinical pearls and comparison tables are provided to help enhance learning, and international units (US and metric) are used to facilitate application in everyday clinical practice.



In addition to the central tenets of internal medicine, the book covers many highly important, rarely discussed topics in medicine, including: palliative care, obstetrical medicine, transfusion reactions, needle stick injuries, interpretation of gram stain, depression and code status discussion. This fifth edition additionally includes new coverage of the coronavirus-19 and cancer survivorship while being fully updated throughout. Authors present this information in a streamlined fashion, preserving the book’s pocket-sized, quick reference format.



Approach to Internal Medicine continues to serve as an essential reference primarily for medical students, residents, and fellows -- with practicing physicians, nurses, and advanced practice providers also finding the text of value as a point of care reference.

The fully updated fifth edition of this highly successful textbook provides an integrated symptom- and issue-based approach to internal medicine with easily accessible, high-yield clinical information. For each topic, carefully organized sections on different diagnoses, investigations, and treatments are designed to facilitate patient care and examination preparation. Numerous clinical pearls and comparison tables are provided to help enhance learning, and international units (US and metric) are used to facilitate application in everyday clinical practice. In addition to the central tenets of internal medicine, the book covers many highly important, rarely discussed topics in medicine, including: palliative care, obstetrical medicine, transfusion reactions, needle stick injuries, interpretation of gram stain, depression and code status discussion. This fifth edition additionally includes new coverage of the coronavirus-19 and cancer survivorship while being fully updated throughout. Authors present this information in a streamlined fashion, preserving the book’s pocket-sized, quick reference format. Approach to Internal Medicine continues to serve as an essential reference primarily for medical students, residents, and fellows -- with practicing physicians, nurses, and advanced practice providers also finding the text of value as a point of care reference.

<p>Provides a rapid review of evidence-based internal medicine in a comprehensive, yet concise, format</p><p>Includes new coverage of the coronavirus-19 and cancer survivorship while being fully updated throughout</p><p>Includes numerous mnemonics and clinical pearls scattered throughout the book</p>

9783030729790

/Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Emergency Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/////

10.1007/978-3-030-72980-6

978-0-387-22252-3

Michael L. Perlis, University of Rochester Dept. Psychiatry, Rochester, NY, USA; Carla Jungquist, University of Rochester School of Nursing, Rochester, NY, USA; Michael T. Smith, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD, USA; Donn Posner, Brown University Dept. Bio Med. Psychiatry, Providence, RI, USA

The Definition of Insomnia.- The Conceptual Framework for CBT-I.- The Components of Therapy.- CBT-I Session by Session.- CBT-I Example Dialogues for Patient Questions and Challenges.- A Case Example.

Cognitive behavior therapy which has been adapted to treat so many problems, has also brought data-driven and data-yielding treatment to insomnia. Focusing on this evidence-based modality, Cognitive Behavioral Treatment of Insomnia is a much-needed treatment manual that provides clinicians with the why’s and how’s of this approach in concise and practical terms. This book, which is written as a reader-friendly guide, is intended for clinical trainees, non-insomnia sleep specialists, and for expert CBT clinicians from outside the sleep medicine field who wish to begin the process of learning to provide empirically validated CBT-I. The Book is organized into seven parts: definition of insomnia; review of the conceptual; framework for treatment; overview of the components of therapy; session-by-session guide; dialogues; assessment and eligibility for CBT-I; and sample documentation. The organizing principles for the guide can best be expressed as two seemingly simple questions: 'Who is appropriate for CBT-I?' 'What does one need to know to set up a Behavioral Sleep Medicine service?' The guide provides all that one needs to confidently answer these questions.

Cognitive behavior therapy which has been adapted to treat so many problems, has also brought data-driven and data-yielding treatment to insomnia. Focusing on this evidence-based modality, Cognitive Behavioral Treatment of Insomnia is a much-needed treatment manual that provides clinicians with the why’s and how’s of this approach in concise and practical terms. This book, which is written as a reader-friendly guide, is intended for clinical trainees, non-insomnia sleep specialists, and for expert CBT clinicians from outside the sleep medicine field who wish to begin the process of learning to provide empirically validated CBT-I. The Book is organized into seven parts: definition of insomnia; review of the conceptual; framework for treatment; overview of the components of therapy; session-by-session guide; dialogues; assessment and eligibility for CBT-I; and sample documentation. The organizing principles for the guide can best be expressed as two seemingly simple questions: “Who is appropriate for CBT-I?” “What does one need to know to set up a Behavioral Sleep Medicine service?” The guide provides all that one needs to confidently answer these questions.

<p>Guides the clinician in how to best establish a sleep clinic to study and solve in sleep disturbances of his or her patients</p>

Michael L. Perlis, PhD Dr. Perlis is an Associate Professor of Psychiatry and URMC Neurosciences Program at the University of Rochester and is the Director of the UR Sleep Research Laboratory. His clinical expertise is in the area of Behavioral Sleep Medicine. His research interests include sleep in psychiatric disorders and neurocognitive phenomena in insomnia, the mechanisms of action of sedative hypnotics, and the development of alternative treatments for insomnia. He was a founding member of the AASM's Behavioral Sleep Medicine Committee and of the editorial board for the Journal of Behavioral Sleep Medicine. He currently serves on the editorial boards of the Journal of Sleep Research and the Journal SLEEP and he hosts an annual seminar on CBT-I for those interested in learning the techniques.

9780387222523

/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Clinical Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/

/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Clinical Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences//Neuropsychology/Biological Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences//Psychiatry/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Neuroscience/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences///

978-3-030-02954-8

Michael Hanna, Mercury Medical Research & Writing, New York, NY, USA

Introduction.- Part I: Preparing.- Ethics.- Reading.- Searching the Literature.- Sinnamon’s Rule.- Protected Time.- The Outline.- Part II: Drafting.- The Introduction.- Study Aims.- The Methods.- Data Preparation.- Statistics: General Principles.- Statistics: Common Mistakes.- The Results.- Tables.- Figures: General Guidance.- Figures: Graphic Suggestions.- The Discussion.- Conclusions.- Aligning the IMRD.- Citing the Literature.- The Abstract.- The Title.- Part III: Special Types of Articles.- Brief Reports.- Letters.- Case Reports.- Literature Reviews.- Editorials.- Part IV: Revising.- The Need for Revision.- Build Good Paragraphs.- Edit Each Sentence.- Choose the Right Words.- Use “Plain English”.- Cut it Down.- Revise the Abstract and Title.- Do a Two-Week Follow-Up.- Get Internal Peer Review.- Proof-Read the Manuscript.- Part V: Publishing.- Submission to the Journal.- Authorship.- Acknowledgments.- References.- The Cover Letter.- Peer Review.- Doing the Revisions.- The Reply-to-Review Letter.- Thanking the Journal Staff.- Dissemination.- Conclusion

This book guides medical researchers through all stages of transforming their data and ideas into a published paper. Many researchers in medicine struggle to get their research written and published. One reason for this is that most medical researchers have not received much instruction in the subjects needed to write and publish scientific papers: research methodology, ethics, statistics, data visualization, writing, revising, and the practicalities of publishing. This book tackles all the major scientific issues that routinely lead to manuscripts getting rejected from the journals. The section “Preparing” covers the range of methodological, ethical, and practical aspects that researchers need to address before starting to write their paper. The section “Analyzing” reviews commonplace problems in the statistical analysis and presentation, and how to resolve those problems. The section “Drafting” describes what to write in the various parts of a paper (the Introduction, Methods, Results, Discussion, Abstract, etc.) The section “Revising” explains and illustrates how to improve the writing style of any manuscript. The section “Publishing” discusses how to navigate the peer review process and all other practical aspects of the publishing phase. The entire book draws on the author’s decade of experience as an independent medical writer and research consultant. More importantly, the book is grounded in the existing scientific and scholarly literature, with extensive references and an annotated bibliography. After reading this book, medical researchers will know how to write better quality medical papers, so they can publish their work in better journals with less time and struggle.

This book guides medical researchers through all stages of transforming their scientific data and ideas into a published paper. Many researchers in medicine, including the life sciences and health sciences, struggle to get their research written and published. Manuscripts are typically rejected and/or sent back for revisions several times before ever being published. One reason for this is that researchers have not received much instruction in the specific subjects and skills needed to write and publish scientific medical papers: research methodology, ethics, statistics, data visualization, writing, revising, and the practicalities of publishing.



Instead of wasting the reader’s time discussing trivialities of punctuation, spelling, etc., this book tackles all the major scientific issues that routinely lead to manuscripts getting rejected from the journals. The section “Preparing” covers the range of methodological, ethical, and practical aspects that researchers need to address before starting to write their paper. The section “Analyzing” reviews commonplace problems in the statistical analysis and presentation, and how to resolve those problems. The section “Drafting” describes what to write in all the various parts of a paper (the Introduction, Methods, Results, Discussion, Abstract, etc.) The section “Revising” explains and illustrates how to improve the writing style of any manuscript. The section “Publishing” discusses how to navigate the peer review process and all other practical aspects of the publishing phase.



This book draws on the author’s decade of experience as an independent medical writer and research consultant, but it is not written merely as the personal opinion of yet another expert. The entire book is grounded in the existing scientific and scholarly literature, with extensive references and a lengthy annotated bibliography, so readers can quickly obtain more information on any aspect they want. Thus this book provides a more evidence-based, scholarly account of how medical scientific papers should be written, in order to improve medical communication and accelerate scientific progress.



After reading this entire book cover to cover, medical researchers will know how to write better quality medical papers, and they will be able to publish their work in better journals with less time and struggle. This book is essential reading for anyone conducting research in clinical medicine, life sciences, or health sciences.

<p>Assists clinicians and researchers in writing papers for publication in peer-reviewed scientific journals in medicine, health, and life sciences</p><p>A step-by-step guide from analyzing the data to writing each part of the manuscript to revising and publishing the paper</p><p>Includes careful referencing and an extensive annotated bibliography to guide readers to further resources in the vast literature on medical scientific writing</p>

Michael Hanna, PhD, is an independent Medical Writer and Research Consultant from New York City. He has over a decade of experience consulting on study design, conducting literature reviews, performing statistical analysis, and writing and editing scientific papers across the spectrum of medical specialties. He has lectured widely in Europe and North America on medical writing and has mentored many researchers and medical residents on scientific writing.

Michael Hanna earned a doctoral degree in Clinical Psychology from the University of Cologne, Germany, and completed a post-doctoral fellowship at Cornell University’s medical school in New York City. Previously, he earned a Master’s degree in Psychology from the University of Paris VIII and a Bachelor’s degree in Neuroscience and in French Studies from Wesleyan University in Middletown, CT, USA.

Prior to becoming a professional Medical Writer and Research Consultant, Michael Hanna taught at the University Hospital of Aachen, Germany. He also acquired clinical and scientific experience at the University of Cologne, Germany; the Raymond Poincaré Hospital in Paris, France; and other specialized clinics in America and Europe. He is fluent in German, French, and Spanish.

9783030029548

/Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Primary Care Medicine/////

978-3-030-99589-8

Nancy Y. Lee, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY, USA; Jiade J. Lu, Shanghai Proton and Heavy Ion Center, Shanghai, China; Yao Yu, Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, New York, NY, USA

A Practical Guide for Conformal and Intensity-Modulated Radiation Therapy

1.Nasopharyngeal Cancer.- 2.Oropharyngeal Cancer.- 3. Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy for Head and Neck Cancer.- 4. Larynx Cancer.- 5.Hypopharyngeal Cancer.- 6.Oral Cavity Cancer.- 7.Nasal cavity and Paranasal Sinus Cancer.- 8.Major Salivary Glands.- 9.Thyroid Cancer.- 10.Squamous Cell Carcinomas of Unknown Primary in the Head and Neck.- 11.Early Breast Cancer.- 12.Regional Lymph Node Irradiation for Breast Cancer.- 13.Lung Cancer.- 14.Esophageal Cancer.- 15.Gastric Cancer.- 16.Pancreatic Cancer.- 17.Hepatocellular Cancer.- 18.Rectal Cancer.- 19.Anal Cancer.- 20.Postoperative Therapy for Cervical, Vaginal, and Endometrial Cancer.- 21.Definitive Therapy for Cervical, Vaginal, and Endometrial Cancer.- 22.Image-guided brachytherapy Ovarian Cancer.- 23.Vulvar Cancer.- 24.Advanced Technologies and Treatment Techniques for Gynecologic Malignancies.- 25.Prostate Adenocarcinoma.- 26.Bladder Cancer.- 27.Testicular Seminoma.- 28.Brain Metastases.- 29.Benign Tumors of theCNS.- 30.Malignant tumors of the CNS.- 31.Hodgkin's and Non-hodgkin's Lymphoma.- 32.Soft Tissue Sarcoma.- 33.Pediatric Sarcoma.- 34.Pediatric Brain Tumors.

This practical guide, now in a revised and updated second edition with more clinical cases for different stages, is designed as a concise reference on the delineation of target volumes in radiation oncology. Clear guidance is provided on simulation, setup, and field design for all of the malignancies commonly encountered by practicing radiation oncologists, and slice-by-slice examples are provided for different clinical stages and scenarios. The new edition of this book fully covers modern radiotherapy field design, with inclusion of guidelines on immobilization and simulation for 3D-conformal radiotherapy, intensity-modulated radiation therapy, and stereotactic body radiation therapy. Target Volume Delineation and Field Setup: A Practical Guide for Conformal and Intensity-Modulated Radiation Therapy is written by leading radiation oncologists who provide their expert opinions on all relevant aspects.

This practical guide, now in a revised and updated second edition with more clinical cases for different stages, is designed as a concise reference on the delineation of target volumes in radiation oncology. Clear guidance is provided on simulation, setup, and field design for all of the malignancies commonly encountered by practicing radiation oncologists, and slice-by-slice examples are provided for different clinical stages and scenarios. The new edition of this book fully covers modern radiotherapy field design, with inclusion of guidelines on immobilization and simulation for 3D-conformal radiotherapy, intensity-modulated radiation therapy, and stereotactic body radiation therapy. Target Volume Delineation and Field Setup: A Practical Guide for Conformal and Intensity-Modulated Radiation Therapy is written by leading radiation oncologists who provide their expert opinions on all relevant aspects.

Step-by-step description of modern radiotherapy fieldsGuidance on simulation, immobilization, and field designExpert opinion from leading radiation oncologists

Dr. Nancy Y. Lee is a world-renowned radiation oncologist specialized in head and neck cancer. She has extensive experience in the use of IMRT and proton therapy for head and neck cancer as well as being the lead PI for multiple cooperative trials. She has co-authored close to 300 papers and written numerous book chapters as well as being the editor for two books focused on target delineation of cancer treatment. In the era of precision medicine, proton beam and/or heavy particle therapy can further enhance the therapeutic effects of tumor relative to the surrounding normal tissue. Nancy currently serves as the Vice Chair of the Department of Radiation Oncology, Experimental Therapeutics. She is also the Chief of Head and Neck Radiotherapy at the Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center. Dr. Jiade J. Lu is an internationally distinguished expert in the field of radiation oncology. Dr. Lu obtained his M.D. from the Medical School of theState University of New York at Buffalo, U.S., and his M.B.A. from both the University of California, Los Angeles and the National University of Singapore. After his specialized training in radiation oncology at the University of Miami Jackson Memorial Hospital, Dr. Lu started his academic career at the National University Hospital (NUH), Singapore as a radiation oncologist. In 2010, he was appointed the Head of the Departments of Radiation Oncology of the National University Health System and the National Healthcare Group, Singapore. In 2012, he was appointed the Vice Chairman of the Medical Board of NUH for R&D. In February 2014, he accepted the appointment as the Executive President and started his endeavour at the newly established Shanghai Proton and Heavy Ion Center. Dr. Lu has published 14 books and 150 peer-reviewed articles in the field of radiation oncology.
Dr. Yao Yu is a radiation oncologist at Memorial Sloan Kettering specializing in cancers of the headand neck and central nervous system. He obtained his undergraduate degree in electrical engineering at Stanford University and his medical degree from UC Davis. He completed specialized training in radiation oncology at UCSF. He has authored dozens of peer reviewed publications and contributed to several textbooks and practice guidelines. His research focus is on tumor genomics and evolution.

9783030995898

/Radiation Oncology/Radiology/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Radiology/Life Sciences/Health Sciences////

10.1007/978-3-030-99590-4

Philip Peng, Toronto Western Hopsital and Mount Sinai Hospital, University of Toronto, Toronto, ON, Canada; Roderick Finlayson, Alan Edwards Pain Management Unit, McGill University Health Centre, Montreal, Quebec, , Canada; Sang Hoon Lee, Madi Pain Management Center, Jeonju, Korea (Republic of); Anuj Bhatia, Toronto Western Hopsital and Mount Sinai Hospital, University of Toronto, Toronto, ON, Canada

Chapter 1 - Basic Principles & Physics of Ultrasound.- Chapter 2 - Greater and Lesser Occipital Nerve.- Chapter 3 - Cervical Sympathetic Trunk.- Chapter 4 - Suprascapular Nerve.- Chapter 5 - Intercostal Nerve Block.- Chapter 6 - Ilioinguinal & Iliohypogastric Nerves.- Chapter 7 - Genitofemoral Nerve.- Chapter 8 - Pelvic Muscles.- Chapter 9 - Pudendal and Inferior Cluneal Nerve.- Chapter 10 - Lateral Femoral Cutaneous Nerve.- Chapter 11 - Erector Spinae Plane Block (ESP block).- Chapter 12 - Ultrasound-Guided Cervical Nerve Root Block.- Chapter 13 - Cervical Medial Branch and Third Occipital Nerve Blocks.- Chapter 14 - Lumbar Medial Branches and L5 Dorsal Ramus.- Chapter 15 - Sacroiliac Joint and Sacral Lateral Branch Blocks.- Chapter 16 - Sacroiliac Joint Radiofrequency Ablation.- Chapter 17 - Caudal Canal Injections.- Chapter 18 - General Principle of Musculoskeletal Scanning and Intervention.- Chapter 19 - Shoulder.- Chapter 20 - Ultrasound-Guided Injections for Elbow Pain.- Chapter 21 - Intervention on Wrist and Hand.- Chapter 22 - Hip.- Chapter 23 - Ultrasound-Guided Knee Intervention.- Chapter 24 - Ankle Joint and Nerves.- Chapter 25 - Platelet-rich Plasma.- Chapter 26 - Calcific Tendinitis Intervention.- Chapter 27 - Hip and Knee Joint Denervation.

Due to a wide-spread developing interest in ultrasound-guided pain intervention by clinicians, the demand for a practical reference material on this topic has grown simultaneously. This book thoroughly satisfies the need for such a reference, as it contains text written by experts in the field and a multitude of unique, educational illustrations. Spinal pain, the musculoskeletal system, and peripheral structures function as the fundamental items of discussion across three divided sections. In order to augment the reader’s learning experience, the high-quality images found within each chapter provide step-by-step guidance on the various ultrasound scanning procedural processes. Additionally, tips and pearls for scan and injection supplement each chapter conclusion.<div><div> </div><div>Ultrasound for Interventional Pain Management: An Illustrated Procedural Guide is a pragmatic, indispensable resource that helps interested clinical practitioners enhance their visual memory and overall understanding of this method. </div><div>
</div></div>

<div><div><div><div>Due to a wide-spread developing interest in ultrasound-guided pain intervention by clinicians, the demand for a practical reference material on this topic has grown simultaneously. This book thoroughly satisfies the need for such a reference, as it contains text written by experts in the field and a multitude of unique, educational illustrations. Spinal pain, the musculoskeletal system, and peripheral structures function as the fundamental items of discussion across three divided sections. In order to augment the reader’s learning experience, the high-quality images found within each chapter provide step-by-step guidance on the various ultrasound scanning procedural processes. Additionally, tips and pearls for scan and injection supplement each chapter conclusion.</div><div> </div><div>Ultrasound for Interventional Pain Management: An Illustrated Procedural Guide is a pragmatic, indispensable resource that helps interested clinical practitioners enhance their visual memory and overall understanding of this method. </div></div><div>
</div></div></div>

<p>Meets the demand for a comprehensive reference on ultrasound-guided pain intervention</p><p>Provides a valuable, practical reference material for clinicians interested in ultrasound-guided intervention</p><p>Numerous, high-quality illustrations to aid in visual learning</p>

<div>Philip WH Peng MBBS, FRCPC, Founder (Pain Medicine)</div><div>Professor, </div><div>Department of Anesthesia and Pain Medicine</div><div>University Health Network and Mount Sinai Hospital</div><div>University of Toronto</div><div>Toronto, Canada</div><div><div>
</div><div><div><div>Anuj Bhatia, MBBS MD FRCA FRCPC (Anesthesia & Pain Medicine) FFPMRCA FIPP CIPS ASR-PMUC </div><div>Associate Professor</div><div>University of Toronto and Toronto Western Hospital</div><div>Department of Anesthesia and Pain Medicine</div></div><div>
</div></div></div><div><div> </div><div>
</div><div>Roderick J. Finlayson, MD, FRCPC</div><div>
</div><div>Professor Department of Anesthesia</div><div>
</div><div>McGill University Health Centre, Alan Edwards Pain Unit</div><div>
</div><div>Montreal, Quebec, Canada </div></div>

9783030183707

/Pain Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Anesthesiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Physiotherapy/Health Care/Life Sciences/Health Sciences////

978-3-031-29443-3

Monkey Curiosity.- Danger and Control.- 'My Cousin's Sister Said ...'.- Toxins Everywhere!.- Don't Eat This, Eat That!.- Natural Health: Herbs, Spices ... and Supplements?.- Bad Big Pharma.- How Not to Get Sick.- Homeopathy: A Shaky Remedy.- Needless Needles?.- The Energy Problem.- Watch out for Radiation.- Who are 'They', and are They Real?.

This book delves into the world of alternative medicine and related phenomena in several different ways, both from a scientific perspective and the perspective of supporters and practitioners of those phenomena.An attempt is made to explain not only what those perspectives are, but also why they are often so radically different. Why do lots of people believe things that other people don't? To find answers, we don't just examine the things people believe in or not, but also human traits in thinking, reasoning and belief.

This book delves into the world of alternative medicine and related phenomena in several different ways, both from a scientific perspective and the perspective of supporters and practitioners of those phenomena.An attempt is made to explain not only what those perspectives are, but also why they are often so radically different. Why do lots of people believe things that other people don't? To find answers, we don't just examine the things people believe in or not, but also human traits in thinking, reasoning and belief.

<p>Explores a broad range of popular beliefs about "alternative" and real subjects</p><p>Examines each subject from multiple points of view, including the non-mainstream</p><p>Uses captivating stories to provide a starting point for further explanation</p>

Richard Rasker has always been hugely interested in science, including physics, chemistry and medicine, and also in their alternative counterparts. He has spent a few years studying electrical engineering at Twente University before starting his own business in electronics and technical translations. Richard lives in Enschede, the Netherlands, enjoying working on biomedical electronics and still learning as much about science as possible.

9783031294433

/Complementary and Alternative Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/

/Complementary and Alternative Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Social Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences//Health Psychology/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences////

10.1007/978-3-031-29444-0

978-3-030-41214-2

J.A. Magnuson, Oregon Health & Science University, Portland, OR, USA; Brian E. Dixon, Indiana University, Richard M. Fairbanks School of Public Health, Indianapolis, IN, USA

,978-1-4471-4236-2,978-1-4471-4238-6,978-1-4471-4237-9,978-1-4471-6814-0

Public Health Informatics: an Introduction.- History of Public Health Information Systems and Informatics.- Public Health Informatics in the Larger Context of Biomedical and Health Informatics.- Governmental and Legislative Context for Informatics.- Role of Informatics in Bridging Public and Population Health.- Information Infrastructure to Support Public Health.- Data Sources and Data Tools: Preparing for the Open Data Ecosystem.- Public Health Information Standards.- Privacy and Confidentiality of Public Health Information.- Health Systems Security.- Electronic Health Records: Origination, Adoption, and Progression.- Public Health Analytics and Big Data.- Project Management and Public Health Informatics.- Informatics in Disease Prevention and Epidemiology.- Public Health Laboratories.- The US National Vital Statistics System.- Syndromic Surveillance – a Practical Application of Informatics.- New Means of Data Collection and Accessibility.- Interoperability and Health Information Exchange for Public Health.- Geographic Information Systems.- Public Health Decision Support Systems.- Local and Regional Public Health Informatics.- Public Health Informatics and the American Indian/Alaska Native Populations: Improving Community Health Despite Challenges.- Advancing Informatics Policy and Practice: A State Perspective.- National Public Health Informatics, United States.- Perspectives on Global Public Health Informatics.- Improving immunization through informatics: Perspectives from the BID Initiative Partnership with Tanzania and Zambia.- Public Health Informatics: the Path Forward.

This 3rd edition of a classic textbook examines the context and background of public health informatics, explores the technology and science underlying the field, discusses challenges and emerging solutions, reviews many key public health information systems, and includes practical, case-based studies to guide the reader through the topic. The editors have expanded the text into new areas that have become important since publication of the previous two editions due to changing technologies and needs in the field, as well as updating and augmenting much of the core content. The book contains learning objectives, overviews, future directions, and review questions to assist readers to engage with this vast topic. The Editors and their team of well-known contributors have built upon the foundation established by the previous editions to provide the reader with a comprehensive and forward-looking review of public health informatics.The breadth of material in Public Health Informatics and Information Systems, 3rd edition makes it suitable for both undergraduate and graduate coursework in public health informatics, enabling instructors to select chapters that best fit their students’ needs.

This 3rd edition of a classic textbook examines the context and background of public health informatics, explores the technology and science underlying the field, discusses challenges and emerging solutions, reviews many key public health information systems, and includes practical, case-based studies to guide the reader through the topic. The editors have expanded the text into new areas that have become important since publication of the previous two editions due to changing technologies and needs in the field, as well as updating and augmenting much of the core content. The book contains learning objectives, overviews, future directions, and review questions to assist readers to engage with this vast topic. The Editors and their team of well-known contributors have built upon the foundation established by the previous editions to provide the reader with a comprehensive and forward-looking review of public health informatics.The breadth of material in Public Health Informatics and Information Systems, 3rd edition makes it suitable for both undergraduate and graduate coursework in public health informatics, enabling instructors to select chapters that best fit their students’ needs.

Updates many existing chapters with significant revisions to provide a current picture of the discipline, while replacing other chapters with entirely new contentReflects changes in health information technology policy that have swept through the field of health information exchangeContains an updated perspective on public health in general and the implications for healthcare technology and its application

Dr. Magnuson is an informaticist with an extensive background in public health, teaching, and research. Her fields of experience include academia (faculty and graduate advisor), state public health (health informatics architect), and private industry (genomic informatics system engineer).Dr. Dixon currently serves as the Director of the Public Health Informatics Program and a Research Scientist at the Regenstrief Institute in addition to his role as Associate Professor at the Indiana University (IU) Fairbanks School of Public Health. Dr. Dixon’s research focuses on applying informatics methods and tools to improve population health in clinical as well as public health organizations. His work leverages clinical and administrative data in electronic health records to measure population health, better understand the determinants of health, examine information flow in the health system, and improve outcomes in individuals and populations. Previously, Dr. Dixon developed health information applications and systems, including tools supporting the standard clinical vocabulary LOINC®, technology supporting the automated reporting of notifiable conditions to public health agencies, and tools for querying large clinical data repositories.

9783030412142

/Health Informatics/Computer and Information Systems Applications/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing/

/Health Informatics/Computer and Information Systems Applications/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing//Public Health/Life Sciences/Health Sciences/////

978-3-319-98607-4

Tricia A. Murdock; Emanuela F.T. Veras; Robert J. Kurman; Michael T. Mazur

Tricia A. Murdock, The Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore, MD, USA; Emanuela F.T. Veras, The Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore, MD, USA; Robert J. Kurman, The Johns Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore, MD, USA; Michael T. Mazur, State University of New York Upstate Medical University, Syracuse, NY, USA

Introduction.- The Normal Endometrium.- Pregnancy, Abortion, and Ectopic Pregnancy.- Gestational Trophoblastic Disease.- Abnormal Uterine Bleeding: Non-Structural Causes.- Effects of Hormones.- Endometritis.- Polyps.- Precursors of Endometrial Carcinoma.- Endometrial Carcinoma.- Mesenchymal Tumors and Other Rare Neoplasms.- Methods of Endometrial Evaluation.

<div><div><div><div><div>The third edition of this text entails a comprehensive review of pathophysiology, including the recognition of physiologic conditions and</div><div>pathologic entities, such as polyps, endometritis, gestational trophoblastic diseases, endometrial hyperplasia, and carcinoma. It also</div><div>serves as an update on the use of current terminology and ancillary tools. Th e authors incorporate signifi cant updates related to the</div><div>expansion of their knowledge of old and newer entities and the use of immunohistochemical and molecular ancillary techniques to assist in</div><div>accurately diagnosing endometrial biopsies. Th e chapters also include recommendations and suggestions of appropriate terminology for a</div><div>pathology report, as well as specifi c pitfalls, mimickers and confounding factors in the diagnosis of endometrial samples, such as surface</div><div>metaplasias, cytoplasmic changes, and endocervical contaminants. The complicated subject of hyperplasia and cancer precursors is discussed</div><div>at length with an expanded commentary on the application of the term endometrioid intraepithelial neoplasia (EIN) and how it</div><div>relates to the traditional classifi cation of endometrial hyperplasia. Additionally, a substantial number of new, richly colored images</div><div>helps readers fully understand and confi dently classify such complex specimens.</div><div>
</div><div>The newest edition of Diagnosis of Endometrial Biopsies and Curettings serves as a useful resource not only for pathologists in training</div><div>and practicing pathologists, but also to experienced physicians, other health care providers and researchers that deal with and are interested</div><div>in endometrial pathology.</div></div></div></div></div>

The 3rd edition of this text entails a comprehensive review of endometrial pathophysiology, including the recognition of physiologic conditions (i.e. normal phases and pregnancy), as well as the accurate interpretation of pathologic entities (i.e. polyps, endometritis, gestational trophoblastic diseases, endometrial hyperplasia, carcinoma, etc). The book will maintain a compact size with numerous illustrations and tables. Although, in its essence, the table of contents remains unaltered from the previous edition, we intend to incorporate significant updates related to the expansion of our knowledge of old and newer entities, use of immunohistochemical and molecular ancillary techniques to assist in the correct diagnosis, as well as two new chapters - one with recommendations/suggestions of appropriate terminology for a pathology report (sign out templates) and another one focusing on specific pitfalls/mimickers/confounding factors in the diagnosis of endometrial samples (surface metaplasias, cytoplasmic changes, endocervical contaminants). The complicated subject of hyperplasia and cancer precursors will include expanded commentary on the application of endometrial intraepithelial neoplasia (EIN) and how it relates to the traditional classification of endometrial hyperplasia. Additionally, a substantial number of new, all color images, some of which will be available in electronic format, will aid readers to fully understand and confidently classify such complex specimens.
This text will continue to serve as a useful resource not only for pathologists in training and practicing pathologists, but also to experienced physicians, other health care providers and researchers dealing with, and interested in endometrial pathology. At the end of each chapter, a comprehensive summary - tables with key diagnostic bullets - will provide an additional tool for the readers interested in a quick review of the chapter’s information. This text will remain concise yet a comprehensive reference that will help pathologists use the most updated terminology, recognize potential pitfalls in the diagnosis of endometrial biopsies/curettages, as well as apply the most current tools in immunohistochemistry and molecular ancillary techniques available in the field at the moment.
<div>From the reviews of the second edition:
</div>'...extremely useful for the practicing pathologist because it outlines criteria for diagnosis, helps in solving diagnostic dilemmas, and clarifies controversial issues.' Modern Pathology

<p>Richly illustrated in color</p><p>Outlines criteria for diagnosis, helps in solving diagnostic dilemmas and clarifies controversial issues</p><p>End of chapter "Clinical Queries and Reporting" clarifies how to best report findings in a clinically useful fashion</p><p>Stresses practical aspects and common problems in endometrial biopsy interpretation</p>

<div><div>Tricia A. Murdock, MD</div><div>The Johns Hopkins Hospital</div><div>Baltimore, MD, USA</div><div> </div><div>Emanuela F.T. Veras, MD</div><div>The Johns Hopkins Hospital</div><div>Baltimore, MD, USA</div><div> </div><div>Robert J. Kurman, MD</div><div>The Johns Hopkins Hospital</div><div>Baltimore, MD, USA</div><div> </div><div>Michael T. Mazur, MD</div><div>SUNY Upstate Medical University</div><div>Syracuse, NY, USA</div></div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div>

9783319986074

/Pathology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Oncology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/////

978-3-030-31740-9

Agnes R. Stogicza; André M. Mansano; Andrea M. Trescot; Peter S. Staats

Agnes R. Stogicza, Member, Education Committee, World Institute of Pain, Vice Chair, Hungarian Section, World Institute of Pain, St Magdolna Private Hospital, Budapest, Hungary; André M. Mansano, Member, Education Committee, World Institute of Pain, Hospital Israelita Albert Einstein, Sao Paolo, Brazil; Andrea M. Trescot, Past Chair, Education Committee, World Institute of Pain, Pain and Headache Center, Eagle River, AK, USA; Peter S. Staats, President-Elect, Past Chair, Examination Board, World Institute of Pain, National Spine and Pain Centers, Shrewsburry, NJ, USA

<div>Section I - Head and Neck Procedures.-Interlaminar Cervical Epidural Injection.- Intraarticular Cervical Facet Joint Block, C2-T1, Posterior and Lateral Approach.- Cervical Medial Branch Branch Block and Radiofrequency Ablation, Postieror Approach.- Cervical Medial Branch Branch Block: Lateral Approach.-Cervical Medial Branch Branch Block and Radiofrequency Ablation: Oblique Approach.- Pterygopalatine Ganglion Block and RadioFrequency Abilation: Anterior and Cornoid Approach.-Stellate Ganglion Block.-Trigeminal Ganglion Block.-Section II - Thoracic Procedures.-Intercostal Nerve Block.-Thoraric Splanchnic Block and Radiofrequency Abilation.- Thoraric Sympathetic Block and Radiofrequency Abilation.- Thoracic Facet joint Block.-Thoracic Medial Branch Block and Denervation.-Spinal Cord Stimulator.-Section III - Lumbar Procedures.-Lumbar Intraarticular Facet Joint Injection.-Lumbar Rami Communicans Block.-Lumber Medial Branch Block and Lumber Median Branch Radiofrequency Abilation.-Lumbar Sympathetic Block and RF.-Lumbar Transforaminal Epidural.-Lumbar Discography.-Section IV - Sacral Pelvic Procedures.-Caudal Neuroplasty.-Superior Hypogastric Plexus Block: Posterolateral approach (non-transdiscal) .-Superior Hypogastric Plexus Block: Transdiscal approach.- Superior Hypogastric Plexus Block: Anterior Approach.-Sacral Transforaminal Epidural Steroid Interjection: Selective Nerve Root Block.-Sacroiliac Joint Injection.-Sacroiliac Joint Radiofrequency neurotomy.
</div>

This comprehensive book serves as a review for the Fellow of Interventional Pain Practice (FIPP) exam and functions as a concise guide for all interventional pain doctors. Through educational initiatives, it helps to promote consensus-building among experts on the effectiveness of existing techniques and avenues for advancement of therapeutic performances.The book is divided into four sections (head and neck, thoracic, lumbar and sacral/pelvic), and each chapter is devoted to the safe, standardized approach to interventional procedures. To prepare both the examiner and the examinee for the FIPP examination, each chapter contains the relevant C-arm images and outlines the most common reasons for “unacceptable procedures performance” and “potentially unsafe procedures performance.” Distinguishing it from many of the previous guides, it also includes labeled fluoroscopic high quality images and focuses on the current FIPP-examined procedures with all accepted approaches.Written and edited by world leaders in pain, Interventional Pain guides the reader in study for FIPP Exam and offers a consensus on how interventional procedures should be performed and examined.<div>
</div>

This comprehensive book serves as a review for the Fellow of Interventional Pain Practice (FIPP) exam and functions as a concise guide for all interventional pain doctors. Through educational initiatives, it helps to promote consensus-building among experts on the effectiveness of existing techniques and avenues for advancement of therapeutic performances.The book is divided into four sections (head and neck, thoracic, lumbar and sacral/pelvic), and each chapter is devoted to the safe, standardized approach to interventional procedures. To prepare both the examiner and the examinee for the FIPP examination, each chapter contains the relevant C-arm images and outlines the most common reasons for “unacceptable procedures performance” and “potentially unsafe procedures performance.” Distinguishing it from many of the previous guides, it also includes labeled fluoroscopic high quality images and focuses on the current FIPP-examined procedures with all accepted approaches.Written and edited by world leaders in pain, Interventional Pain guides the reader in study for FIPP Exam and offers a consensus on how interventional procedures should be performed and examined.<div>
</div>

<p>Concise review of each interventional pain procedure performed and examined during the FIPP exam</p><p>Supports standardization of the test expectations and clarifies pass and fail performances</p><p>Dozens of high quality images and focuses on the current FIPP-examined procedures with all acceptable approaches</p><p>Guide for all interventional pain doctors prior to performing a procedure</p>

Agnes R. Stogicza, MD, FIPP, CIPSUniversity of British Columbia, St Paul’s HospitalVancouver BC, Canada André Mansano, MD, PhD, FIPP, CIPSSingular – Pain Management CenterCampinas, Brazil Andrea M. Trescot, MD, FIPP, CIPSPain and Headache CenterEagle River, AK Peter S. Staats MD MBAChief Medical Officer National Spine and Pain CentersPresident Elect World Institute of PainUSA<div>
</div>

9783030317409

/Pain Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Anesthesiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences////

Ashish Chandra; Barbara Crothers; Daniel Kurtycz; Fernando Schmitt

Ashish Chandra, Cellular Pathology, Guy’s and St. Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust, London, UK; Barbara Crothers, Gynecology, Breast and Cytopathology Joint Pathology Center, Silver Spring, MD, USA; Daniel Kurtycz, University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public Health, Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine and Wisconsin State Laboratory of Hygiene, Madison, WI, USA; Fernando Schmitt, Medical Faculty of Porto University and Unit of Molecular Pathology, Institute of Molecular Pathology and Immunology Porto University, Porto, Portugal

The International System for Reporting Serous Fluid Cytopathology: Introduction and Overview of Diagnostic Terminology and Reporting.- Non-diagnostic (NDX) and Adequacy.- Negative for Malignancy (NFM).- Atypia of Undetermined Significance (AUS).- Suspicious for Malignancy (SFM).- Malignant- Mesothelioma (MAL-Mes).- Malignant- Metastatic (MAL- Met).- Ancillary Studies for Serous Fluids.- Special Considerations for Peritoneal Fluids.- Cytopreparatory Techniques.- Quality Management.- Serous Effusion Anatomy, Biology and Pathophysiology.

<div><div>This book is the culmination of an international effort to bring consistency and diagnostic efficiency to effusion cytology for the sake of patient care. The authors recognize special challenges in serous fluid cytopathology, such as reporting the presence of Mullerian epithelium in peritoneal fluids. What is an appropriate serous fluid volume to ensure adequacy? How should mesothelial proliferations be reported and is it appropriate to make an interpretation of malignant mesothelioma? How specific should a report be regarding the origin and subtyping of tumors found in serous fluids? What are the appropriate quality monitors for this specimen type? Special chapters on considerations for peritoneal washings, cytopreparatory techniques, mesothelioma and quality management are included to address these issues. The text contains literature reviews that elucidate existing evidence in support of current practices and recommendations. Expert opinions on where evidence was lacking, the most common practices were adopted by consensus, and where there was no commonality, are employed. </div><div>
</div><div>Written by experts in the field, The International System for Serous Fluid Cytopathology serves as a collaborative effort between the International Academy of Cytology and the American Society for Cytopathology and calls upon participation of the international cytopathology and oncology communities to contribute to the development of a truly international system for reporting serous fluid cytology</div></div><div>
</div>

<div><div><div>This book is the culmination of an international effort to bring consistency and diagnostic efficiency to effusion cytology for the sake of patient care. The authors recognize special challenges in serous fluid cytopathology, such as reporting the presence of Mullerian epithelium in peritoneal fluids. What is an appropriate serous fluid volume to ensure adequacy? How should mesothelial proliferations be reported and is it appropriate to make an interpretation of malignant mesothelioma? How specific should a report be regarding the origin and subtyping of tumors found in serous fluids? What are the appropriate quality monitors for this specimen type? Special chapters on considerations for peritoneal washings, cytopreparatory techniques, mesothelioma and quality management are included to address these issues. The text contains literature reviews that elucidate existing evidence in support of current practices and recommendations. Expert opinions on where evidence was lacking, the most common practices were adopted by consensus, and where there was no commonality, are employed. </div><div>
</div><div>Written by experts in the field, The International System for Serous Fluid Cytopathology serves as a collaborative effort between the International Academy of Cytology and the American Society for Cytopathology and calls upon participation of the international cytopathology and oncology communities to contribute to the development of a truly international system for reporting serous fluid cytology</div></div></div><div>
</div>

<p>Provides in-depth discussions of sample adequacy and difficulties?</p><p>Written by international authorities on laboratory practice of cytology</p><p>Richly illustrated with color</p>

<div><div>Ashish Chandra </div><div>Cellular Pathology</div><div>Guy’s and St. Thomas’ NHS Foundation Trust </div><div>London, UK</div></div><div>
</div><div><div>Barbara A. Crothers</div><div>Gynecologic, Breast and Cytopathology</div><div>Joint Pathology Center</div><div>Silver Spring, MD</div><div>USA</div></div><div>
</div><div>Daniel F.I. Kurtycz</div><div>University of Wisconsin - Madison</div><div>School of Medicine and Public Health</div><div>Department of Pathology and Laboratory Medicine</div><div>and Wisconsin State Laboratory of Hygiene</div><div>Madison, WI
</div><div>USA</div><div>
</div><div>Fernando Schmitt
Institute of Molecular Pathology and Immunology of Porto University (IPATIMUP)
Medical Faculty of Porto University
Porto
Portugal</div>

9783030539078

František Duška, Charles University, Prague, Czech Republic; Mo Al-Haddad, Queen Elizabeth University Hospital, Glasgow, UK; Maurizio Cecconi, Humanitas Research Hospital, Rozzano, Italy

Part 1: Introduction.- Ch 1: How to use this book (Prof. Maurizio Cecconi, Dr František Duška, Dr Mo Al-Haddad).- Part 2: Key concepts in intensive care medicine.- Ch 2: Identification and Initial Stablization of Acutely Deteriorated Patients (Dr. Nicholas F. Parchim, Dr Nathan D. Nielsen).- Ch 3: ICU routines and bundles of care (Dr Anne Mecklenburg, Dr María Martinez Martinez, Dr Nathan D. Nielsen, Dr Sabrina Grossenbacher-Eggmann, Dr Carole Boulanger).- Ch 4: Intra-hospital transport (Dr Anne Mecklenburg).- Ch 5: Human factors and non-technical skills (Dr Rahul Costa-Pinto, Dr C Boullanger).- Ch 6: Approach to difficult decisions and end-of-life care (Dr Frauke Weidanz).- Part 3: Organ dysfunction and support.- Ch 7: Respiratory failure and respiratory support (Dr. Eumorfia Kondili, Dr Athanasia Proklou, Dr Georgos Prinianakis).- Ch 8: Shock and Haemodynamic Monitoring (Dr Mo Al-Haddad).- Ch 9: Disorders of consciousness (Dr Frauke Weidanz).- Ch 9: Internal environment and acid basebalance (Dr František Duška).- Ch 10: Acute Kidney Injury (Dr Mo Al-Haddad, Dr Karin Belch).- Ch 11: Sepsis and septic shock (Dr Anne Le Roy).- Part 4: Common challenges and troubleshooting in ICU.- Ch 12: Hypoxia and ventilator asynchronies (Dr. Eumorfia Kondili, Dr Maria Mpolaki).- Ch 13: Arrhythmias (Dr Katie Duncan, Dr Mo Al-Haddad).- Ch 14: Bleeding (Dr Nathan D. Nielsen).- Ch 15: Analgesia and Sedation (Dr Anne Mecklenburg, Dr Joana Berger-Estilita, Dr Ligia Pires).- Ch 16: Delirium, agitation and sleep disturbances (Dr Joana Berger-Estilita, Dr Ligia Pires).- Ch 17: Common Electrolyte Disturbances (Dr Niels Van Regenmortel, Dr František Duška).- Ch 18: Failure to wean from mechanical ventilation (Dr Anne Mecklenburg). Back Matter.- Appendix 1: ICU drug chart (Dr Milada Halačová, Dr Carole Boulanger).- Appendix 2: Useful checklists and algorhithms (Dr Anne Le Roy).- Appendix 3: ICU trainee survival guide (Dr. Gabriel Garcia Rosenbaum).

This book, part of the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine (ESICM) textbook series, is a graphical, dense and concise text describing fundamental theoretical concepts needed for doctors and other professionals new to the field of Intensive Care Medicine.The book serves two main purposes: as study material for any junior doctor, nurse or other allied healthcare professional who is time-pressured and wants to quickly learn the essentials; and as a course volume of new ESICM educational initiative called Intensive Care Fundamentals©. The overarching goal of this initiative is to offer standardised high-quality introductory education to all starters in intensive care. There are two key elements of this initiative: the book, which is the prerequisite reading for attending the two day face-to-face course and the materials, registration of candidate and training and certifying the trainers that will be provided by ESICM.<div>
</div>

This book, part of the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine (ESICM) textbook series, is a graphical, dense and concise text describing fundamental theoretical concepts needed for doctors and other professionals new to the field of Intensive Care Medicine.

The book serves two main purposes: as study material for any junior doctor, nurse or other allied healthcare professional who is time-pressured and wants to quickly learn the essentials; and as a course volume of new ESICM educational initiative called Intensive Care Fundamentals©. The overarching goal of this initiative is to offer standardised high-quality introductory education to all starters in intensive care.

There are two key elements of this initiative: the book, which is the prerequisite reading for attending the two day face-to-face course and the materials, registration of candidate and training and certifying the trainers that will be provided by ESICM.

Formative assessments throughout the book covering the fundamentals of intensive care medicineIntended learning outcomes have been determined using a modified Delphi methodCase-based learning: the explanations of fundamental concepts are based on decision making in real clinical settings

Series EditorsProf. Maurizio Cecconi is Head of Department Anaesthesia and Intensive Care Units, IRCCS Istituto Clinico Humanitas, Rozzano (MI), Italy and Professor of Anaesthesia and Intensive Care, Humanitas University, Pieve Emanuele (MI), Italy. His main fields of research are haemodynamic monitoring, haemodynamic optimisation and physiology of the critically ill patient. He has published extensively and has specific interest in haemodynamic monitoring and fluid management of the critically ill.Prof. Daniel De Backer is Professor of Intensive Care at the Université Libre de Bruxelles, Brussels, Belgium Head of Intensive Care Departments of CHIREC Hospitals (Brussels and Braine l’Alleud-Waterloo). His main fields of investigation are severe sepsis, organ dysfunction, acute circulatory failure and its treatment (in particular vasoactive agents), haemodynamic monitoring, hepato-splanchnic circulation and microcirculatory disorders.
Volume editorsFrantisek Duska is a head of Intensive Care and associate professor of Anaesthesia and Intensive Care Medicine at Charles University, Third Medical Faculty and FNKV University Hospital in Prague, Czech Republic. Mo Al-Haddad is a consultant in Anaesthesia and Critical Care and Honorary Professor of School of Medicine, Dentistry & Nursing, University of Glasgow. Mo has been an editor in chief of the ESICM Academy. Maurizio Ceccioni is the director of the Residency School of Anaesthesia at Humanitas University in Rozzano, Italy and Head of the Anaesthesia and Intensive Care Department at Humanitas Research Hospital. He is also the President of the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine (2020-2022).

9783031219900

/Intensive Care Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/

/Intensive Care Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Anesthesiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Pneumology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Nursing/Life Sciences/Health Sciences/

978-3-030-74172-3

Fluoroquinolone-Associated Disability (FQAD) - Pathogenesis, Diagnostics, Therapy and Diagnostic Criteria

1 Introduction to Fluoroquinolone-Associated Disability (FQAD).- 2 FQAD and Oxidative Stress and Mitochondrial Toxicity.- 3 FQAD and Musculoskeletal Damage / Collagen Disorder.- 4 FQAD and Neurotoxicity / Peripheral Neuropathy (PN) / Autonomic Neuropathy / Small Fibre Neuropathy.- 5 FQAD and Neuropsychiatric Adverse Effects.- 6 Diagnostic criteria of the FQAD.- 7 Inside Story - Practical experience with FQAD Patients.

<div>
</div><div>In this book, Stefan Pieper supports doctors and therapists in easily diagnosing FQAD and in better and more adequately dealing with FQAD patients. </div><div>
</div>Fluoroquinolones, as one of the most common and effective groups of antibiotics, are known to have a distinct spectrum of side effects. These adverse effects are rare in percentage terms, but frequent in absolute numbers due to the enormous quantities of prescriptions. Because they are usually quite severe and wide-ranging, they tend to run like a syndrome and have been classified by the FDA as a separate condition, the FQAD, because of their frequency, severity and risk of disability.<div><div>
</div><div>This book presents for the first time a comprehensive description and classification of the clinical picture and a proposal for a clinical diagnostic tool based on diagnostic criteria.</div></div><div>
</div>

<div><div>In this book, Stefan Pieper supports doctors and therapists in easily diagnosing FQAD and in better and more adequately dealing with FQAD patients. </div><div>
</div><div>Fluoroquinolones, as one of the most common and effective groups of antibiotics, are known to have a distinct spectrum of side effects. These adverse effects are rare in percentage terms, but frequent in absolute numbers due to the enormous quantities of prescriptions. Because they are usually quite severe and wide-ranging, they tend to run like a syndrome and have been classified by the FDA as a separate condition, the FQAD, because of their frequency, severity and risk of disability.</div>
</div><div>This book presents for the first time a comprehensive description and classification of the clinical picture and a proposal for a clinical diagnostic tool based on diagnostic criteria.</div><div>
</div><div>
</div><div>
</div>

<p>Provides accessible overview of the complex side-effects of Fluoroquinolones</p><p>Deals with diagnostics and treatment of FQAD</p><p>Carves a new path in the debate on diagnostic criteria for FQAD</p>

<div>Dr. med. Stefan Pieper has been working in a practice for integrative medicine with a focus on mitochondrial medicine, acupuncture, nutrition and homeopathy for 25 years. During his time at the clinic, he worked for many years in internal medicine, anaesthesia and neonatal intensive care units. He is a paramedic and holds a British Diploma in Anaesthesia.

Dr. Pieper developed a diagnostic tool for the reliable detection of FQAD and he is one of the most experienced therapists in this field. With over 500 FQAD patients treated, he has an exceptionally high level of expertise.

Currently he is working together with the Centrum für Herz-, Kreislauf- und Gefäßmedizin, University of Berlin, Charité, on a study regarding the use of Fluoroquinolones and the risk of aortic aneurysm and dissection.
</div>

9783030741723

/Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//General Practice and Family Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Health Care//Intensive Care Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences////

Sherif Shazly, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN, USA; Shannon K. Laughlin-Tommaso, Mayo Clinic, Rochester, MN, USA

SECTION I: GENERAL GYNECOLOGY.- Basics of Gynecology.- Menstrual Disturbance.- Genital Infection.- Contraception.- Uterine Fibroids.- Chronic Pelvic Pain.- SECTION II: UROGYNECOLOGY.- Urinary Incontinence.- Pelvic Organ Prolapse.- Genital Trauma.- Urodynamic Study.- SECTION III: REPRODUCTIVE ENDOCRINOLOGY AND INFERTILITY.- Infertility.- Recurrent Pregnancy Loss.- Fertility Preservation.- Thyroid with Infertility.- Müllerian Abnormalities.- Polycystic Ovary Syndrome.- Hyperprolactinemia.- Precocious Puberty.- SECTION IV: GYNECOLOGIC ONCOLOGY.- Lower Genital Track Cancers.- Uterine Corpus Cancers.- Ovarian Tumors.

This book is a thorough and easy-to-use guide to gynecology for residents preparing for their CREOG and board examinations. Books available for gynecology residents are generally either clinically directed or academically based. The books in the first group are usually brief, suitable as handbooks for residents to use during daily practice. These books, however, do not provide adequate background information to prepare for CREOG or ABOG board examinations. The more academically-focused books provide detailed background, but do not offer simple and quick assistance during daily practice or studying. This book aims to provide the most beneficial parts of both products.<div>
</div><div>Throughout, the material is simplified and well-organized to provide an excellent resource for clinical practice, with ample use of bullets and key points. The content is also comprehensive, providing the appropriate background knowledge and a systematic approach that makes it an excellent source for the board examination. Topics are divided into four sections: general gynecology, urogynecology, reproductive endocrinology and infertility, and gynecology oncology. Chapters then cover all major topics in each area, including uterine fibroids, polycystic ovary syndrome, and genital infections. Each chapter additionally includes multiple choice questions for residents to test their knowledge of the material.</div><div>
</div><div>This is an ideal guide for residents in OBGYN and practicing gynecologists looking for a refresher and quick reference.</div>

This book is a thorough and easy-to-use guide to gynecology for residents preparing for their CREOG and board examinations. Books available for gynecology residents are generally either clinically directed or academically based. The books in the first group are usually brief, suitable as handbooks for residents to use during daily practice. These books, however, do not provide adequate background information to prepare for CREOG or ABOG board examinations. The more academically-focused books provide detailed background, but do not offer simple and quick assistance during daily practice or studying. This book aims to provide the most beneficial parts of both products.<div>
</div><div>Throughout, the material is simplified and well-organized to provide an excellent resource for clinical practice, with ample use of bullets and key points. The content is also comprehensive, providing the appropriate background knowledge and a systematic approach that makes it an excellent source for the board examination. Topics are divided into four sections: general gynecology, urogynecology, reproductive endocrinology and infertility, and gynecology oncology. Chapters then cover all major topics in each area, including uterine fibroids, polycystic ovary syndrome, and genital infections. Each chapter additionally includes multiple choice questions for residents to test their knowledge of the material.</div><div>
</div><div>This is an ideal guide for residents in OBGYN and practicing gynecologists looking for a refresher and quick reference.</div>

<p>Prepares residents for their CREOG and board examinations in gynecology</p><p>With an easy-to-use format, all essential information is conveyed to be easily understood and retained</p><p>Includes multiple choice questions for each topic covered</p>

Sherif A. Shazly, MBBCh, MS, is a resident at the Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota. He has contributed to Advances in Stem Cell Therapy (Springer 2017) and has written a book on the USMLE Step 2 exam for international medical graduates.<div>
</div><div>Shannon K. Laughlin-Tommaso, MD is Associate Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology and Chair, Division of Gynecology at the Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota. </div><div><div>
</div><div><div>
</div><div>
</div></div></div>

9783030411275

Jean-Marie Saudubray; Matthias R. Baumgartner; Ángeles García-Cazorla; John Walter

Jean-Marie Saudubray, Paris, France; Matthias R. Baumgartner, University Children’s Hospital, University of Zurich, Zurich, Switzerland; Ángeles García-Cazorla, Hospital Sant Joan de Deu, Barcelona, Spain; John Walter, School of Medical Sciences, University of Manchester, Manchester, UK

I Diagnosis and treatment: General principles.- II Disorders of Energy Metabolism.- III Small Molecule Disorders.- Section IV Complex Molecule Disorders and Cellular Trafficking Disorders.- Section V Appendices

This 7th edition is a milestone in the series of Inborn Metabolic Diseases (IMD), recognised as the standard textbook for professionals involved in the diagnosis and management of IMD.Within the last 5 years a Copernican revolution in our understanding of IMD has changed the definition, concepts, paradigms, and classification. This new edition now extends the concept of IMD to include those disturbances in molecular machinery diagnosed by molecular techniques but currently without measurable metabolic markers.Contents A clinical and biochemical approach to the diagnosis and management of IEM with many diagnostic algorithms for patients of all ages and with a particular focus on neurological presentations.Separate, comprehensive sections on IMD classified in 3 major pathophysiological categories: disorders of energy metabolism, both mitochondrial and non-mitochondrial; small molecule disorders, mostly diagnosed with metabolic markers; and complex molecules disorders, mostly diagnosed with molecular techniques. Two new chapters, describing around 600 disorders of nucleic acid metabolism, tRNA metabolism, ribosomal biogenesis, and cellular trafficking.
The EditorsJean-Marie Saudubray, M.D., Senior Editor, is Emeritus Professor of Paediatrics, Paris.Matthias R. Baumgartner, M.D., is Professor of Paediatrics and Inherited Metabolic Diseases, University of Zurich, and Head of the Division of Metabolism and the Swiss Newborn Screening Programme at the University Children’s Hospital, Zurich.Angeles García-Cazorla MD, PhD., is Professor of Paediatric Neurology and Head of the Neurometabolic Unit and Director of Research in Neurology at Hospital Sant Joan de Déu, Barcelona.John H. Walter, M.D. is Honorary Clinical Professor of Inherited Metabolic Medicine, Developmental Biology and Medicine, School of Medical Sciences, University of Manchester. <div>
</div>

This 7th edition is a milestone in the series of Inborn Metabolic Diseases (IMD), recognised as the standard textbook for professionals involved in the diagnosis and management of IMD.Within the last 5 years a Copernican revolution in our understanding of IMD has changed the definition, concepts, paradigms, and classification. This new edition now extends the concept of IMD to include those disturbances in molecular machinery diagnosed by molecular techniques but currently without measurable metabolic markers.The book presents a clinical and biochemical approach to the diagnosis and management of IEM with many diagnostic algorithms for patients of all ages and with a particular focus on neurological presentations. It includes separate, comprehensive sections on IEM classified in 3 major pathophysiological categories: disorders of energy metabolism, both mitochondrial and non-mitochondrial; small molecule disorders, mostly diagnosed with metabolic markers; and complex molecules disorders, mostly diagnosed with molecular techniques.Two new chapters were added, describing around 600 disorders of nucleic acid metabolism, tRNA metabolism, ribosomal biogenesis, and cellular trafficking.

<p>A clinical and biochemical approach to the diagnosis and management of IEM</p><p>Indispensable for professionals in pediatrics, neonatology, pathological biochemistry, genetics, neurology</p><p>Written by internationally recognised experts on their subjects</p>

Jean-Marie Saudubray, M.D., Senior Editor, is Emeritus Professor of Paediatrics, Paris.Matthias R. Baumgartner, M.D., is Professor of Paediatrics and Inherited Metabolic Diseases, University of Zurich, and Head of the Division of Metabolism and the Swiss Newborn Screening Programme at the University Children’s Hospital, Zurich.Angeles García-Cazorla MD, PhD., is Professor of Paediatric Neurology and Head of the Neurometabolic Unit and Director of Research in Neurology at Hospital Sant Joan de Déu, Barcelona.John H. Walter, M.D. is Honorary Clinical Professor of Inherited Metabolic Medicine, Developmental Biology and Medicine, School of Medical Sciences, University of Manchester.

9783662631225

/Pediatrics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Medical Genetics/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences/Genetics and Genomics//Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Neurology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences///

Faruk Uguz, Necmettin Erbakan University, Konya, Turkey; Laura Orsolini, University of Hertfordshire, Hatfield, UK

Part I: Introduction To Perinatal Psychopharmacology: Epidemiology of use of psychotropic drugs in pregnant and nursing women. Maternal and infant drug metabolism, and pharmacokinetic changes in psychotropic drugs during pregnancy and the postpartum period. Safety parameters and risk categories used for psychotropic drugs in pregnancy and lactation. General approach to pharmacological treatments during the perinatal period.- Part Ii: Safety Of Psychotropic Drugs During Pregnancy And Lactation: Antidepressants in pregnancy. Antidepressants during lactation. Antipsychotics in pregnancy. Antipsychotics during lactation. Mood stabilizers in pregnancy. Mood stabilizers during lactation. Benzodiazepines and Z-drugs in pregnancy. Benzodiazepines and Z-drugs during lactation.- Part Iii: Pharmacological Management Of Psychiatric Disorders During The Perinatal Period: Major depression. Bipolar disorder. Schizophrenia and related psychoses. Obsessive-compulsive disorder. Anxiety disorders. Posttraumatic stress disorder. Alcohol use disorders. Substance use disorders. Sleep disorders. Eating disorders.

This book focuses on recent advances in research and practical recommendations regarding the use of psychotropic drugs during pregnancy and lactation, two important social and psychological life events for women. In addition to the social context, including the addition of a new family member, many women experience the occurrence or recurrence of psychiatric disorders during the perinatal period. Psychiatric disorders during this period can have negative effects on the fetus, infant and other children in the family, and can result in functional impairment among mothers.The book offers a comprehensive overview of psychopharmacological treatments for nearly all specific psychiatric conditions (e.g. bipolar disorder, panic disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder) and includes chapters on clinical approaches to treating these disorders. As such, it will appeal to a wide readership, including psychiatrists, obstetricians, gynecologists and pediatricians.

This book focuses on recent advances in research and practical recommendations regarding the use of psychotropic drugs during pregnancy and lactation, two important social and psychological life events for women. In addition to the social context, including the addition of a new family member, many women experience the occurrence or recurrence of psychiatric disorders during the perinatal period. Psychiatric disorders during this period can have negative effects on the fetus, infant and other children in the family, and can result in functional impairment among mothers. The book offers a comprehensive overview of psychopharmacological treatments for nearly all specific psychiatric conditions (e.g. bipolar disorder, panic disorder, obsessive-compulsive disorder) and includes chapters on clinical approaches to treating these disorders. As such, it will appeal to a wide readership, including psychiatrists, obstetricians, gynecologists and pediatricians.

<p>Includes psychopharmacological treatments for nearly all psychiatric diagnoses during pregnancy and the postpartum period</p><p>Covers the use of psychotropic drugs during pregnancy and lactation</p><p>Presents expert recommendations based on scientific evidence and clinical experience</p>

Faruk Uguz is currently a Professor of Psychiatry at the Necmettin Erbakan University, Meram Faculty of Medicine, Konya, Turkey. He received his Medical Degree from the Suleyman Demirel University, Isparta, Turkey and completed his residency training at Selcuk University, Meram Faculty of Medicine. He is a member of the editorial board of several psychiatric journals such as the International Journal of Psychiatry in Clinical Practice, Case Reports in Psychiatry, and Annals of Depression and Anxiety.Laura Orsolini is a M.D., Consultant Psychiatrist and Senior Research Assistant at the Psychopharmacology Drug Misuse and Novel Psychoactive Substances Research Unit, Department of Psychopharmacology, University of Hertfordshire, UK. She received her Medical Degree from the University of Pavia, Italy. She completed her training at the Polytechnic University of Marche, Italy and subsequently at the Department of Psychopharmacology, University of Hertfordshire as research assistant. She also holds a Master’s degree in Criminology and Forensic Psychiatry from the University of San Marino, Republic of San Marino. Her research interests focus on perinatal mental health, addictions, and eating disorders.

9783319929187

/Psychiatry/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Midwifery/Health Care/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Pediatrics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences////

Coleen E. Toronto, Curry College, Milton, MA, USA; Ruth Remington, Framingham State University, Framingham, MA, USA

<div>Overview of the Integrative Review.- Formulating Review Questions.- Searching Systematically and Comprehensively.- Quality Appraisal.- Analysis and Synthesis.- Discussion and Conclusion.- Dissemination.</div>

This book provides guidance to readers for how to conduct an integrative review. Over the decades, with the expansion of evidence-based practice (EBP), the evolution of methods used in reviews has resulted in a wide spectrum of review types. Due to the overlapping characteristics of the various review methods, confusion exists related to terminology, descriptions and methods of each type. To fill this gap, this book examines components necessary to conduct a rigorous integrative review from formulating questions through dissemination of the results of the review. Each chapter focuses on one component or step in this process and is written in a straightforward and readable manner. An integrative review is considered by many as an actual research study, hence it should be approached following established research methods involving well‐defined steps. The integrative review is often compared with the systematic review. Both are used in healthcare research and follow a systematic process in reviewing literature and developing recommendations, but there are important differences that are addressed in the book. Evidence-based practice (EBP) demands high quality, rigorous evidence for nurse clinicians to make informed decisions with and for their patients. In nursing education, the integrative review is a frequent capstone project for graduate students and forms the basis for many doctoral projects. The Integrative review process should be valid, reliable and transparent and this book provides clear guidelines for writing an integrative review for students, educators, clinicians, and researchers. This book is a useful addition to courses for both undergraduate and graduate level writers of integrative reviews. In academia, a likely adoption would be in graduate research and research methods courses, and baccalaureate honor courses.

<div>This book provides guidance to readers for how to conduct an integrative review. Over the decades, with the expansion of evidence-based practice (EBP), the evolution of methods used in reviews has resulted in a wide spectrum of review types. Due to the overlapping characteristics of the various review methods, confusion exists related to terminology, descriptions and methods of each type. To fill this gap, this book examines components necessary to conduct a rigorous integrative review from formulating questions through dissemination of the results of the review. Each chapter focuses on one component or step in this process and is written in a straightforward and readable manner. An integrative review is considered by many as an actual research study, hence it should be approached following established research methods involving well‐defined steps. The integrative review is often compared with the systematic review. Both are used in healthcare research and follow a systematic process in reviewing literature and developing recommendations, but there are important differences that are addressed in the book. Evidence-based practice (EBP) demands high quality, rigorous evidence for nurse clinicians to make informed decisions with and for their patients. In nursing education, the integrative review is a frequent capstone project for graduate students and forms the basis for many doctoral projects. The Integrative review process should be valid, reliable and transparent and this book provides clear guidelines for writing an integrative review for students, educators, clinicians, and researchers. This book is a useful addition to courses for both undergraduate and graduate level writers of integrative reviews. In academia, a likely adoption would be in graduate research and research methods courses, and baccalaureate honor courses.
</div>

<p>Defines the key features that distinguish the integrative review from other types of literature reviews</p><p>Guides the reader through the complete process of conducting the integrative review</p><p>Promotes valid and reliable integrative reviews that support evidence-base nursing practice</p><p>Offers clear, and practical step-by-step instructions</p><p>Makes connections to published nursing research</p><p>Appropriate for any nurse author of an integrative review, student, clinician, academic or researcher</p>

Coleen Toronto, PhD, RN, CNE, is an Associate Professor in the School of Nursing at Curry College, USA. Dr. Toronto is a BSN graduate of Northeastern University, received her master’s in nursing education from Framingham State University, and her PhD in nursing from University of Massachusetts Dartmouth. Dr. Toronto is a Certified Nurse Educator (CNE). Her research interests include integrative review methodology, nursing education, health literacy and Delphi methodology.

Ruth Remington, PhD, RN, is a Professor of Nursing at Framingham State University, USA. She received her BS in nursing from Rutgers University and her MS and PhD from the University of Massachusetts Amherst and Worcester. She is a nurse practitioner with extensive experience in the care of the older adult. Her research interests include integrative review methodology, non-pharmacological interventions to manage the symptoms of dementia, and nutrition and cognition.

9783030375034

/Nursing Research/Nursing/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Nursing Education/Nursing/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Science Education/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Research Skills/Education Science/Skills////

978-3-031-26047-6

Fred Y. Lin, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York, NY, USA; Zara M. Patel, Stanford Medicine, Palo Alto, CA, USA

High Yield Review for the Otolaryngology In-service and Board Exams

Part I. Pediatrics.- 1. Embryology.- 2. General Pediatric Otolaryngology.- 3. Congenital Syndromes.- 4. Pediatric Airway and Esophagology.- 5. Pediatric Otology and Cochlear Implants.- Part II. Rhinology/Allergy.- 6. Rhinology.- 7. Allergy and Immunology.- 8. Systemic, Infectious, and Inflammatory Diseases.- Part III. General.- 9. Sleep Disordered Breathing and Obstructive Sleep Apnea.- 10. Fluids, Hemostasis, Nutrition, and Pulmonary Physiology.- 11. Therapeutics: Pharmacology, Chemotherapy, Radiation Oncology.- 12. Head and Neck Pathology.- Part IV. Otology.- 13. Temporal Bone Physiology and Audiology.- 14. Vestibular Disorders.- 15. Otologic Disorders.- 16. The Facial Nerve and Lateral Skull Base Disorders.- Part V. Head and Neck.- 17. Thyroid and Parathyroid Diseases.- 18. Salivary Gland Diseases.- 19. Head and Neck Lymphoma and Sarcoma.- 20. Laryngeal Squamous Cell Carcinoma.- 21. Oral Cavity and Oropharyngeal Squamous Cell Carcinoma.- 22. Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Sinus Cancer.- 23. Vascular Malformations and Tumors.- 24. Cutaneous and Temporal Bone Malignancies.- 25. Odontogenic Cysts and Tumors.- Part VI. Laryngology.- 26. Deep Neck Space Infections.- 27. Laryngology.- 28. Benign Lesions of the Larynx.- 29. Dysphagia.- 30. Lasers.- Part VII. Facial Plastics and Reconstruction.- 31. Facial Plastics.- 32. Head and Neck Reconstruction: Local, Pedicled, and Free Flaps.- 33. Head and Neck Trauma.

This new edition is a high-yield review that is an ideal study guide for the ENT in-service and board exams. While other review guides are low yield, this is quick, concise, and easy-to-use, providing everything you need to know in a easy to digest format. ENT Board Prep offers review on sections such as cancer, ear, sinus, plastics, sleep, and laryngology, as well as case studies useful for studying for the oral board exams. Written and edited by leaders in the field, this book aims to serve future residents and fellows in those crucial weeks leading up to the ENT board exam. The new edition includes fully updated sections, illustrations, and board review material. Specific updates include head and neck cancer staging and therapies, sleep apnea therapy advances, and virtual reality planning for skull base surgery. This is an ideal guide for ENT specialists, and specifically those studying for board exams.

This new edition is a high-yield review that is an ideal study guide for the ENT in-service and board exams. While other review guides are low yield, this is quick, concise, and easy-to-use, providing everything you need to know in a easy to digest format. ENT Board Prep offers review on sections such as cancer, ear, sinus, plastics, sleep, and laryngology, as well as case studies useful for studying for the oral board exams. Written and edited by leaders in the field, this book aims to serve future residents and fellows in those crucial weeks leading up to the ENT board exam. The new edition includes fully updated sections, illustrations, and board review material. Specific updates include head and neck cancer staging and therapies, sleep apnea therapy advances, and virtual reality planning for skull base surgery. This is an ideal guide for ENT specialists, and specifically those studying for board exams.

<p>The ‘go-to’ review book for the otolaryngology in-service and board exams</p><p>A high-yield and concise review organized by ENT sections for easy use</p><p>Fully updated second edition</p>

Dr. Fred Lin is an Assistant Professor at the Mount Sinai School of Medicine, Department of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery in New York City. He is an expert in the surgical treatment of sleep apnea, snoring, and nasal obstruction, and has been named the Division Chief of Sleep Surgery of the Mount Sinai Health System and Director of the Mount Sinai Hospital Sleep Surgery Program.Dr. Patel is an expert in advanced endoscopic sinus and skull base surgery. She is the past Chair of the Education Committee and Member of the Board of Directors for the American Rhinologic Society, is the current Chair of the Rhinology and Allergy Education Committee for the American Academy of Otolaryngology-Head and Neck Surgery and has developed a multitude of educational materials for both physicians and patients to help them better understand rhinologic disorders.

Dr. Patel has been active in clinical research, publishing widely on topics such as avoiding complications in endoscopic sinus surgery, chronic rhinosinusitis in the immunosuppressed patient population, new devices and techniques for endoscopic skull base surgery, racial disparities in sinonasal cancer survival and olfactory dysfunction. She continues to perform research in these areas and is collaborating with engineers to develop technology that she hopes will eventually help cure patients with olfactory loss.

9783031260476

/Otorhinolaryngology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/

/Otorhinolaryngology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//////

Matthew J. Friedman, Geisal School of Medicine at Dartmouth, Hanover, NH and National Center for PTSD VA Medical Center, White River Junction, VT, USA

Chapter 1: Overview of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD).- Chapter 2:Recognizing, Assessing and Diagnosing PTSD.- Chapter 3:Global Treatment Issues for PTSD.- Chapter 4:Psychological Treatments for PTSD.- Chapter 5:Pharmacological Treatments for PTSD.- Chapter 6:Strategies for Acute Stress Reactions and Acute Stress Disorder (ASD).

A handy, easy-to-read reference for the diag-nosis and treatment of posttraumatic and acute stress disorders,  this important 6th edition has been revised and updated exten-sively, offering a wealth of new information in a concise format. The new DSM-5 diagnos-tic criteria for PTSD and ASD are discussed in depth. Updated tables listing instruments for assessing diagnosis and symptom severity are presented.   Chapters 3-5 have been revised to keep pace with the ever-expanding literature on treatment of PTSD with specific attention to evidence-based cognitive-behavioral therapy, CBT, and other individual psychosocial treatments (e.g. eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, EMDR) as well as  the growing literature on couples, family, group and school-based treatments.Chapter  5 reviews the pathophysiology of PTSD and evidence-based pharmacotherapy for the disorder.  Chapter 6 then addresses both normal acute stress reactions and clinically significant ASD,  as well as effective interventions for each. In short this comprehensive, sophisticated, practical, guide isdesigned for all practitioners who wish to providethe best treatment for PTSD and ASD.

A handy, easy-to-read reference for the diagnosis and treatment of posttraumatic and acute stress disorders, this important 6th edition has been revised and updated extensively, offering a wealth of new information in a concise format of 6 sections. The new DSM-5 diagnostic criteria for PTSD and Acute Stress Disorder (ASD) are discussed, in depth, in Chapters 2 and 6, respectively. In addition, updated tables listing instruments for assessing diagnosis and symptom severity are cited and annotated in seven appendices, as in previous editions. Chapters 3-5 have been revised to keep pace with the ever-expanding literature on treatment of PTSD. This is especially true in Chapter 4 where, in addition to a focus on evidence-based cognitive-behavioral therapy, CBT and other individual psychosocial treatments (e.g. eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, EMDR), the growing literature is presented on couples, family, group and school-based treatments for adults, children and adolescents. Chapter 5 reviews the pathophysiology of PTSD and evidence-based pharmacotherapy for the disorder. Chapter 6 addresses both normal acute stress reactions and clinically significant ASD, as well as effective interventions for each. A comprehensive, sophisticated, practical reference for all clinicians, Posttraumatic and Acute Stress Disorders, 6th Edition is an invaluable resource designed to guide the best clinical attention for individuals suffering from posttraumatic and acute stress disorders.

<p>Authored by a leading expert in the field</p><p>Easy-to-understand chapters offer practical information on the diagnosis and treatment of posttraumatic and acute stress disorders</p><p>Expanded from previous editions to include detailed discussion of updated DSM-5 diagnostic criteria</p>

Matthew J. Friedman National Center for PTSD,U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs (White River Junction, VT) Departments of Psychiatry and Pharmacology & Toxicology, Geisel School of Medicine at Dartmouth (Hanover, NH). 

9783319150659

/Psychiatry/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Psychological Methods/Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences////

978-3-030-12629-2

Alisha R. Pollastri, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA, USA; J. Stuart Ablon, Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA, USA; Michael J.G. Hone, Crossroads Children’s Mental Health Centre, Ottawa, ON, Canada

What is Collaborative Problem Solving and Why Use the Approach?.- CPS as a Neurodevelopmentally Sensitive and Trauma-Informed Approach.- How to Apply Implementation Science Frameworks to Support and Sustain Change.- Implementing CPS in Clinical Settings.- Implementing CPS in Educational Settings.- CPS in a Large Multi-Service Organization: A Case Study.- Implementing and Practicing Collaborative Problem Solving with Integrity.- Research and Evaluation of CPS Outcomes.- Using CPS to Foster Employee Success.

This book is the first to systematically describe the key components necessary to ensure successful implementation of Collaborative Problem Solving (CPS) across mental health settings and non-mental health settings that require behavioral management. This resource is designed by the leading experts in CPS and is focused on the clinical and implementation strategies that have proved most successful within various private and institutional agencies. The book begins by defining the approach before delving into the neurobiological components that are key to understanding this concept. Next, the book covers the best practices for implementation and evaluating outcomes, both in the long and short term. The book concludes with a summary of the concept and recommendations for additional resources, making it an excellent concise guide to this cutting edge approach.



Collaborative Problem Solving is an excellent resource for psychiatrists,psychologists, social workers, and all medical professionals working to manage troubling behaviors. The text is also valuable for readers interested in public health, education, improved law enforcement strategies, and all stakeholders seeking to implement this approach within their program, organization, and/or system of care.

This book is the first to systematically describe the key components necessary to ensure successful implementation of Collaborative Problem Solving (CPS) across mental health settings and non-mental health settings that require behavioral management. This resource is designed by the leading experts in CPS and is focused on the clinical and implementation strategies that have proved most successful within various private and institutional agencies. The book begins by defining the approach before delving into the neurobiological components that are key to understanding this concept. Next, the book covers the best practices for implementation and evaluating outcomes, both in the long and short term. The book concludes with a summary of the concept and recommendations for additional resources, making it an excellent concise guide to this cutting edge approach. Collaborative Problem Solving is an excellent resource for psychiatrists,psychologists, social workers, and all medical professionals working to manage troubling behaviors. The text is also valuable for readers interested in public health, education, improved law enforcement strategies, and all stakeholders seeking to implement this approach within their program, organization, and/or system of care.

Concise guide written for ease-of-use across mental health and para-professionals interested in behavioral managementFocused on clinical practice and implementation across settingsWritten by thought leaders in Collaborative Problem Solving

J. Stuart Ablon, Ph.D.
MGH THINK:Kids Program
151 Merrimac Street
5th Floor
Boston, MA 02114-4714 Alisha Pollastri, Ph.D.
Massachusetts General Hospital
Psychiatry: Think:Kids
151 Merrimac Street
Boston MA 02114

Michael Hone
Massachusetts General Hospital
Psychiatry: Think:Kids
151 Merrimac Street
Boston MA 02114

Dr. Stuart Ablon is the Director of Think:Kids in the Department of Psychiatry at Massachusetts General Hospital. He is also Associate Professor and the Thomas G. Stemberg Endowed Chair in Child and Adolescent Psychiatry at Harvard Medical School. Dr. Ablon is author of the books Changeable: The Surprising Science Behind Helping Anyone Change, Treating Explosive Kids: The Collaborative Problem Solving Approach, and The School Discipline Fix.




Dr. Ablon received his doctorate in clinical psychology from the University of California at Berkeley and completed his training at Massachusetts General Hospital and Harvard Medical School. A dynamic and engaging speaker, Dr. Ablon was ranked #5 on the list of the world’s top rated keynote speakers in the academic arena. Dr. Ablon trains parents, educators, and clinicians, and helps organizations throughout the world implement the Collaborative Problem Solving approach.

9783030126292

/Psychiatry/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Clinical Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences//Public Health/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Pediatrics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Social Work/Humanities and Social Sciences/Society/

Medical School.- Becoming Fluent in Medicine.- Your Career Path.- Diagnosis.- Tests and Interventions.- The Art of the Consult.- Good Habits for a Lifetime.- Leading Your Team.- The Tough Conversations.- The Patient-Physician Bond.- Being a Woman in Medicine.- Self-care.- What Covid Has Taught Us (or Not).- The Joy of Medicine.

<div>Like a mentor you may turn to in times of crisis, this book provides the wisdom earned from countless mentors and patients. You may be standing on the precipice of medical training or well into your career, trying to recapture the joy of medicine. A love of people and a love of science barely capture the essence of a life in medicine; there is so much more to being a physician than the ability to diagnose and treat diseases.</div><div>
</div><div>While nothing can fully prepare you for the fear and anxiety that comes with inexperience, Mastering the Art of Patient Care eases some of that uncertainty with a system for surviving and thriving in medical school and beyond. Whatever your stage, the goal of this book is to share successes and failures to help you be a physician who takes outstanding care of patients, colleagues, and trainees and derives great joy from saving lives.</div>

<div>Like a mentor you may turn to in times of crisis, this book provides the wisdom earned from countless mentors and patients. You may be standing on the precipice of medical training or well into your career, trying to recapture the joy of medicine. A love of people and a love of science barely capture the essence of a life in medicine; there is so much more to being a physician than the ability to diagnose and treat diseases.</div><div>
</div><div>While nothing can fully prepare you for the fear and anxiety that comes with inexperience, Mastering the Art of Patient Care eases some of that uncertainty with a system for surviving and thriving in medical school and beyond. Whatever your stage, the goal of this book is to share successes and failures to help you be a physician who takes outstanding care of patients, colleagues, and trainees and derives great joy from saving lives.</div><div></div>

<p>Provides a essential overview of what’s not taught in medical school: mastering the art of patient care</p><p>Represents a handbook of mentorship for surviving and thriving in medical school and beyond</p><p>Provides a means for physicians, both inexperienced and in the trenches, to recapture the joy of medicine</p>

Michelle Kittleson is Professor of Medicine at Cedars-Sinai, Director of Education in Heart Failure and Transplantation, and Director of Heart Failure Research at the Smidt Heart Institute. She graduated from Harvard College and received her medical degree from Yale University. She completed residency training at Brigham and Women's Hospital and cardiology fellowship at Johns Hopkins, where she also received a PhD in Clinical Investigation from the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health.<div>
Dr. Kittleson is an international expert in heart failure and transplantation. She is Deputy Editor of the Journal of Heart and Lung Transplantation, on Guideline Writing Committees for the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association, Co-Editor-in-Chief for the American College of Cardiology Heart Failure Self-Assessment Program, and on the Board of Directors for the Heart Failure Society of America.Dr. Kittleson's essays have appeared in New England Journal of Medicine, Annals of Internal Medicine, and JAMA Cardiology and her poems have been published in JAMA. Annals of Internal Medicine, and Pharos. She has created #kittlesonrules on Twitter, a compendium of tips on how to improve patient care from optimizing communication with patients and colleagues to optimizing medical education to learning from mistakes. These tips have garnered the strong support of over 30,000 followers.</div>

9783031209192

/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Medical Education/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Professional and Vocational Education/////

978-3-031-07798-2

Maddie White, University Hospitals Birmingham NHS FT, Birmingham, UK; Angie Perrin, Salts Healthcare, Birmingham, UK

<div>Introduction.- Standards and Guidelines.- Value of SCNs.- Health Economics.- Normal GI function and mechanisms for disturbance of function.- Colorectal Cancer care.- Types of surgery.- Normal KUB function.- Urological cancers.- Types of surgery.- Stomas and their Management.- Patient Assessment and siting.- Managing difficult stomas.- Skin Issues and Management.- Fistula Management.- Paediatric stomas.- Body image and sexuality.- Sources of Support.- Living with a stoma.
</div>

This book provides specialist and general nurses with a comprehensive guide to the art and science of stoma care nursing, from the Association of Stoma Care Nurses UK, the only association for SCNs in UK.The chapters follow a schematic outline of knowledge required for nurses caring for patients who are undergoing stoma surgery; from the essence of nursing to the management of patients living with a long term condition. It also presents and discusses the issues surrounding the clinical picture such as prescription and community issues as well as sources of support available for patients.This text serves as an excellent resource for all disciplines of health care staff caring for individuals living with a stoma.

This book provides specialist and general nurses with a comprehensive guide to the art and science of stoma care nursing, from the Association of Stoma Care Nurses UK, the only association for SCNs in UK.The chapters follow a schematic outline of knowledge required for nurses caring for patients who are undergoing stoma surgery; from the essence of nursing to the management of patients living with a long term condition. It also presents and discusses the issues surrounding the clinical picture such as prescription and community issues as well as sources of support available for patients.

This text serves as an excellent resource for all disciplines of health care staff caring for individuals living with a stoma.

<p>Endorsed by the Association of Stoma Care Nurses UK </p><p>Written by Specialist Stoma care Nurses for Nurses</p><p>Provides a comprehensive reference for stoma care issues</p>

Maddie White has over 25 years of stoma care nursing experience and is currently Chair of ASCN UK as well as working as a Team leader with a team of 10 Clinical Nurse Specialists in a busy acute Trust in Birmingham, West Midlands. She is committed to developing roles within stoma care and providing robust evidence based support to nurses in order to enhance the stoma care nurses’s contribution to developing practice. She also writes articles and editorials for journals on a regular basis and proof read articles for publication relevant to her clinical remit. She enjoys presenting at various forums in order to share her knowledge and expertise.

Angie Perrin has over 25 years of experience working within the specialist sphere of stoma care, colorectal nursing and ileo-anal pouch care. She worked as Lead Nurse for Stoma/Colorectal Nursing in a busy acute teaching hospital, managing a team of over 12 specialist nurses. She is now the Clinical Education Lead for Salts Healthcare, which incorporates the Salts Academy. At Salts Academy Angie initiates, develops and facilitates numerous education offerings, across a myriad of mediums providing high quality education to health care professionals globally. She is passionate about the speciality and completed her MSc thesis - Exploring the patients’ perception of their own quality of life following ileo-anal pouch formation. She has written numerous publications for professional journals, as well as presented to health care professionals, both nationally and internationally. She is currently the Vice-Chairperson of ASCN UK.

9783031077982

/Nursing/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Urology////

Hee-Jin Kim; Kwan-Hyun Youn; Ji-Soo Kim; You Soo Kim; Sung Ok Hong; Jongju Na

Hee-Jin Kim, Yonsei University College of Dentistry, Seoul, Korea (Republic of); Kwan-Hyun Youn, Incheon Catholic University, Incheon, Korea (Republic of); Ji-Soo Kim, Dr Youth Clinic, Seoul, Korea (Republic of); You Soo Kim, YSBio Co., Ltd., Seoul, Korea (Republic of); Sung Ok Hong, Kyung Hee University Hospital at Gangdong, Seoul, Korea (Republic of); Jongju Na, Viol Co. Ltd., Seongnam-si, Korea (Republic of)

Ultrasonographic Anatomy of the Face and Neck for Minimally Invasive Procedures

<div>Basic principles of ultrasonographic imaging.- General US anatomy of the face and neck.- US anatomy of the forehead and temple.- US anatomy of the periorbital region.- US anatomy of the midface and nose.- US anatomy of the perioral and masseter region.- US anatomy of the upper superficial cervical region.- US applications in botulinum toxin injection procedures.- US applications in filler injection procedures.- US applications in thread lifting procedures.
</div><div>
</div>

This is the very first book to describe the superficial anatomic structure of the face and neck by means of detailed ultrasonography (US). This superbly illustrated book will help aesthetic physicians to familiarize themselves with the US anatomy of the face and neck and to understand the applications and benefits of US when performing minimally invasive aesthetic procedures in this region. A deep understanding of anatomy is imperative if such procedures are to be safe and effective. Bearing in mind the range of potential anatomic variations, US can offer vital assistance in identifying target structures of the face beneath the skin when carrying out treatments that would otherwise be performed “blind”. In this book, readers will find detailed guidance on the use of US in the context of botulinum toxin and filler injections, threading procedures, and other minimally invasive aesthetic approaches. This is done with the aid of more than 530 US images, including cadaveric dissections and illustrations of volunteers and patients. For novices, valuable information is also provided on the basics of US imaging.

This is the very first book to describe the superficial anatomic structure of the face and neck by means of detailed ultrasonography (US). This superbly illustrated book will help aesthetic physicians to familiarize themselves with the US anatomy of the face and neck and to understand the applications and benefits of US when performing minimally invasive aesthetic procedures in this region. A deep understanding of anatomy is imperative if such procedures are to be safe and effective. Bearing in mind the range of potential anatomic variations, US can offer vital assistance in identifying target structures of the face beneath the skin when carrying out treatments that would otherwise be performed “blind”. In this book, readers will find detailed guidance on the use of US in the context of botulinum toxin and filler injections, threading procedures, and other minimally invasive aesthetic approaches. This is done with the aid of more than 530 US images, including cadaveric dissections and illustrations of volunteers and patients. For novices, valuable information is also provided on the basics of US imaging.

<p>Ideal guide to ultrasound anatomy of the face and neck in the context of minimally invasive aesthetic procedures</p><p>Coverage of the full range of treatments</p><p>Wealth of helpful images and illustrations</p>

Hee-Jin Kim DDS, PhD

Professor, Yonsei University College of Dentistry

Kwan-Hyun Youn PhD

Professor, Incheon Catholic University Graduate School

Ji-Soo Kim MD, PhD

Director, Dr Youth Clinic

You-Soo Kim MD, PhD

CEO, YSBio Co., Ltd.

Sung Ok Catherine Hong DMD PhD (ABD)

Department of Oral and Maxillofacial SurgeryKyung Hee University Hospital at GangdongSeoul, Korea (Republic of)

Jongju Na MD, PhD

CEO, Viol Co. Ltd.

9789811565595

/Dermatology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Plastic Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences////

978-3-642-45124-9

Mauricio de Maio, Clínica Médica Dr Mauricio de Maio, São Paulo, Brazil; Berthold Rzany, RZANY & HUND, Berlin, Germany

Overview on Injectable Fillers.- Selection of Patients.- Requirements and Rules.- Anesthesia and Analgesia.- The Most Common Indications.- The treatment plan.- Extrafacial Indications.- Complications.- Combination Therapy.

This book offers an excellent and comprehensive overview on the clinical use of fillers in aesthetic medicine. It is designed to assist dermatologists and plastic surgeons, as well as cosmetic practitioners, in the planning and performance of aesthetic medical treatment and will be invaluable for both novices and advanced users. Based on an evidence-based perspective, the book opens by describing the most common fillers, with information on their characteristics, efficacy and safety. The main part of the book then explains how to use fillers for the most frequent facial indications, such as the glabella, nasolabial folds, infraorbital hollow, nose, cheeks, lips and marionette lines. This new edition also includes a chapter on extrafacial indications, such as augmentation of the aging hand and a new comprehensive chapter on treatment planning. All specific aesthetic procedures for the facial and extrafacial areas are described step by step, with the emphasis on a hands-on approach that highlights important do’s and don’ts. The book concludes with chapters on how to deal with adverse reactions and how to combine fillers with other aesthetic procedures, ranging from botulinum toxin A to plastic surgery.

This book offers an excellent and comprehensive overview on the clinical use of fillers in aesthetic medicine that will assist both novice and advanced practitioners. Based on an evidence-based perspective, the book opens by describing the most common fillers, with information on their characteristics, efficacy and safety. The main part of the book then explains how to use fillers for the most frequent facial indications, such as the glabella, nasolabial folds, infraorbital hollow, nose, cheeks, lips and marionette lines. This new edition also includes chapters on extrafacial indications and treatment planning. All specific aesthetic procedures for the facial and extrafacial areas are described step by step, with the emphasis on a hands-on approach that highlights important do’s and don’ts. The book concludes with chapters on how to deal with adverse reactions and how to combine fillers with other aesthetic procedures, ranging from botulinum toxin A to plastic surgery.

<p>Step-by-step descriptions of the use of fillers for facial and extrafacial indications</p><p>Hands-on approach highlighting important do’s and don’ts</p><p>Helpful for both novice and advanced practitioners</p><p>Guidance on dealing with adverse reactions</p>

Berthold RzanyBerthold Rzany is a dermatologist and clinical epidemiologist in private practice (RZANY & HUND) in Berlin, Germany. Between 2002 and 2011 he held the position of C3-Professor of Evidence-Based Medicine in Dermatology at the Department of Dermatology and Venerology at the Charité Universitätsmedizin. Dr. Rzany studied Medicine in Freiburg, Germany, Vienna, Austria, and Harvard Medical School, Boston, USA. He received his dermatological education at the Department of Dermatology at the University of Freiburg, Germany, and worked as a Consultant in Dermatology in Mannheim, Fakultät für Klinische Medizin, University of Heidelberg. He has a special interest in aesthetic medicine and tries to incorporate evidence-based medicine in aesthetic medicine. Dr. Rzany is the author of several leading publications in this field. He likes teaching and frequently gives hands-on workshops on botulinum toxin A and injectable fillers. He is also a consultant for various companies in respect of these substances.  Mauricio de MaioMauricio de Maio is a board-certified plastic surgeon from the Brazilian Society of Plastic Surgery and a member of the International Society of Aesthetic Plastic Surgery. Dr. de Maio graduated in Medicine from the Medical School of the University of Sao Paulo in 1990.  He specialized in Plastic Surgery in Brazil in 1996.  He obtained his Master’s Degree in Medicine in 1997 and Doctorate in Sciences in 2006 at the University of Sao Paulo, Brazil. He was a Clinical Assistant Professor in the Plastic Surgery Department of the University of Sao Paulo from 1996 to 2002. Dr. de Maio has authored scientific publications and articles, as well as published several books, including the following, co-authored with B. Rzany and published by Springer-Verlag:  Fillers in Aesthetic Medicine (2006), Botulinum Toxin in Aesthetic Medicine (2007), and The Male Patient in Aesthetic Medicine (2009). He is actively involved in research and teaches on international training courses in the United States, Europe, and Asia-Pacific.

9783642451249

/Dermatology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Plastic Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//General Practice and Family Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Health Care//Ophthalmology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Otorhinolaryngology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/

10.1007/978-3-642-45125-6

Chirine Mossadegh, Groupe Hospitalier Pitié Salpétrière, Paris cedex 13, France; Alain Combes, Groupe Hospitalier Pitié Salpétrière, Paris cedex 13, France

I. Medical Aspects.- ECMO definition and principles.- Indications and physiopathology.- II. Nursing care.- Preparing the patient and the ECMO device.- Monitoring the ECMO.- Monitoring the patient preventing complications and accidents.- Mobilizing the patient.- Transport under ECMO.- Weaning process.- How to manage incidents.- Psychological approach of the patient and its family.- Training of nurses: initial and continuous education.

This book explores the unique aspects involved in the management of ECMO patients such as physiopathology and indications, setting up the device, monitoring ECMO and the patient, troubleshooting, ethical aspects and rehabilitation. For the past eight years, management of acute heart failure and Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS) patients has been improved by the development of short-term assistance devices, with ECMO as a first line treatment. This highly informative book provides essential insights for ICU nurses at ECMO centers around the world, who face the substantial challenges involved in the management of ECMO patients. Above all, it meets their training needs with regard to bedside monitoring for these patients, which has become a major issue. The editors and most of the contributors serve at La Pitié-Salpétrière ICU, France, which, in terms of the number of admissions and major publications produced, is one of the world’s leading authorities on ECMO.

This book explores the unique aspects involved in the management of ECMO patients such as physiopathology and indications, setting up the device, monitoring ECMO and the patient, troubleshooting, ethical aspects and rehabilitation. For the past eight years, management of acute heart failure and Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS) patients has been improved by the development of short-term assistance devices, with ECMO as a first line treatment. This highly informative book provides essential insights for ICU nurses at ECMO centers around the world, who face the substantial challenges involved in the management of ECMO patients. Above all, it meets their training needs with regard to bedside monitoring for these patients, which has become a major issue. The editors and most of the contributors serve at La Pitié-Salpétrière ICU, France, which, in terms of the number of admissions and major publications produced, is one of the world’s leading authorities on ECMO.

<p>The first book exclusively dedicated to the specific aspects of nursing care for ECMO patients</p><p>Assists members of the ICU nursing community to keep abreast of developments in ECMO patient management</p><p>Written by respected experts in the field</p><p>Features illustrative color figures and videos</p>

Chirine Mossadegh has been a registered nurse for the past ten years in the ICU at La Pitié-Salpetrière Hospital in Paris, France. She has been a member of the organizing committee of the annual international congress for the French ICU society from 2010 to 2014.She is the nurse’s program coordinator for the International Congress on ECMO and short term circulatory/respiratory support taking place every June in Paris for the past 5 years. She’s also teaching about nursing care and ECMO for the French university diploma on ECMO since its creation in 2012 and for the la Pitié Hospital International diploma in ECMO and short term respiratory/circulatory support since its creation in 2014.Prof. Alain Combes is currently Professor of Critical Care Medicine at, Hôpital Pitié-Salpétrière, Université de Paris 6 since 2007.His interest research are: Care of patients with severe/refractory cardiac and/or respiratory failure, Paris ECMO center- VA ECMO, LVADs, heart transplantation for end-stage cardiac failure- VV ECMO, ECCO2R for severe respiratory failure Primary investigator of 3 multicenter international randomized trial:- EOLIA, to test the impact of early ECMO treatment in severe ARDS- HEROICS, to test high volume hemofiltration in patients with complicated heart surgery- SUPERNOVA, ECCO2R for moderate to severe ARDS
He is a regular reviewer for the following journals : - American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine, Circulation, JACC, Lancet respiratory, Critical Care Medicine, Chest, Cochrane library, Intensive Care Medicine, BMJ, Heart, Critical Care, Journal of Critical Care, Expert Opinion on Pharmacotherapy, La Presse Médicale. He has published 108 peer-reviewed articles.

9783319201009

/Nursing/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Intensive Care Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Cardiac Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Pneumology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//

978-3-030-20838-7

Monica B. Lemos, Houston Methodist Hospital, Houston, TX, USA; Ekene Okoye, Houston Methodist Hospital, Houston, TX, USA

Skin.- Breast.- Head and Neck.- Gastrointestinal Tract.- Hepatobiliary and Pancreas.- Genitourinary.- Female Reproductive Tract.- Lung.- Bone and Soft Tissue.

This book is a unique surgical pathology grossing atlas, comprised of a collection of photos of various anatomic specimens frequently encountered in routine and frozen surgical pathology practice, including various organ systems. The photos in this atlas have been collected over many years of practicing surgical pathology in one of the largest medical centers in the world, and include emphasis on important anatomic landmarks and explanations on how to properly orient, section and sample anatomic specimens. The use of actual gross images allows readers to more readily apply the grossing tips to actual specimens that they encounter at the grossing bench. Each chapter is arranged by organ system and includes essential tips for grossing each specimen and sample dictations with all the essential elements that must be addressed for proper assessment of each organ specimen.Written by expert pathologists, Atlas of Surgical Pathology Grossing is an excellent resource for pathologists, medical and pathology assistant students, residents, both in surgery and pathology, and pathology assistants.

This book is a unique surgical pathology grossing atlas, comprised of a collection of photos of various anatomic specimens frequently encountered in routine and frozen surgical pathology practice, including various organ systems. The photos in this atlas have been collected over many years of practicing surgical pathology in one of the largest medical centers in the world, and include emphasis on important anatomic landmarks and explanations on how to properly orient, section and sample anatomic specimens. The use of actual gross images allows readers to more readily apply the grossing tips to actual specimens that they encounter at the grossing bench. Each chapter is arranged by organ system and includes essential tips for grossing each specimen and sample dictations with all the essential elements that must be addressed for proper assessment of each organ specimen.Written by expert pathologists, Atlas of Surgical Pathology Grossing is an excellent resourcefor pathologists, medical and pathology assistant students, residents, both in surgery and pathology, and pathology assistants.

The first grossing manual to include images of original specimen.Includes tips and sample dictations for proper assessment of each organ.Written by experts in pathology grossing.

9783030208387

10.1007/978-3-030-20839-4

978-3-030-41959-2

Ancient History as a Backdrop to Black Medical History.- Beginning of Transoceanic Slave Transport.- Initiation of the Transatlantic Slave Trade Between Africa and America.- Poor Medical Treatment of Slaves and Its Consequences.- Emergence of the First Black Doctors Trained in Medical Schools.- Beginning of Black Medical Autonomy and Self-Determination.- Destructive Effects of Discrimination and Institutional Racism.- Extreme Medical Hardship Period.- Development of Social Welfare.- Development of Healthcare Reform.

This socially conscious, culturally relevant book explores the little-known history and present climate of Black people in the medical field. It reveals the deficiencies in the American healthcare structure that have contributed to the mismanagement of healthcare in the Black population, and examines cross-currents that intersect with the major events in minority medical history.

Illustrated across 10 expertly written chapters, this text features a longitudinal timeline with the presentation of evidence-based information drawn from historical, political, and clinical sources. The book begins with an analysis of diseases particularly prevalent in the Black community due to socioeconomic inequalities in available medical care. These diseases include sickle cell anemia, hypertension, heart failure, drug addiction, and HIV/AIDS. Bolstered by profiles of historically well-known Black physicians, stories of success in medical education, and the remarkable impact of Black medical organizations, subsequent chapters address the triumphs and tribulations of the Black medical professional in America. Concluding with an examination of the current health status of Black people in the United States, the book makes a case for future systemic improvements in healthcare delivery to minority communities.

A unique, noteworthy reference, Blacks in Medicine: Clinical, Demographic, and Socioeconomic Correlations is written for a broad range of physicians and health providers, as well as professionals in the social sciences and public health.

This socially conscious, culturally relevant book explores the little-known history and present climate of Black people in the medical field. It reveals the deficiencies in the American healthcare structure that have contributed to the mismanagement of healthcare in the Black population, and examines cross-currents that intersect with the major events in minority medical history.

Illustrated across 10 expertly written chapters, this text features a longitudinal timeline with the presentation of evidence-based information drawn from historical, political, and clinical sources. The book begins with an analysis of diseases particularly prevalent in the Black community due to socioeconomic inequalities in available medical care. These diseases include sickle cell anemia, hypertension, heart failure, drug addiction, and HIV/AIDS. Bolstered by profiles of historically well-known Black physicians, stories of success in medical education, and the remarkable impact of Black medical organizations, subsequent chapters address the triumphs and tribulations of the Black medical professional in America. Concluding with an examination of the current health status of Black people in the United States, the book makes a case for future systemic improvements in healthcare delivery to minority communities.

A unique, noteworthy reference, Blacks in Medicine: Clinical, Demographic, and Socioeconomic Correlations is written for a broad range of physicians and health providers, as well as professionals in the social sciences and public health.

<p>Explores the history of Blacks in medicine</p><p>Features a longitudinal timeline through which evidence-based information about the healthcare challenges faced by Blacks is discussed</p><p>Places current medical problems in a historical context that allows these issues to be easily understood</p>

<div>Richard Allen Williams, MD, FACC, FAHA, FACP</div><div>Clinical Professor of Medicine</div><div>UCLA School of Medicine</div><div>Los Angeles, CA</div><div>
</div><div> </div><div>Dr. Williams is the editor of two Springer books: Healthcare Disparities at the Crossroads with Healthcare Reform, 978-1-4419-7135-7, 2011 (sales: 399; downloads: 10,020) and Eliminating Healthcare Disparities in America, 978-1-934115-42-8, 2007 (sales: 700; downloads: 8318).
</div>

9783030419592

/Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//History of Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Medical Education/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Professional and Vocational Education////

10.1007/978-3-030-41960-8

Robert S. Barrett, University of Alberta, Calgary, AB, Canada; Louis Hugo Francescutti, University of Alberta, Edmonton, AB, Canada

1. Why a Hospital is the Most Dangerous Place on Earth.- 2. Why Do We Crave Bad Things?.- 3. Raising Children on War, Cartoons, and Social Media.- 4. The Truth About Happiness.- 5. Why Do We Ignore Sleep?.- 6. Are We Hardwired for Risk?.- 7. From Pandemics to Prosperity: Feeding our Hardwired Instincts.

For the first time in a thousand years, Americans are experiencing a reversal in lifespan. Despite living in one of the safest and most secure eras in human history, one in five adults suffers from anxiety as does one-third of adolescents. Nearly half of the US population is overweight or obese and one-third of Americans suffer from chronic pain – the highest level in the world. In the United States, fatalities due to prescription pain medications now surpass those of heroin and cocaine combined, and each year 10% of all students on American college campuses contemplate suicide. With the proliferation of social media and the algorithms for social sharing that prey upon our emotional brains, inaccurate or misleading health articles and videos now move faster through social media networks than do reputable ones. This book is about modern health – or lack of it. The authors make two key arguments: that our deteriorating wellness is rapidly becoming a health emergency, and two, that much of these trends are rooted in the way our highly evolved hardwired brains and bodies deal with modern social change. The co-authors: a PhD from the world of social science and an MD from the world of medicine – combine forces to bring this emerging human crisis to light. Densely packed with fascinating facts and little-told stories, the authors weave together real-life cases that describe how our ancient evolutionary drives are propelling us toward ill health and disease. Over the course of seven chapters, the authors unlock the mysteries of our top health vices: why hospitals are more dangerous than warzones, our addiction to sugar, salt, and stress, our emotionally-driven brains, our relentless pursuit of happiness, our sleepless society, our understanding of risk, and finally, how world history can be a valuable tutor. Through these varied themes, the authors illustrate how our social lives are more of a determinant of health outcome than at any other time in our history, and to truly understand our plight, we need to recognize when our decisions and behavior are being directed by our survival-seeking hardwired brains and bodies.
<div>
</div>

For the first time in a thousand years, Americans are experiencing a reversal in lifespan. Despite living in one of the safest and most secure eras in human history, one in five adults suffers from anxiety as does one-third of adolescents. Nearly half of the US population is overweight or obese and one-third of Americans suffer from chronic pain – the highest level in the world. In the United States, fatalities due to prescription pain medications now surpass those of heroin and cocaine combined, and each year 10% of all students on American college campuses contemplate suicide. With the proliferation of social media and the algorithms for social sharing that prey upon our emotional brains, inaccurate or misleading health articles and videos now move faster through social media networks than do reputable ones. This book is about modern health – or lack of it. The authors make two key arguments: that our deteriorating wellness is rapidly becoming a health emergency, and two, that much of these trends are rooted in the way our highly evolved hardwired brains and bodies deal with modern social change. The co-authors: a PhD from the world of social science and an MD from the world of medicine – combine forces to bring this emerging human crisis to light. Densely packed with fascinating facts and little-told stories, the authors weave together real-life cases that describe how our ancient evolutionary drives are propelling us toward ill health and disease. Over the course of seven chapters, the authors unlock the mysteries of our top health vices: why hospitals are more dangerous than warzones, our addiction to sugar, salt, and stress, our emotionally-driven brains, our relentless pursuit of happiness, our sleepless society, our understanding of risk, and finally, how world history can be a valuable tutor. Through these varied themes, the authors illustrate how our social lives are more of a determinant of health outcome than at any other time in our history, and to truly understand our plight, we need to recognize when our decisions and behavior are being directed by our survival-seeking hardwired brains and bodies.<div>
<div>
</div></div>

<p>Well timed with emerging clinical evidence supporting the idea of the mind-body connection, such as research on the shared pathways of inflammation and depression</p><p>Shines a spotlight directly on critical trends in wellness and redefines our understanding of health through the lens of social and technological change</p><p>Combining the very best of the social sciences and medicine, the authors are ideally experienced to conclude that today’s health crises are fundamentally different from anything that we have experienced before</p>

<div><div>Robert S. Barrett, PhD</div><div>University of Alberta – School of Public Health</div><div>Calgary, Alberta, Canada</div><div>robert@drrobertbarrett.com </div><div>drrobertbarrett.com </div><div>
</div><div>Louis Hugo Francescutti, MD, PhD, MPH, FRCPC, FACPM, FACP, CCFP(PC), FRCP(Ireland), FRCP(Edinburgh), FRCP(London), FRCP(Glasgow), ICD-D, CCPE, MSM</div><div>Royal Alexandra Hospital and</div><div>Northeast Community Health Centre Emergency Departments</div><div>University of Alberta – School of Public Health</div><div>Edmonton, Alberta, Canada</div><div>louis.francescutti@ualberta.ca drlou.ca </div></div><div>
</div>

9783030517281

/Public Health/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Nutrition/Health Care/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Health Care/Life Sciences/Health Sciences///

978-3-030-54440-9

Paul M. Paulman; Robert B. Taylor; Audrey A. Paulman; Laeth S. Nasir

Paul M. Paulman, University of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, NE, USA; Robert B. Taylor, Eastern Virginia Medical School, Norfolk, VA, USA; Audrey A. Paulman, University of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, NE, USA; Laeth S. Nasir, Creighton University School of Medicine, Omaha, NE, USA

XL, 1977 p. 198 illus., 134 illus. in color. In 2 volumes, not available separately.

Editions 1–6: Springer-Verlag New York Inc.; 1978, 1983, 1988, 1994, 1998, 2003, 7th edition: Springer International Publishing Switzerland 2017

Family Medicine: Current Concepts and Future Practice.- Human Development and Aging.- Culture, Race, and Ethnicity Issues in Health Care.- Family Issues in Health Care.- Evidence-Based Family Medicine.- Population Health: Who Are Our Patients?.- Clinical Prevention.- Health Promotion and Wellness.- Health Care of the International Traveler.- Preconception Care .- Normal Pregnancy, Labor, and Delivery.- Medical Problems During Pregnancy.- Obstetric Complications During Pregnancy.- Problems During Labor and Delivery.- Postpartum Care.- Genetic Disorders.- Problems of the Newborn and Infant.- Infectious Diseases of Children.- Behavioral Problems of Children.- Musculoskeletal Problems of Children.- Selected Problems of Infancy and Childhood.- Health Care of the Adolescent.- Selected Problems of Aging.- Common Problems of the Elderly.- Alzheimer Disease and Other Dementias.- Elder Abuse.- Child Abuse and Neglect.- Intimate Partner Violence.- Sexual Assault.- Family Stress and Counseling.- Managing Mentally Ill Patients in Primary Care.- Anxiety Disorders.- Depressive and Bipolar Disorders.- The Suicidal Patient.- Somatoform Disorders and Related Syndromes.- Selected Behavioral and Psychiatric Problems.- Autism Spectrum Disorders.- Common Allergic Disorders.- Anaphylaxis and Anaphylactoid Reactions.- Epstein-Barr Virus Infection and Infectious Mononucleosis.- Viral Infections of the Respiratory Tract.- Rhinosinusitis and Tonsillopharyngitis.- Sexually Transmitted Diseases.- Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection and Acquired Immunodeficiency Syndrome.- Bacteremia and Sepsis.- Selected Infectious Diseases.- Occupational Health Care.- Problems Related to Physical Agents.- Bites and Stings.- Poisoning.- Care of Acute Lacerations.- Selected Injuries.- Medical Problems of the Athlete.- Athletic Injuries.- Care of the Obese Patient.- Care of the Difficult Patient.- Care of the Patient with Fatigue.- Care of the Patient with a Sleep Disorder.- Medical Care of the Surgical Patient.- Care of the Patient with Sexual Concerns.- Care of the Alcoholic Patient.- Care of the Patient Who Misuses Drugs.- Care of the Patient with Chronic Pain.- Care of the Dying Patient.- Headache.- Seizure Disorders.- Cerebrovascular Disease.- Movement Disorders.- Disorders of the Peripheral Nervous System.- Selected Disorders of the Nervous System.- The Red Eye.- Ocular Trauma.- Selected Disorders of the Eye.- Otitis Media and Externa.- Disorders of the Oral Cavity.- Selected Disorders of the Ear, Nose, and Throat.- Hypertension.- Ischemic Heart Disease.- Cardiac Arrhythmias.- Valvular Heart Disease.- Heart Failure.- Cardiovascular Emergencies.- Venous Thromboembolism.- Selected Disorders of the Cardiovascular System.- Obstructive Airway Disease.- Pulmonary Infections.- Lung Cancer.- Selected Disorders of the Respiratory System.- Gastritis, Esophagitis, and Peptic Ulcer Disease.- Diseases of the Small and Large Bowel.- Diseases of the Pancreas.- Diseases of the Liver.- Diseases of the Rectum and Anus.- Colorectal Cancer.- Surgical Problems of the Digestive System.- Selected Disorders of the Digestive System.- Urinary Tract Infections.- Fluid, Electrolyte, and Acid–Base Disorders.- Diseases of the Kidney.- Diseases of the Prostate.- Surgery of the Male Genital System.- Selected Disorders of the Genitourinary System.- Family Planning and Contraception.- Vulvovaginitis and

Since the publication of the 7th edition of this book, there has been a remarkable increase in information in several clinical areas, including cardiology, immunology and oncology. This rapid knowledge expansion has led to practice changes for family physicians and other primary care providers. Patients are now discharged from tertiary care hospitals to their home communities with life sustaining left ventricular assist “heart pumps”. Hepatitis C, once an incurable illness, is now routinely cured. Oncology treatment regimens are increasingly becoming ambulatory and individualized. The decreased cost and increasing availability of health monitoring devices will make it possible for physicians to remotely check on the health status of their patients in their homes. With the ongoing and worsening shortage of family physicians across the US, the practice model for family medicine in the future may tend toward a family physician supervising a cast of mid-level providers as they care for a panel of patients, versus the physician providing the majority of care. All of these changes will require practice pattern changes and a need for up to date sources of information for the family physician. In addition, the “family” of family medicine academic organizations is undertaking a major review of the practice, training, funding and evaluation of all aspects of family medicine. Eight family medicine organizations have launched the “Family Medicine for America’s Health” (FMAHealth) with the expressed purpose “to strategically align work to improve practice models, payment, technology, workforce and education, and research to support the triple aim”. This project has moved past the study phase and will soon move to the implementation phased. This book is organized into short, focused chapters almost exclusively dedicated to topics relevant to daily practice. All lead authors are themselves accomplished family physicians who can specifically address the needs, concerns, and interests of this crucial profession. As one of the key reference textbooks for family medicine, it is very important to provide the most up-to-date knowledge to support learners and practitioners of family medicine in the face of rapidly expanding clinical knowledge and the extensive self-examination of family medicine. Family Medicine: Principles and Practice, 8th Edition, is a must-have reference for medical students, residents, practicing physicians, nurse practitioners and physician assistants with an active role in patient care.

<p>Includes vastly updated sections on cardiology, immunology and oncology</p><p>Provides an invaluable working tool</p><p>Written by experts in the field</p>

Paul M. Paulman, MD, Department of Family Medicine, University of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, NE, USA
Robert B. Taylor, MD, Department of Family and Community Medicine, Eastern Virginia Medical School Norfolk, VA, USA Department of Family Medicine, Oregon Health and Science University, School of Medicine Portland, OR, USA
Audrey A. Paulman, MD, Department of Family Medicine, University of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, NE, USA
Laeth S. Nasir, MBBS, Department of Family Medicine, Creighton University School of Medicine, Omaha, NE, USA

9783030544409

/General Practice and Family Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Health Care/

/General Practice and Family Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Health Care//Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Primary Care Medicine//Pediatrics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences///

10.1007/978-3-030-54441-6

978-3-030-54665-6

Tianjun Wang, TJ Acupuncture Academy and UK Centre for Nanjing University of Chinese Medicine, London, UK

Part One. Acupuncture for Brain, Introduction and Theory.- 1. Brain in original Traditional Chinese Medicine.- 2. Acupuncture and The Brain Current Understanding.- 3. Acupuncture Research and the Brain.- 4. Acupuncture Brain. physiology and Pathology.- 5. Scalp acupuncture.- 6. Dao qi acupuncture technique.- 7. Abdominal acupuncture.- 8. Other Commonly used acupuncture techniques for Brain conditions.- 9. Commonly used Herb formulas for Brain Conditions.- 10. The Chinese View—Preserving a Healthy Functioning Brain.- 11. Stroke.- 12. Parkinson’s disease.- 13. Dementia and Alzheimer’s disease.- 14. Multiple Sclerosis.- 15. Brain Injuries.- 16. Cerebral palsy and Brain retardation..- 17. Other neurological conditions.- 18. Depression.- 19. Anxiety.- 20. Bipolar Disease.- 21. Autism.- 22. Other psychological conditions.- 23. Other brain related conditions .- Conclusion.- Appendix.- Index.

This book systematically introduces the Brain in Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) and its acupuncture treatments. It discusses the origin and development of the TCM Brain theory, and presents current research on brain and acupuncture, the unique brain related techniques such as scalp acupuncture and Dao-qi technique, the new developing acupuncture treatment methods for brain-related conditions, such as stroke, Parkinson’s, dementia, Alzheimer’s disease, multiple sclerosis, traumatic brain injury, autism, cerebral palsy and depression, anxiety, bipolar disorder among others. This book is of interest to TCM and acupuncture practitioners in the West, as well as acupuncture researchers and lecturers. It gives a new understanding of the brain and treatments for brain-related conditions from a complementary medicine point of view.

This book systematically introduces the Brain in Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM) and its acupuncture treatments. It discusses the origin and development of the TCM Brain theory, and presents current research on brain and acupuncture, the unique brain related techniques such as scalp acupuncture and Dao-qi technique, the new developing acupuncture treatment methods for brain-related conditions, such as stroke, Parkinson’s, dementia, Alzheimer’s disease, multiple sclerosis, traumatic brain injury, autism, cerebral palsy and depression, anxiety, bipolar disorder among others. This book is of interest to TCM and acupuncture practitioners in the West, as well as acupuncture researchers and lecturers. It gives a new understanding of the brain and treatments for brain-related conditions from a complementary medicine point of view.

<p>Systematically introduces the brain in Traditional Chinese Medicine (TCM)</p><p>Focuses on the clinical practice of acupuncture for brain related conditions</p><p>Discusses the origin and development of TCM brain theory</p>

Dr. Tianjun Wang is a guest professor of Nanjing University of Chinese Medicine China. He is the Vice Chairperson of the 1st Board of Specialty Committee of Head Acupuncture of World Federation of Chinese Medicine Societies. Dr. Wang are the Fellow of Higher Education Academy UK (FHEA), the member of British Acupuncture Council (BAcC) and the Fellow member of the Association of Traditional Chinese Medicine and Acupuncture UK (ATCM). Prof. Dr. Wang has published on a wide range of topics in acupuncture and Chinese medicine in both national and international periodicals and in both Chinese and English languages. As a well-known speaker, he has talked a great number of international conferences and seminars.

9783030546656

/Complementary and Alternative Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/

/Complementary and Alternative Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Neurology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Pain Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences////

Shancheng Ren; Senthil Nathan; Nicola Pavan; Di Gu; Ashwin Sridhar; Riccardo Autorino

Shancheng Ren, Changzheng Hospital, Shanghai, China; Senthil Nathan, University College London, London; Nicola Pavan, University of Trieste, Trieste, Italy; Di Gu, The First affiliated Hospital of Guangzhou Medical University, Guangzhou, China; Ashwin Sridhar, University College London Hospital NHS Trust, Hatfield, UK; Riccardo Autorino, Rush University Medical Center, Chicago, IL, USA

An historical perspective of RALP.- Overviewing Robotic Surgical Technique.- How to start a RALP program.- Surgical anatomy of the prostate.- Preoperative imaging.- MRI imaging.- PET/CT imaging.- Transperitoneal RALP anterior approach.- Posterior approach to seminal vesicles .- Anatomical bladder neck dissection.- Retrograde Release of NVB with preservation of DVC.- Introperative assessment of surgical margins.- NEUROsafe.- Ex vivo fluorescence confocal microscopy.- Extra-fascial (non-nerve sparing).- Apical dissection.- Reconstruction of continence mechanisms.- Urethro-vesical.- Urethral suspension.- Bladder neck intussusception.- Posterior reconstruction.- CORPUS .- ARVUS .- Chinese technique.- Total anatomical reconstruction.- Transperitoneal RALP Retzius-sparing approach.- Bocciardi Technique.- Yonsei Technique.- Vattikuti technique.- Extra-peritoneal RALP.- Rochester technique.- Chinese Technique.- CUF Technique.- Pelvic lymph node dissection.- Predictive models.- Extended lymphadenectomy technique.- Fluorescence guided node dissection.- PSMA MRI fusion guided dissection.- Radio guided Surgery in Recurrent Prostate Cancer.- Techniques to prevent lymphocele formation in RALP.- Four-point Peritoneal Flap Fixation.- PLEAT.- Hernia repair during RALP.- Perineal RALP.- Tugcu Bakirkoy Technique.- Changhai technique.- Single-site RALP.- Cleveland Clinic technique.- UIC technique.- Changhai technique.- RALP in difficult situations.- Large median lobe.- Large volume gland with small pelvis.- Patients with previous BPH surgery.- Salvage RALP.- RALP for oligo-metastatic disease.- Augmented reality RALP.- Robot assisted partial prostatectomy for anterior cancer.- Complications in RALP: prevention and management.- Functional recovery after RALP.- Erectile function.- Continence.- Robotic training for RALP.

This book comprehensively covers the techniques available for robot- assisted prostatectomy. Chapters feature detailed descriptions of how to successfully perform a variety of relevant techniques including the reconstruction of continence mechanisms and the use of the transperitoneal RALP anterior approach. Potential complications, preoperative and postoperative management strategies are also discussed, enabling the reader to develop a thorough understanding of how to apply a range of relevant methodologies into their day-to-day clinical practice and avoid commonly encountered pitfalls.<div><div>
</div><div>Robot-Assisted Radical Prostatectomy: Advanced Surgical Techniques provides a practically applicable resource for all practicing and trainee urologists seeking a detailed overview of the latest advances in robot-assisted surgical procedures and current management strategies applicable to prostatectomy. </div></div>

This book comprehensively covers the techniques available for robot- assisted prostatectomy. Chapters feature detailed descriptions of how to successfully perform a variety of relevant techniques including the reconstruction of continence mechanisms and the use of the transperitoneal RALP anterior approach. Potential complications, preoperative and postoperative management strategies are also discussed, enabling the reader to develop a thorough understanding of how to apply a range of relevant methodologies into their day-to-day clinical practice and avoid commonly encountered pitfalls.<div><div>
</div><div>Robot-Assisted Radical Prostatectomy: Advanced Surgical Techniques provides a practically applicable resource for all practicing and trainee urologists seeking a detailed overview of the latest advances in robot-assisted surgical procedures and current management strategies applicable to prostatectomy.
</div></div>

<p>Discusses the preoperative and postoperative management</p><p>Features in-depth information on potential complications and recommends available training</p><p>Contains surgical "tips and tricks"</p>

Riccardo Autorino MD PhD is a Professor of Urology and Director of Surgical Innovation and Clinical Research in the Department of Urology at Rush University, in Chicago, IL, USA. Before that, he spent 5 years in Richmond, VA, working at VCU Health as Director of Urologic Oncology in the Division of Urology and co-lead of the GU working group in the Massey Cancer Center. After graduating cum laude from Federico II Medical School in Napoli, Italy, Dr. Autorino completed his residency training in the same city, where he also obtained a PhD in Urological Sciences. Then, he completed his fellowship training in robotic surgery at the Cleveland Clinic. He received many awards for his academic activity, including the 2012 Italian Matula Award by the Italian Society of Urology and the 2017 Hans Marberger Award at the annual EAU meeting. Having published over 500 PubMed-indexed publications, Dr. Autorino has a Scopus h-index of 60. He serves as Associate Editor for Minerva Urology, Urology Video Journal and Central European Journal of Urology, as well as editorial board member for many journals. Primary focus of his clinical practice is the management of genitourinary cancers, and their surgical treatment using robotic assisted surgery. Senthil Nathan is a Consultant Urological Surgeon and Honorary Clinical Senior Lecturer, working at UCLH and is Director of Robotic Education in Chitra Sethia Centre for Robotics and Minimally Invasive Surgery. After graduating MBBS with honours from The Madras Medical College, Senthil completed his Masters in Surgery from Bangalore Medical College where he won The Association of Surgeons of India Gold Medal for securing the highest mark in the surgical exit exam. While working as an Assistant Surgeon in The Church of South India Hospital in Bangalore he was one among the first candidates to be selected by the Royal College of Surgeons of England to continue specialist training in the Overseas Training Scheme. After working in general surgery and obtaining FRCS in Yorkshire he obtained a Diploma in Urology while working at Royal Free Hospital. He secured an Honorary Lecturer position at Guys Hospital to develop robotic techniques in urology. Along with Mr John Wickham and colleagues from The Imperial College he developed The Probot, and carried out the first true robotic surgery in the world.Shancheng Ren is a professor and urologic surgeon at the Department of Urology, Shanghai Changhai Hospital in Shanghai, China. After finishing his M.D. degree in Nanjing Medical University, he completed his joint Ph.D. degree from Second Military Medical University and University of California, San Francisco. He specializes in minimally invasive surgery for urologic tumors and multimodality treatment for prostate cancer. He has performed over 800 cases of robot-assisted radical prostatectomy (RARP) and has pioneered in single-port RARP and ambulatory prostatectomy in Asia. He is the Deputy Chairman of Urological Association of Asia (UAA) website and a member of the Uro-oncology – Prostate Subcommittee of the SIU Academy. He has been appointed as the Secretary General of the Chinese Urological Association (CUA) Youth Committee, as well as Chairman of the CUA Youth Committee Minimally Invasive Surgery Section and Deputy Secretary General of the Robotic Urology Section of CUA. He is also the Deputy Chairman of the Shanghai Urological Association Youth Committee.Dr. Pavan an Italian Urologist, fellow of the European Board of Urology since June 2017. In 2014, He was awarded the AUA-SIU exchange research fellowship after being selected from a pool of qualified Italian Urology residents. His main interests are minimally invasive surgery and uro-oncology. DI Gu is a consultant urological surgeon and an associated professor in the first affiliated hospital of Guangzhou medi

9783031058547

/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Urology//Cancer Biology/Cancer Therapy/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences//Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences////

978-3-030-88726-1

Danilo Jankovic, DGS – Cologne – Huerth, Cologne-Hürth, Germany; Philip Peng, Toronto Western Hospital, Toronto, ON, Canada

3rd edition originally published by Wiley-Blackwell, Malden/Oxford/Carlton, 2004

,978-3-319-05130-7,978-3-319-05132-1,978-3-319-05131-4,978-3-319-37164-1

Part I. General Consideration.- Regional nerve block in anesthesia and pain therapy-general consideration.- Basic of ultrasound imaging.- Use of nerve stimulation in regional anesthesia.- Complication of regional anesthesia.- Local anesthetic systemic toxicity.- Part II. Nerve Block for Regional Anesthesia and Pain Therapy in Head and Neck Region.- Regional anesthesia in ophthalmology.- Regional anesthesia for airway.-Nerve block for trigeminal nerve (superficial).- Nerve block for trigeminal nerve (deep).- Gasserian ganglion ablation and sphenopalatine ganglion intervention.- Occipital nerve.- Cervical sympathetic chain and superior cervical ganglion.- Cervical plexus block.- Cervical interlaminar epidural injection.- Cervical facet nerve block and denervation.- Cervical nerve root injection.- Cervical dorsal root ganglion pulsed radiofrequency treatment.- Part III. Nerve Block for Regional Anesthesia and Pain Therapy for Shoulder.- Suprascapular nerve.- Axillary nerve.- Nerve block for pain therapy in shoulder.- Rotator muscles and subscapular nerve injection.- Calcific tendinitis intervention.- Shoulder joint denervation.- Part IV. Nerve Block for Regional Anesthesia and Pain Therapy for Upper Limb.- Brachial plexus-Anatomy.- Brachial plexus above the clavicle.- Brachial plexus below the clavicle.- Brachial plexus block-landmark guided technique.- Intravenous regional anesthesia IVRA.- Peripheral nerve block around elbow or forearm.- Pain procedures around elbow.- Pain procedures around wrist.- Part V. Nerve Block for Regional Anesthesia and Pain Therapy in Chest, Abdomen and Pelvis.- Thoracic paravertebral block.- Pectoralis nerve and serratus plane block.- Transverse abdominal plane block.- Quadratus lumborum block.- Intercostal nerve block.- Ilioinguinal and genitofemoral nerve block.- Piriformis and obturator internus injection.- Pudendal nerve.- Paracervical block.- Part VI. Nerve Block for Regional Anesthesia and Pain Therapy in Neuraxial Region.- Neuraxial anatomy and sonoanatomy.- Neuraxial anesthesia and analgesia for surgery.- Neuraxial anesthesia and analgesia for obstetric practice.- Thoracic facet block.- Celiac plexus block.- Lumbar sympathetic block.- Lumbar facet nerve and joint block.- Lumbar facet denervation.- Superior hypogastric plexus and ganglion impar block.- Sacroiliac joint injection.- Sacral lateral branch block and radiofrequency ablation.- Sacral nerve root.- Caudal epidural.- Lumbosacral epiduroscopy.- Percutaneous epidural neuroplasty.- Part VII. Nerve Block for Regional Anesthesia and Pain Therapy for Lower Limb.- Lumbar plexus block-anterior approach (femoral nerve, 3-in-1, fascia iliaca block).- Posterior approach to peripheral nerve block in the lumbar region.- Lateral femoral cutaneous nerve.- Obturator nerve.- Sciatic nerve-proximal.- Sciatic nerve-distal.- Adductor canal block.- iPACK block.- Hip joint and trochanteric bursa injection.- Hip joint pericapsular nerve group block and denervation.- Knee joint injection.- Knee joint denervation.- Ankle nerve block.- Ankle joint injection.- Metatarsophalangeal joint and Morton’s neuroma injection.- Landmark guided technique for regional anesthesia of lower limb.- Part VIII. Neuromodulation Therapy.- Peripheral nerve stimulation.- Spinal cord stimulation.- Intrathecal drug delivery system.- Part IX. Regional Anesthesia for Children.- Regional anesthesia for upper limb in children.- Regional anesthesia for lower limb in children.- Truncal and neuraxial blockade in children.

This comprehensive atlas, which includes a wealth of illustrations and anatomic pictures created by the editors, covers a broad range of both regional anesthesia and pain intervention techniques, including neuromodulation. The book is unique in that it covers ultrasound and fluoroscopic-guided techniques, as well as traditional landmark-guided techniques. The authors and editors are internationally renowned experts, and share extensive theoretic and practical insights into regional anesthesia, pain therapy and anatomic sciences for everyday practice.The book addresses the application of ultrasound and fluoroscopic guidance for pain interventions and provides detailed coverage of ultrasound-guided and landmark-guided regional anesthesia.The book represents a detailed guide to the application of regional anesthesia and pain medicine; furthermore, examples of medico-legal documentation are also included in this edition.The 5th edition of Regional Nerve Blocks in Anesthesia and Pain Medicine is practically oriented and provides essential guidelines for the clinical application of regional anesthesia. It is intended for anesthesiologists and all professionals engaged in the field of pain therapy such as pain specialists, surgeons, orthopedists, neurosurgeons, neurologists, general practitioners, and nurse anesthetists.

This comprehensive atlas, which includes a wealth of illustrations and anatomic pictures created by the editors, covers a broad range of both regional anesthesia and pain intervention techniques, including neuromodulation. The book is unique in that it covers ultrasound and fluoroscopic-guided techniques, as well as traditional landmark-guided techniques. The authors and editors are internationally renowned experts, and share extensive theoretic and practical insights into regional anesthesia, pain therapy and anatomic sciences for everyday practice.The book addresses the application of ultrasound and fluoroscopic guidance for pain interventions and provides detailed coverage of ultrasound-guided and landmark-guided regional anesthesia. The book represents a detailed guide to the application of regional anesthesia and pain medicine; furthermore, examples of medico-legal documentation are also included in this edition. The 5th edition of Regional Nerve Blocks in Anesthesia and Pain Medicine is practically oriented and provides essential guidelines for the clinical application of regional anesthesia. It is intended for anesthesiologists and all professionals engaged in the field of pain therapy such as pain specialists, surgeons, orthopedists, neurosurgeons, neurologists, general practitioners, and nurse anesthetists.

<p>Covers a broad range of regional anesthesia and pain intervention techniques, including neuromodulatio</p><p>Includes detailed coverage of US- and landmark-guided regional anesthesia</p><p>Written by KOLs and enriched with original pictures of anatomic dissections, an array of US and fluoroscopy images</p>

Danilo Jankovic is currently Director of the Regional Pain Management Centre DGS in Cologne-Huerth. Dr. Jankovic’s main areas of interest include regional nerve blocks in anesthesia and interventional pain management, regional anesthesia anatomy, treatment of pain by developing new techniques designed and published for the rapid resolution of musculoskeletal pain and dysfunction, medicolegal documentation in regional anesthesia, e.g., Dr. Jankovic is a member of numerous professional associations and has lectured extensively both nationally and internationally.

Dr. Jankovic has been awarded with Rudolf Frey Award 2000 and German Pain Association Award 2007 for his contribution in the field of Regional Anesthesia and Pain Management. Dr. Jankovic has authored the book Regional Nerve Blocks and Infiltration Therapy (1st–4th ed.), which has been translated into six languages and awarded “book of the year” 2005 by the Society of Authors and The Royal Society of Medicine in London. He has also contributed many chapters to textbooks edited by colleagues.

Philip Peng is a Professor in the Department of Anesthesiology and Pain Medicine of the University of Toronto. He has played an important role in the education of pain medicine and established major teaching courses for Pain in Canada such as Canadian Pain Interventional Course and Ultrasound for Pain Medicine Course. The Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Canada (RCPSC) honored him with the Founder designation in pain medicine for his role in establishing pain medicine subspecialty in Canada. He is a leader, researcher, educator, and pioneer in the application of ultrasound for pain medicine. His innovative research led to different new procedures in pain intervention, including ultrasound-guided pudendal nerve block and pericapsular nerve group (PENG) block.

He received numerous awards including the prestigious John J Bonica award from American Society of Regional Anesthesia and Pain Medicine and Distinguished Service Award from both the European Society of Regional Anesthesia-Spain Chapter and Canadian Pain Society. He has delivered more than 400 lectures and workshops nationally and internationally. He has edited 8 books and published 240 peer-reviewed publications and book chapters.

9783030887261

/Anesthesiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Pain Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Neurology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Radiology/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Orthopaedics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/

10.1007/978-3-030-88727-8

Regina Roller-Wirnsberger, Medical University of Graz, Graz, Austria; Katrin Singler, Institute for Biomedicine of Ageing Friedrich-Alexander-University Erlangen-Nuremberg, Erlangen, Germany; Maria Cristina Polidori, University Hospital of Cologne, Cologne, Germany

The Complexity of the geriatric patient.- Communication with and evaluation of older people.- Atypical presentation of disease with ageing.- Prevention in older person.- Common geriatric syndromes.- Other common health problems in older persons.- Pharmacotherapy in older persons.- Physical activity and functioning.- Comprehensive geriatric assessment.- Ethics and legal issues in the care of older people.- Health care in older adults and Geriatric care in different settings.- Appendix: Teaching the content. 

This textbook presents hands-on training material for medical students. The style reflects the need for practice-based teaching with a modern edge in daily clinical routine; accordingly, it also employs online material and pocket cards. Each chapter begins with specific learning objectives, which are cross-referenced with the European curriculum for undergraduate medical education released by the European Union of Medical Specialists (UEMS) together with the European Union Geriatric Medicine Society (EUGMS), as well as the minimum geriatric competences for medical students established by the American Geriatrics Society (AGS).   World-renowned European experts in practicing and teaching the interdisciplinary field of Geriatrics contributed to this work, with the aim of offering the new generation of health professionals a global perspective on one of the greatest public health challenges of our time: the management of the steadily increasing number of older, multimorbid, and vulnerable persons.   The major strength of this book – published under the auspices of the EUGMS – is its pragmatic, goal-oriented approach, which makes it suitable for bedside learning and patient-centered medicine; further, all of the chapters are firmly based on the pillars of the ageing process in all of its biological aspects, helping readers understand the pathophysiology of and rationale behind interventions for the main geriatric syndromes and disorders.

This textbook presents hands-on training material for medical students. The style reflects the need for practice-based teaching with a modern edge in daily clinical routine; accordingly, it also employs online material and pocket cards. Each chapter begins with specific learning objectives, which are cross-referenced with the European curriculum for undergraduate medical education released by the European Union of Medical Specialists (UEMS) together with the European Union Geriatric Medicine Society (EUGMS), as well as the minimum geriatric competences for medical students established by the American Geriatrics Society (AGS).   World-renowned European experts in practicing and teaching the interdisciplinary field of Geriatrics contributed to this work, with the aim of offering the new generation of health professionals a global perspective on one of the greatest public health challenges of our time: the management of the steadily increasing number of older, multimorbid, and vulnerable persons.   The major strength of this book – published under the auspices of the EUGMS – is its pragmatic, goal-oriented approach, which makes it suitable for bedside learning and patient-centered medicine; further, all of the chapters are firmly based on the pillars of the ageing process in all of its biological aspects, helping readers understand the pathophysiology of and rationale behind interventions for the main geriatric syndromes and disorders.

Highlights practical teaching methods in geriatricsIncludes a detailed glossary for every item of the assessmentCombines European as well as US recommendations on teaching medical students in geriatric medicine

<div>Dr. Regina Roller-Wirnsberger MD, MME has been a full professor of geriatric medicine at the Medical University of Graz, Austria, since 2011. She has extensive expertise in the field of medical education and currently heads the European Union Geriatric Medicine Society (EUGMS) Special Interest Group (SIG) on Education and Training. She is also Vice President of the European Academy of Medicine of Aging (EAMA) and intensively involved in European Projects and the European Innovation Partnership on Active and Healthy Aging (EIP/AHA) in the field of education and training. From 2011 to 2015 she was appointed secretary of the EUGMS.<br/></div> Her daily business at work at the Medical University of Graz also involves teaching activities for undergraduate students and curricular development. Her educational approach is competence-  and practice-based, goal-oriented and employs best evidence medical education (BEME) strategies.  Dr. Katrin Singler MD, MME is a senior registrar in Geriatrics at Nuremberg Paracelsus Private Medical University and lecturer at the Medical Faculty, Friedrich-Alexander-University Erlangen-Nuremberg. Dr Singler is one of the board members of the European Academy for the Medicine of Aging (EAMA) and member of the European Union Geriatric Medicine Society (EUGMS) Special Interest Group (SIG) on Education and Training.  She is actively involved in various European projects for curricular development in geriatrics in different settings. From 2012 to 2014 Dr Singler received a sponsorship for E-Learning in geriatric medicine from the Robert Bosch Foundation for Geriatrics.  She has also received several awards from different medical societies including the Ignatius Nascher Award for her contributions in the field of geriatric medical education.  Dr. Maria Cristina Polidori MD, PhD, FRCP is a senior registrar and lecturer in Geriatrics at the University Hospital of Cologne. Shecoordinates the Ageing Clinical Research unit at the Dept. II of Internal Medicine of the University Hospital of Cologne, and is member of the Study Commission of the Cologne Medical School. Her research focuses since 1991 on the translational aspects of ageing research, geriatric medicine and multimorbidity; she is investigator of numerous multicentric projects including the Italian Multicentric Study on Centenarians (as of 1992), the EU Concerted Action EUROFEDA (2000-2001), the EU MPI Age Study (2014-2017) and the JPND NeuroExercise (2015-2018). Dr Polidori obtained a professorship in physiological chemistry in 2008 and was appointed in Fellowships in the field of ageing, multimorbidity and Geriatrics at several renowned institutions including Harvard University, the EU Marie-Curie Program for Health and Lifestyle and the Robert Bosch Foundation for Geriatrics. She has received numerous prizes and awards including the Catherine Pasquier Award, the Schiffbauer Prize and is honorary Fellow of the Royal College of Physicians. Dr Polidori has authored several high-impact publications in the field of ageing and geriatrics and is a member of the European Union Geriatric Medicine Society (EUGMS) Special Interest Group (SIG) on Education and Training, as well as secretary of the EUGMS SIG on Comprehensive Geriatric Assessment. 

9783319619965

/Geriatrics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Medical Education/Education/Humanities and Social Sciences/Professional and Vocational Education////

Kimberly D. Nordstrom, Office of Behavioral Health, Denver, CO, USA; Michael P. Wilson, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Little Rock, AR, USA

Section I Evaluation Of Patients.- 1 Medical & Psychiatric History.- 2 Physical Exam.- 3 Laboratory Testing and Studies.- 4 Suicide Risk Assessment.- Section II Psychiatric Illness.- 5 Agitation.- 6 Anxiety.- 7 Catatonia.- 8 Depression.- 9 Mania.- 10 Psychosis.- Section III Medical Disorders.- 11 Adrenal Crisis.- 12 Chronic Pain.- 13 Delirium.- 14 Dementia.- 15 Encephalitis.- 16 Head Injury.- 17 Hepatic Encephalopathy.- 18 Hypercalcemia.- 19 Hypercortisolism.- 20 Hypoglycemia.- 21 Hyponatremia.- 22 Hypothyroidism.- 23 Myxedema Coma.- 24 Non-Epileptic Seizures.- 25 Seizures.- 26 Thyrotoxicosis.- 27 Wernicke-Korsakoff Syndrome.- Section IV Substance Intoxication.- 28 Acute Intoxication General Principles.- 29 Amphetamine Intoxication.- 30 Cocaine Intoxication.- 31 Ethanol Intoxication (Alcohol).- 32 GHB Intoxication.- 33 Inhalant Intoxication.- 34 MDMA Intoxication.- 35 Opioid Intoxication.- 36 Psychedelic Intoxication.- Section V Withdrawal Syndromes.- 37 Acute Withdrawal General Principles.- 38 Alcohol Withdrawal.- 39 Amphetamine Withdrawal.- 40 Barbiturate Withdrawal.- 41 Benzodiazepine Withdrawal.- 42 Cannabis Withdrawal.- 43 Cocaine Withdrawal.- 44 Opioid Withdrawal.- Section VI Toxicologic Syndromes.- 45 Antidepressant Discontinuation Syndrome.- 46 Antimuscarinic Toxicity.- 47 Common Medications Which May Mimic Psychiatric Symptoms.- 48 Lithium Toxicity.- 49 Neuroleptic Malignant Syndrome.- 50 Salicylate Toxicity.- 51 Serotonin Syndrome.- 52 Steroid Psychosis.- 53 Valproic Acid Toxicity.

This volume provides an “on-the-go” guide to the most common behavioral emergencies a physician may encounter. Each chapter represents a disease state or symptom cluster and concisely summarizes the disease state, provides background, symptoms and signs, differential diagnoses, and immediate and long-term treatment options. All chapters conclude with a diagnosis or treatment algorithm or another easy-to-use visual tool. Chapters named after a specific disease state or symptom cluster, arranged alphabetically for use in the field. The text begins with chapters covering patient evaluation: getting a good history, suicide risk assessment, physical exam, and when and how to use studies. Written by experts in psychiatry and emergency medicine, this text is the first to consider both medical perspectives in a concise guide. Quick Guide to Psychiatric Emergencies is an excellent resource for psychiatrists, emergency medicine physicians, residents, nurses, and other medical professionals that handle behavioral emergencies on a regular basis.

This volume provides an “on-the-go” guide to the most common behavioral emergencies a physician may encounter. Each chapter represents a disease state or symptom cluster and concisely summarizes the disease state, provides background, symptoms and signs, differential diagnoses, and immediate and long-term treatment options. All chapters conclude with a diagnosis or treatment algorithm or another easy-to-use visual tool. Chapters named after a specific disease state or symptom cluster, arranged alphabetically for use in the field. The text begins with chapters covering patient evaluation: getting a good history, suicide risk assessment, physical exam, and when and how to use studies. Written by experts in psychiatry and emergency medicine, this text is the first to consider both medical perspectives in a concise guide.Quick Guide to Psychiatric Emergencies is an excellent resource for psychiatrists, emergency medicine physicians, residents, nurses, and other medical professionals that handle behavioral emergencies on a regular basis.

<p>Each chapter provides instant snapshot of each condition with a definition, signs and symptoms, differential, and short-term and long-term treatment</p><p>A diagnostic or treatment algorithm provided at the end of each chapter</p><p>Disease states or symptom cluster organized alphabetically for quick look up</p>

Kimberly Nordstrom, MD, JD Medical Director, Office of Behavioral Health, Department of Human Services, State of Colorado; Associate Professor, University of Colorado Medical School; Immediate Past President, American Association for Emergency Psychiatry

Michael P Wilson, MD, PhD Assistant Professor, University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences; Director, Emergency Psychiatry Research, American Association for Emergency Psychiatry

9783319582580

/Psychiatry/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Emergency Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Drug Safety and Pharmacovigilance/Public Health/Life Sciences/Health Sciences////

Dennis M. Styne, University of California, Davis, Sacramento, CA, USA

Introduction to Pediatric Endocrinology: The Endocrine System.- The Evaluation of a Child or Adolescent with Possible Endocrine Disease.- Disorders of the Hypothalamic-Pituitary Axis.- The Posterior Pituitary Gland and Disorders of Vasopressin Metabolism.- Disorders of Growth.- Disorders of the Thyroid Gland.- Disorders of Calcium Metabolism and Bone.- Differences (Disorders) of Sexual Development (Differentiation).- Disorders of Puberty.- Disorders of the Adrenal Gland.- Diabetes Mellitus.- Hypoglycemia.- Obesity.- Pediatric Endocrine Emergencies.- Medications for Pediatric Endocrinology.- Laboratory Values for Pediatric Endocrinology.

<div>Now in a revised and expanded second edition, this concise, straightforward and clearly written text presents the latest information on the evaluation and management of common issues and conditions in pediatric endocrinology. Endocrinologists, pediatricians, family physicians, residents, fellows and medical students will all benefit from the discussion of endocrine physiology and its application to common clinical practice. </div><div>
</div><div>As in the original edition, the text presents the major signs and symptoms in the diagnosis and management of pediatric endocrine disorders, often allowing the practitioner to avoid an unnecessary consultation and preparing a provider for informed communication with parents of a child with an endocrine condition. The concepts covered in the text are designed to address the first 10 headings in the content outline of the Sub-board of Pediatric Endocrinology of The American Board of Pediatrics: disorders of the hypothalamic-pituitary axis, growth, calcium metabolism and bone, the thyroid gland, puberty, and the adrenal gland, among others. Concluding each chapter is a Suggested Reading section, directing the reader to outstanding larger and more detailed texts, manuscripts and websites that offer increased detail.</div><div>
</div><div>Practical and user-friendly, Pediatric Endocrinology, Second Edition is not simply a checklist of everything that could be done but leads the reader toward a more specific goal of what should be done.</div>

Now in a revised and expanded second edition, this concise, straightforward and clearly written text presents the latest information on the evaluation and management of common issues and conditions in pediatric endocrinology. Endocrinologists, pediatricians, family physicians, residents, fellows and medical students will all benefit from the discussion of endocrine physiology and its application to common clinical practice. As in the original edition, the text presents the major signs and symptoms in the diagnosis and management of pediatric endocrine disorders, often allowing the practitioner to avoid an unnecessary consultation and preparing a provider for informed communication with parents of a child with an endocrine condition. The concepts covered in the text are designed to address the first 10 headings in the content outline of the Sub-board of Pediatric Endocrinology of The American Board of Pediatrics: disorders of the hypothalamic-pituitary axis, growth, calcium metabolism and bone, the thyroid gland, puberty, and the adrenal gland, among others. Concluding each chapter is a Suggested Reading section, directing the reader to outstanding larger and more detailed texts, manuscripts and websites that offer increased detail.Practical and user-friendly, Pediatric Endocrinology, Second Edition is not simply a checklist of everything that could be done but leads the reader toward a more specific goal of what should be done.

<p>Practical in design with easy to read, disease-specific chapters</p><p>Helps the reader manage the major endocrine disorders encountered in primary care pediatric practice</p><p>Includes helpful algorithms and tables</p>

Dennis M. Styne, MD, Yocha Dehe Chair of Pediatric Endocrinology and Distinguished Professor of Pediatrics, Department of Pediatrics, University of California - Davis, Sacramento, CA, USA

9783031095115

/Endocrinology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Pediatrics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//General Practice and Family Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Health Care////

Mark L. Braunstein, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, GA, USA

Health Informatics on FHIR: How HL7's API is Transforming Healthcare

,978-3-319-93413-6,978-3-319-93414-3,978-3-319-93415-0,978-3-030-06655-0

A Brief History and Overview of Health Informatics.- The US Health care system.- Health Informatics in the Real World.- The Empowered Patient.- Health Information Exchange.- FHIR Applications in Payment.- Data and Interoperability Standards.- Pre-FHIR Interoperability and Decision Support Standards.- FHIR.- SMART on FHIR.- mHealth.- Public and Population Health.- Advanced FHIR Applications.

<div>This extensively revised textbook describes and defines the US healthcare delivery system, its many systemic challenges and the prior efforts to develop and deploy informatics tools to help overcome these problems. Now that electronic health record systems are widely deployed, the HL7 Fast Healthcare Interoperability standard is being rapidly accepted as the means to access and share the data stored in those systems and analytics is increasing being used to gain new knowledge from that aggregated clinical data, this book goes on to discuss health informatics from an historical perspective, its current state and likely future state. It then turns to some of the important and evolving areas of informatics including electronic healt\h records, clinical decision support,. population and public health, mHealth and analytics. Numerous use cases and case studies are employed in all of these discussions to help readers connect the technologies to real world challenges.

Health Informatics on FHIR: How HL7's API is Transforming Healthcare is for introductory health informatics courses for health sciences students (e.g., doctors, nurses, PhDs), the current health informatics community, computer science and IT professionals interested in learning about the field and practicing healthcare providers. Though this textbook covers an important new technology, it is accessible to non-technical readers including healthcare providers, their patients or anyone interested in the use of healthcare data for improved care, public/population health or research. </div><div>
</div>

<div>This extensively revised textbook describes and defines the US healthcare delivery system, its many systemic challenges and the prior efforts to develop and deploy informatics tools to help overcome these problems. Now that electronic health record systems are widely deployed, the HL7 Fast Healthcare Interoperability standard is being rapidly accepted as the means to access and share the data stored in those systems and analytics is increasing being used to gain new knowledge from that aggregated clinical data, this book goes on to discuss health informatics from an historical perspective, its current state and likely future state. It then turns to some of the important and evolving areas of informatics including electronic healt\h records, clinical decision support,. population and public health, mHealth and analytics. Numerous use cases and case studies are employed in all of these discussions to help readers connect the technologies to real world challenges.

Health Informatics on FHIR: How HL7's API is Transforming Healthcare is for introductory health informatics courses for health sciences students (e.g., doctors, nurses, PhDs), the current health informatics community, computer science and IT professionals interested in learning about the field and practicing healthcare providers. Though this textbook covers an important new technology, it is accessible to non-technical readers including healthcare providers, their patients or anyone interested in the use of healthcare data for improved care, public/population health or research. </div><div>
</div>

Presenting detailed, innovative health informatics case studies by commercial and other organizationsIncludes detailed descriptions of a number of FHIR applications as used in the fieldContains a series of hands-on activities and exercises

Mark Braunstein, MD, an author and thought leader in the field, taught health informatics in the School of Interactive Computing of the College of Computing at the Georgia Institute of Technology for over a decade. After a successful career as a health IT entrepreneur, he joined Georgia Tech in 2007 as a Professor of the Practice. He developed the first Massive Open Online Course (MOOC) in the field and his unique health informatics graduate seminar was the first to be centered on HL7’s Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resource (FHIR) standard. In it, student teams work with domain experts to solve problems posed by them.

He is a Visiting Scientist at the Australian eHealth Research Centre and created a similar educational program at the University of Queensland in Brisbane. Previously he wrote Practitioner’s Guide to Health Informatics (Springer 2015) and Contemporary Health Informatics (AMIA 2014).

Dr. Braunstein isactively involved with HL7’s development of the Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resource (FHIR) standard.

He earned a BS from MIT in 1969, an MD from the Medical University of South Carolina in 1974 and served as a resident at Washington University.

He was a 1996 Entrepreneur of the Year Award for the Southeast Region, received a 1995 Innovation in Medical Management Award from the American Society of Physician Executives and received the 2006 Founder’s Award from the American-Israel Chamber of Commerce, Southeast Region. In 2013 he was honored as a Distinguished Alumnus by MUSC’s College of Medicine.

9783030915629

/Health Informatics/Computer and Information Systems Applications/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing/

/Health Informatics/Computer and Information Systems Applications/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing//Bioinformatics/Computer and Information Systems Applications/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing/////

978-3-030-40650-9

A Comprehensive Textbook of Cancer’s Causes, Complexities and Consequences

<div><div>Chapter 1. The Nature and Origins of Cancer.- Chapter 2. Cancer Initiation, Promotion and Progression and the Acquisition of Key Behavioral Traits.- Chapter 3. Understanding the Hallmark Characteristics of Cancer.- Chapter 4. A Short History of Cancer – How Did We Get Here? .- Chapter 5. Who Gets Cancer and Why? What Are the Consequences for Human Life and .-Longevity? How Can We Intervene? How Can We Track Progress?.- Chapter 6. Screening for Cancer: Find It Early; Treat It Early; Save Lives.- Chapter 7. Fundamentals of Cancer Diagnosis and Assessment.- Chapter 8. Local Therapy for Cancer.- Chapter 9. Systemic Therapy for Cancer.- Chapter 10. Palliative Care, Hospice, and End of Life.- Chapter 11. Development of New Cancer Therapies.- Chapter 12. Cancer and Society.</div><div>
</div></div>

This comprehensive, ground-breaking title presents, in simplifying style, the driving and organizing principles of cancer, making this multidimensional, highly complex disease easily understandable for readers. Developed out of the renowned author’s many years of teaching a widely popular, several-hundred-student college course, this 12-chapter book begins with an account of the history of cancer as a medical and public health problem, as well as the major milestones and setbacks in the ongoing quest to understand the wide variety of cancers that continue to impact the world. Subsequent chapters then address pathogenesis, incidence and mortality statistics, risk factors, causal factors, screening challenges and victories, treatment strategies, and disease prevention approaches. This wealth of clinical information is further supplemented with socioeconomic discussions on the financial, social, ethical, technological, regulatory, political, and logistical challenges that limit progress in cancer research. <div> </div><div>A soon to be gold-standard text that thoroughly and expertly describes cancer as a composite, adaptive system, Cancer: The Enemy from Within equips and empowers all undergraduate students and graduate students to better understand this continually perplexing disease. Clinicians across all disciplines may also find this work of great interest.</div><div>
</div>

<div>This comprehensive, ground-breaking title presents, in simplifying style, the driving and organizing principles of cancer, making this multidimensional, highly complex disease easily understandable for readers. Developed out of the renowned author’s many years of teaching a widely popular, several-hundred-student college course, this 12-chapter book begins with an account of the history of cancer as a medical and public health problem, as well as the major milestones and setbacks in the ongoing quest to understand the wide variety of cancers that continue to impact the world. Subsequent chapters then address pathogenesis, incidence and mortality statistics, risk factors, causal factors, screening challenges and victories, treatment strategies, and disease prevention approaches. This wealth of clinical information is further supplemented with socioeconomic discussions on the financial, social, ethical, technological, regulatory, political, and logistical challenges that limit progress in cancer research. </div><div> </div><div>A soon to be gold-standard text that thoroughly and expertly describes cancer as a composite, adaptive system, Cancer: The Enemy from Within equips and empowers all undergraduate students and graduate students to better understand this continually perplexing disease. Clinicians across all disciplines may also find this work of great interest.</div><div>
</div>

<p>The first comprehensive book for undergraduates and the interested general public outlining cancer as a complex, multifaceted disease</p><p>Authored by a renowned expert in the field</p><p>Covers not only the clinical and basic science aspects of cancer, but the key historical features and modern sociological, political, and economic perspectives as well</p>

Carolyn Compton, MD, PhD, FCAPProfessor of Life Sciences, Arizona State UniversityBarrett Honors Faculty, Arizona State UniversityProfessor of Laboratory Medicine and Pathology, Mayo Clinic College of MedicineAdjunct Professor of Pathology, Johns Hopkins Medical InstitutionsCMO, National Biomarker Development AllianceTempe, AZ 85281USA<div>
</div>

9783030406509

/Oncology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Life Sciences////

978-3-031-06027-4

Lloyd Tannenbaum, San Antonio, TX, USA; Rachel E. Bridwell, Tacoma, WA, USA; Brannon L. Inman, San Antonio, TX, USA

Chapter 1: The Basics.- Chapter 2: Conduction Blocks.- Chapter 3: Tachydysrhythmias.- Chapter 4: Bradydysrhythmias.- Chapter 5: Electrolytes.- Chapter 6: Syncope.- Chapter 7: Acute Coronary Syndrome.

<div>This book is a short-form guide designed to fill a training gap in medical education. It is a reference that will help interns and junior residents understand and appropriately respond to real world situations that they will be encountering as newly minted physicians. The book outlines a basic methodology for electrocardiogram (EKG) interpretation and sets a framework for the junior resident physician to use to approach every EKG. It describes common dysrhythmias that residents will often encounter, on the wards, in the emergency department, and in clinic. It uses many high-quality images to prime junior learners in the interpretation and recognition of high yield EKGs.</div><div>
</div><div>Chapters address commonly encountered pathology, such as atrio-ventricular blocks, tachydysrhythmias, acute coronary syndrome, and syncope. The conversational tone of this book is designed to mimic how staff physicians talk to senior medical students and junior residents, maximizing readability to enhance retention.</div><div>
</div><div>EKG Teaching Rounds is a case-based book that will quickly become an essential reference text for medical professionals in training who are looking to advance their knowledge of EKG interpretation. This book is relevant for every medical specialty and every level of medical education.</div><div>
</div>

This book is a short-form guide designed to fill a training gap in medical education. It is a reference that will help interns and junior residents understand and appropriately respond to real world situations that they will be encountering as newly minted physicians. The book outlines a basic methodology for electrocardiogram (EKG) interpretation and sets a framework for the junior resident physician to use to approach every EKG. It describes common dysrhythmias that residents will often encounter, on the wards, in the emergency department, and in clinic. It uses many high-quality images to prime junior learners in the interpretation and recognition of high yield EKGs.<div>
</div><div>Chapters address commonly encountered pathology, such as atrio-ventricular blocks, tachydysrhythmias, acute coronary syndrome, and syncope. The conversational tone of this book is designed to mimic how staff physicians talk to senior medical students and junior residents, maximizing readability to enhance retention.
</div><div>
</div><div>EKG Teaching Rounds is a case-based book that will quickly become an essential reference text for medical professionals in training who are looking to advance their knowledge of EKG interpretation. This book is relevant for every medical specialty and every level of medical education.
</div>

<p>Offers an outline for the basic methodology for electrocardiogram (EKG) interpretation </p><p>Presents a framework for junior residents to use in their approach with every EKG </p><p>Discusses commonly encountered pathologies and offers a case-based approach to training </p>

​Lloyd Tannenbaum was born and raised outside of Philadelphia, PA. He graduated from Ursinus College with a double major in Biology and Mathematics and then graduated medical school from Jefferson Medical College. He went on to complete an emergency medicine residency at Brooke Army Medical Center, where he developed a passion for EKG interpretation and teaching. At this time, he is an associate program director at an academic medical center in Texas. Currently, he lives in San Antonio, TX with his wife, three-year-old energetic son, and six-month-old spunky daughter.

Rachel Bridwell was born and raised outside of New York City. She graduated from Carleton College with a degree in Biology and after working as a polar bear technician and marine biology instructor, graduated medical school from the Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences. She served as a chief resident in emergency medicine at Brooke Army Medical Center and currently works as a staff emergency medicine physician. She is married to her wonderful husband and currently lives in the Pacific Northwest.

Brannon L. Inman is an Emergency Medicine resident at San Antonio Uniform Services Health Education Consortium in San Antonio, Texas. Dr. Inman studied chemistry, physics, and biomedical technologies, graduating sum cum laude, prior to attending medical school at the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. He quickly developed a passion for critically ill patients and holds a special interest in cardiac physiology. He gives special thanks to his wife for her support during his education and training.

9783031060274

1. Introduction.- 2. One Person’s ADHD is not the same as Another’s.- 3. The Functional System of ADHD.- It’s not that ADHDers think too little – they just think too widely.- 4. fundamentals of ADHD in the World of Work.- 5. Directly Job-related: ADHD Works!.- 6. The Curse of Negative Hyperfocus (negative tunnel vision).- 7. The Self-Worth Issue.- 8. ADHD Medication and Job.- 9. Transition: Growing up with ADHD. Adolescence, career choice, education and further training.- 10. Quintessence.- Index.- About the author.

This book explains, in engaging language, the emotional experience and possible behavioural patterns of ADHD on the bases of its neurobiological function, with a focus on the opportunities and obstacles faced by those with ADHD in professional education as well as in the course of a professional career.A number of conceptualization concerning the central traits of ADHD such as negative hyperfocus, unusual learning curve, questions of selfesteem and emergency-benefits are unfolded for the first time in detail, combined with actionable explanations on how to deal successfully with these traits.In consideration of readers with ADHD, the text is carefully written in a way that grabs your attention with: short sections, numerous illustrations, mini case histories and additional facts as extras.The book is meant for persons with ADHD and their families, for employers and HR responsibles and last but not least for physicians, psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers and other professionals who want to understand in depth the functioning and emotional experiencing of ADHD and how to deal with it in practice

<div><div>This book explains, in engaging language, the emotional experience and possible behavioural patterns of ADHD on the bases of its neurobiological function, with a focus on the opportunities and obstacles faced by those with ADHD in professional education as well as in the course of a professional career.

A number of conceptualization concerning the central traits of ADHD such as negative hyperfocus, unusual learning curve, questions of selfesteem and emergency-benefits are unfolded for the first time in detail, combined with actionable explanations on how to deal successfully with these traits.

In consideration of readers with ADHD, the text is carefully written in a way that grabs your attention with: short sections, numerous illustrations, mini case histories and additional facts as extras.

The book is meant for persons with ADHD and their families, for employers and HR responsibles and last but not least for physicians, psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers and other professionals who want to understand in depth the functioning and emotional experiencing of ADHD and how to deal with it in practice.</div></div>

<p>Connects neurobiology, pathophysiological developments and secondary coping mechanisms </p><p>Elaborates on overcoming ADHD-difficulties on the ground of understanding its functioning</p><p>Provides readers with ADHD who have short attention span with digestible contents</p>

<div>Heiner N. Lachenmeier, MD, is a Psychiatrist and Psychotherapist, working for more than 20 years with the main focus on adult ADHD in his private practice close to Zurich. He did research on functional understanding of ADHD and developed practice-oriented forms of treatment, international publications, teaching and leadership coaching. He is the founder and past chair of the FMPP, the umbrella organization of the two Swiss Psychiatric Associations (adult and children/adolescents), served in the parliament of the Swiss Medical Association FMH as well as in its Presidents Conference. In earlier years he built up the Swiss Training Institute for psychodynamic short-term therapy (GIK), was its first director of training and still remains a member of its faculty. In addition he advises the Institute for Integrative Gestalttherapy Würzburg (D) IGW and its Swiss subsidiary as a medical training manager. He is a member of the Swiss Association for ADHD, the ADD-Forum Berlin and the World Federation of ADHD. Dr. Lachenmeier is a honorary member of the Argovian Psychiatric and Psychotherapeutic Association and of the Swiss self-help organization adhs20plus.
</div>

9783031134364

/Psychiatry/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Behavioral Sciences and Psychology/Clinical Psychology/Humanities and Social Sciences/////

Alcibiades J. Rodriguez, Medical Director, NYU Langone Comprehensive, Epilepsy Center-Sleep Center, Director, Neurology Sleep Medicine, Associate Professor of Neurology, NYU Grossman School of Medicine, New York, NY, USA

Case 1. The borderlands of sleep-wake movements and epilepsy.- Case 2. Sometimes lightheadedness a harbinger.- Case 3. Testosterone and gender: not what you think.- Case 4. Despite of CPAP therapy, my husband still has a disturbed nocturnal sleep.- Case 5. Multiple causes of sleepiness.- Case 6. COVID-19, breathing and insomnia. There is more than one story..- Case 7. Waking up the household.- Case 8. “Explosion in my head waking me up”.- Case 9. A case of opposites?.- Case 10. Mom knows the best: no so transient.- Case 11. Two faces of the medallion.- Case 12. Watchful waiting.- Case 13. Measure twice, cut once…or not at all….- Case 14. Snoring vividly.- Case 15. Central apnea and worsening headaches.- Case 16. “I am scared I will die from sleeplessness”.- Case 17. Difficulty breathing, difficulty functioning.- Case 18. MAD that stops breathing.- Case 19. Two for one isn’t always better: when is a dual diagnosis problematic?.- Case 20. The mysterious mustache.- Case 21. Is there a link between insomnia and diet?.- Case 22. Not your typical sleepy adolescent.- Case 23. Sleep Trauma.- Case 24. Getting to the heart of the matter.- Case 25. Movements come in different ways.- Case 26. Sometimes sleep hygiene is not just sleep hygiene.- Case 27. Storage wars.- Case 28. Sleeping up an appetite.- Case 29. Not all sleep studies are the same, timing and teaming are essential.- Case 30. Cyclical insomnia and hypersomnia.- Case 31. Restless Pelvis.- Case. 32. A young child with sleep onset insomnia and “weird” feelings in his legs.- Case 33. Hallucinations may be the clue.- Case 34. Hard to diagnose, hard to treat.- Case 35. High pressure situation.- Case 36. A cerebral change in eating behavior.- Case 37. “I’m not schizophrenic!” Is it catalepsy or cataplexy?.- Case 38. A sleepy patient with “epileptic seizures” and disturbed night sleep.- Case 39. Behind the sleepiness.- Case 40. All stress and no rest.- Case 41. Night terrors are not always what they seem.- Case 42. Asleep or Not Asleep, That is the Question.- Case 43. “Somebody is standing by my bed when I am falling asleep”.- Case 44. Timing is everything.- Case 45. Lullaby and goodnight say goodbye to these spikes….- Case 46. Breathing is not the complete story.- Case 47. Rapidly progressing obstructive sleep apnea.- Case 48. Unusual cause of worsening AHI on CPAP download.- Case 49. The therapeutic labyrinth of multimorbidity.- Case 50. My legs move when I lie down.- Case 51. Sleepless could be fatal.-

This book presents 50 of the most interesting and challenging sleep medicine clinical cases encountered by leaders in the field. The cases encompass the full spectrum of sleep medicine, with topics covering neurology, pulmonology, psychiatry, psychology, ENT, and beyond. In addition, adults and pediatric cases will be covered.



Chapters that feature cases follow a similar format. A brief clinical history, is followed by physical examination, investigations/studies, differential diagnosis, discussion and management, and final or possible diagnosis. These cases are open to discussion and include teaching points.



50 Challenging Sleep Medicine Cases will intrigue residents interested in sleep medicine, sleep medicine fellows and professionals interested in case review for certification exams and to discuss unusual cases, as well as neurologists, psychiatrists, psychologists, neuropsychologists.

This book presents 50 of the most interesting and challenging sleep medicine clinical cases encountered by leaders in the field. The cases encompass the full spectrum of sleep medicine, with topics covering neurology, pulmonology, psychiatry, psychology, ENT, and beyond. In addition, adults and pediatric cases will be covered. Chapters that feature cases follow a similar format. A brief clinical history, is followed by physical examination, investigations/studies, differential diagnosis, discussion and management, and final or possible diagnosis. These cases are open to discussion and include teaching points. 50 Challenging Sleep Medicine Cases will intrigue residents interested in sleep medicine, sleep medicine fellows and professionals interested in case review for certification exams and to discuss unusual cases, as well as neurologists, psychiatrists, psychologists, neuropsychologists.

<p>Covers 50 challenging clinical sleep medicine cases</p><p>Each case includes a differential diagnosis and teaching points</p><p>Edited and authored by leaders in the field</p>

Alcibiades J. Rodriguez, MD, FAASM

Medical Director NYU Comprehensive Epilepsy Center-Sleep CenterDirector, Neurology Sleep Medicine Associate Professor of NeurologyNYU Grossman School of Medicine724 Second AvenueNew York, New York 10016

9783031183737

/Neurology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Psychiatry/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Pneumology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences////

J. J. Sandra Kooij, Amsterdam University Medical Center, Amsterdam, The Netherlands

,978-1-4471-4139-6,978-1-4471-6203-2,978-1-4471-4137-2,978-1-4471-4138-9

1. Introduction.- 2. Diagnostic Assessment.- 3. Diagnostic Instruments.- 4. Treatment.- 5. Treatment: Coaching Adults with ADHD.- 6. Setup and Organization of a Specialist Department.

This updated volume provides a clinical based overview of the assessment and treatment of ADHD in adults by a clinical researcher with extensive experience. Its practical focus allows each chapter to answer common questions encountered within clinical practice. Differential diagnosis of ADHD is also discussed in relation to comorbidity with bipolar disorder, borderline personality disorder, chronic fatigue syndrome, and chronic delayed sleep phase.Adult ADHD: Diagnostic Assessment and Treatment, fourth edition aims to help readers identify ADHD effectively and put in place suitable treatments. The book is relevant for psychiatrists, neurologists, and healthcare professionals involved in the diagnosis and treatment of adult ADHD.

This updated volume provides a clinical based overview of the assessment and treatment of ADHD in adults by a clinical researcher with extensive experience. Its practical focus allows each chapter to answer common questions encountered within clinical practice. Differential diagnosis of ADHD is also discussed in relation to comorbidity with bipolar disorder, borderline personality disorder, chronic fatigue syndrome, and chronic delayed sleep phase. Adult ADHD: Diagnostic Assessment and Treatment, fourth edition aims to help readers identify ADHD effectively and put in place suitable treatments. The book is relevant for psychiatrists, neurologists, and healthcare professionals involved in the diagnosis and treatment of adult ADHD.

Contains summary points to aid revision and quick referenceWritten from a global perspective by an expert in the fieldIncludes practical information on medical management in adult ADHD; how to set up a multi-disciplinary team

Prof. Dr J.J. Sandra Kooij is a psychiatrist and researcher in the field of adult ADHD. She is a professor on adult ADHD at Amsterdam University Medical Center, location VUMc in Amsterdam, and head of the Expertise Center Adult ADHD at PsyQ in The Hague, The Netherlands. Sandra Kooij started as a psychiatrist in 1995 with the development of diagnostic assessment, treatment and research in the field of adult ADHD. In 2006 she received her PhD on a thesis entitled ‘ADHD in adults. Clinical studies on Assessment and Treatment’. Since 2020 she is a professor on adult ADHD. She is involved in research, webinars and podcasts, treating patients, training professionals, informing the public, developing the Super Brains app for ADHD, and publishing articles.

9783030828110

/Psychiatry/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Neurology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/////

Michael R. Pinsky, University of Pittsburgh, Pittsburgh, PA, USA; Jean-Louis Teboul, Paris South University, Le Kremlin-Bicêtre, France; Jean-Louis Vincent, Erasme University Hospital, Brussels, Belgium

Introduction (Jukka Takala).- Part I. Physiology and Pathophysiology.- Chapter 1. Shock: definition and recognition (Massimo Antonelli).- Chapter 2. Assessing the adequacy of cardiac output (Jean-Louis Vincent).- Chapter 3. The determinants of Venous Return (Maurizio Cecconi).- Chapter 4. Arterial blood Pressure Regulation (Michel Pinsky).- Chapter 5. Pulmonary Circulation (Marco Maggiorini).- Chapter 6. Heart Rate (Paul Marik).- Chapter 7. Autonomic Dysfunction in Shock (Gareth Ackland).- Chapter 8. Oxygen Delivery (Luciano Gattinoni).- Chapter 9. Mitochondrial Function (Mervyn Singer).- Chapter 10. Perioperative Hemodynamics (Andrew Rhodes).- Chapter 11. Haemodynamics and Extracorporeal Circulation (Alain Combes).- Part II. Clinical Assessment and Measurements.- Chapter 12. Clinical Assessment of Hemodynamic Instability (Jan Bakker).- Chapter 13. Assessment of the microcirculation (Daniel De Backer).- Chapter 14. SvO2/ScVO2 (Zsolt Molnar).- Chapter 15. pcO2 gap (Ospina-Tascon).- Chapter 16. Lactate (Glenn Hernandez).- Part III. The Techniques.- Chapter 17. Cardiac Ultrasound Examination in Shock (Antoine Viellard Baron).- Chapter 18. Non Cardiac Ultrasound Signs in Shock (Paul Mayo).- Chapter 19. Central Venous Pressure (Sheldon Magder).- Chapter 20. Arterial Blood Pressure (Jean-Louis Teboul).- Chapter 21. Cardiac Output Monitors (Daniel Reuter).- Chapter 22. Volumetric Monitoring (Manu Malbrain).- Chapter 23. Assessment of Fluid Responsiveness (Xavier Monnet).- Chapter 24. Pulmonary Arterial Catheter (Didier Payen).- Chapter 25. Arterial Pressure Waveform Analysis Cardiac Output Monitoring (Ignacio Monge Garcia).- Chapter 26. Oesophageal Doppler (Monty Mythen).- Chapter 27. Bioimpedence / Bioreactance (Pierre Squara).- Chapter 28. Other Techniques (Jacques Duranteau).- Part IV. Basic Goals in Clinical Practice.-Chapter 29. Blood Pressure Targets in the initial stabilization (Pierre Asfar).- Chapter 30. Choosing the right vasopressor (Anthony Gordon).- Chapter31. Fluid Resuscitation (Anders Perner).- Part V. Choosing the Right Hemodynamic Therapy.- Chapter 32. In Acute Heart Failure (Alexandre Mebazaa).- Chapter 33. In Septic Shock(Claude Martin).- Chapter 34. In ARDS (Luciano Gattinoni).- Chapter 35. In Neurological Emergencies (Fabio Taccone).- Chapter 36. For Perioperative Optimisation (Rupert Pearse).- Chapter 37. In a Patient under ECMO (Richard Beale).

This book, part of the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine textbook series, teaches readers how to use hemodynamic monitoring, an essential skill for today’s intensivists. It offers a valuable guide for beginners, as well as for experienced intensivists who want to hone their skills, helping both groups detect an inadequacy of perfusion and make the right choices to achieve the main goal of hemodynamic monitoring in the critically ill, i.e., to correctly assess the cardiovascular system and its response to tissue oxygen demands.The book is divided into distinguished sections: from physiology to pathophysiology; clinical assessment and measurements; and clinical practice achievements including techniques, the basic goals in clinical practice as well as the more appropriate hemodynamic therapy to be applied in different conditions. All chapters use a learning-oriented style, with practical examples, key points and take home messages, helping readers quickly absorb the content and, at the same time, apply what they have learned in the clinical setting.
The European Society of Intensive Care Medicine has developed the Lessons from the ICU series with the vision of providing focused and state-of-the-art overviews of central topics in Intensive Care and optimal resources for clinicians working in Intensive Care.

This book, part of the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine textbook series, teaches readers how to use hemodynamic monitoring, an essential skill for today’s intensivists. It offers a valuable guide for beginners, as well as for experienced intensivists who want to hone their skills, helping both groups detect an inadequacy of perfusion and make the right choices to achieve the main goal of hemodynamic monitoring in the critically ill, i.e., to correctly assess the cardiovascular system and its response to tissue oxygen demands.The book is divided into distinguished sections: from physiology to pathophysiology; clinical assessment and measurements; and clinical practice achievements including techniques, the basic goals in clinical practice as well as the more appropriate hemodynamic therapy to be applied in different conditions. All chapters use a learning-oriented style, with practical examples, key points and take home messages, helping readers quickly absorbthe content and, at the same time, apply what they have learned in the clinical setting.
The European Society of Intensive Care Medicine has developed the Lessons from the ICU series with the vision of providing focused and state-of-the-art overviews of central topics in Intensive Care and optimal resources for clinicians working in Intensive Care.

Complete overview of the topic with practice-oriented indicationsThorough and invaluable “from-diagnosis-to-treatment” guide for residents in IC medicineAll chapters include both theoretical explanations and take home messagesIncludes top-quality literature reviews that can be easily digested and used at the bedside to improve patients’ outcomesEdited and written by internationally respected experts in the field

Series Editors Maurizio Cecconi is Head of Department Anaesthesia and Intensive Care Units, IRCCS Istituto Clinico Humanitas, Rozzano (MI), Italy and Professor of Anaesthesia and Intensive Care, Humanitas University, Pieve Emanuele (MI), Italy. His main fields of research are haemodynamic monitoring, haemodynamic optimisation and physiology of the critically ill patient. He has published extensively and has specific interest in haemodynamic monitoring and fluid management of the critically ill.Daniel De Backer is Professor of Intensive Care at the Université Libre de Bruxelles, Brussels, Belgium Head of Intensive Care Departments of CHIREC Hospitals (Brussels and Braine l’Alleud-Waterloo). His main fields of investigation are severe sepsis, organ dysfunction, acute circulatory failure and its treatment (in particular vasoactive agents), haemodynamic monitoring, hepato-splanchnic circulation and microcirculatory disorders. Volume Editors Michael R. Pinsky has published >300 peer-reviewed papers, >250 chapters, and 24 volumes. In the Department of Critical Care Medicine at the University of Pittsburgh, he is the program director for Adult Critical Care Medicine T32 research training program, Director of the Cardiopulmonary Research Laboratory, Editor-in-Chief of WebMD’s Critical Care Medicine and on numerous editorial boards. His research on heart lung interactions and resuscitation physiology has brought major advances in the management of critically ill patients. Jean Louis Teboul is a Professor of Therapeutics and Critical Care Medicine at Paris South University. He is pioneer in clinical application of heart-lung interactions, tissue oxygenation, haemodynamic monitoring, and assessment of volume status in critically ill patients. He proposed new tests to assess fluid responsiveness such as Pulse Pressure Variation and Passive Leg Raising.<div>
Jean Louis Vincent is Professor of Intensive Care at University of Brussels. He is President of the World Federation of Societies of Intensive and Critical Care Medicine (WFSICCM) and a Past-President of the Belgian Society of Intensive Care Medicine (SIZ), the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine (ESICM), the European Shock Society </div>

9783319692685

/Intensive Care Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/

/Intensive Care Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Anesthesiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Emergency Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences///

William H. Westra; Ralph H. Hruban; Timothy H. Phelps; Christina Isacson

William H. Westra; Ralph H. Hruban; Timothy H. Phelps; Christina Isacson

General Approach and Techniques.- General Approach to Surgical Pathology Specimens.- Laboratory Techniques.- Tissue Collection for Molecular Genetic Analysis.- Photography.- Lymph Nodes for Metastatic Tumors.- Lymph Nodes.- The Head and Neck.- Larynx.- Major Salivary Glands.- Complex Specimens.- Maxilla.- Radical Neck Dissection.- The Digestive System.- Esophagus.- Stomach.- Non-Neoplastic Intestinal Disease.- Neoplastic Intestinal Disease.- Liver.- Gallbladder and Extrahepatic Biliary System.- Pancreas.- The Cardiovascular/Respiratory System.- Heart, Heart Valves, and Vessels.- Lungs.- Transplantation.- Bone, Soft Tissue, and Skin.- Bone.- Soft Tissue, Nerves, and Muscle.- Skin.- The Breast.- Breast.- The Female Genital System.- Vulva.- Uterus, Cervix, and Vagina.- Ovary and Fallopian Tube.- Products of Conception and Placentas.- The Urinary Tract and Male Genital System.- Penis.- Prostate.- Testis.- Kidney.- Bladder.- The Ocular System.- Eye.- The Endocrine System.- Thyroid.- Parathyroid Glands.- Adrenal Glands.- Pediatric Tumors.- Pediatric Tumors.- The Central Nervous System.- Brain and Spinal Cord.- The Hematopoietic and Lymphatic System.- Lymph Nodes.- Spleen.- Thymus.- Bone Marrow.- Odds and Ends.- Common Uncomplicated Specimens.

Surgical Pathology Dissection, Second Edition fills the need for a comprehensive, fully illustrated guide to the preparation, dissection, and handling of surgical pathology specimens. The authors share their wealth of talent and experiences by providing general principles that can be employed to resolve even the most complex problems in dissection and tissue sampling. The descriptive text is augmented by 62 exclusive, detailed illustrations printed as full-page plates depicting proper specimen handling techniques that add a unique vitality and multidimensional effect. Each chapter features a section on Important Issues to Address in Your Surgical Pathology Report and references selected for their pertinent coverage of specimen handling for each organ system. Updated and revised, this second edition includes four new chapters and expanded discussions on: Preparation of Tissues for Molecular Analysis; Craniofacial Bones; Heart; Transplantation Specimens; The Sentinel Lymph Node. Revisions have been made to conform to suggested guidelines proposed by the College of American Pathologists. From reviews of the first edition: 'Hruban, Westra and Isacson, working with a superb medical illustrator did an admirable job in taking the Johns Hopkins' gross room manual and translating it into a practical, concise, and easily accessible guide to contemporary practice in the surgical pathology laboratory.' (Modern Pathology)

9780387955599

978-3-030-54858-2

Jeffrey M. Weinberg, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York, NY, USA; Mark Lebwohl, Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai, New York, NY

,978-1-4471-4433-5,978-1-4471-4431-1,978-1-4471-4432-8,978-1-4471-6917-8

Introduction to and History of Psoriasis and Psoriasis Therapy.- Pathophysiology of Psoriasis/Novel Pathways.- Psoriasis: Clinical Review and Update.- Psoriasis: Epidemiology, Potential Triggers, Disease Course.- Topical Therapy I: Corticosteroids and Vitamin D Analogues.- Topical Therapy II: Retinoids, Immunomodulators, and Others.- Topical Therapy II: Retinoids, Immunomuodulators, and Others/ Ultraviolet Therapy for Psoriasis.- Laser Therapy for Psoriasis.- Traditional Systemic Therapy I: Methotrexate and Cyclosporine.- Traditional Systemic Therapy II: Retinoids and Others.- Apremilast.- Etanercept.- Adalimumab.- Infliximab, Golimumab , and Certolizumab Pegol.- Ustekinumab.- Guselkumab.- Tidrakizumab.- Risankizumab.- Secukinumab.- Ixekizumab.- Brodalumab.- Biosimilars for Psoriasis.- Research Pipeline I: Oral Therapeutics for Psoriasis.- Research Pipeline II: Upcoming Biologic Therapies.- Pediatric Psoriasis.- Challenges in Psoriasis Treatment: Nail, Scalp, and Palmoplantar Involvement.- Psoriasis and Comorbidities.- Summary of Published Treatment Guidelines.- Index.

This extensively revised second edition provides an up-to-date and highly informative textbook on psoriasis. The understanding of the mechanisms behind the disease and the available treatment options have continued to develop rapidly in recent times, with this vital resource covering the latest in these management options, including targeted T-cell therapy, the use of immunomodulators, systemic therapies, and ultraviolet and laser therapy. In addition, it provides a detailed overview of the pathophysiology, comorbidities, epidemiology and triggers of the disease. Advances in Psoriasis: A Multisystemic Guide extensively details the scientific basis and practice management of psoriasis. It is therefore a vital resource for practicing and trainee dermatologists looking to develop their clinical knowledge of how to manage and treat these patients.

This extensively revised second edition provides an up-to-date and highly informative textbook on psoriasis. The understanding of the mechanisms behind the disease and the available treatment options have continued to develop rapidly in recent times, with this vital resource covering the latest in these management options, including targeted T-cell therapy, the use of immunomodulators, systemic therapies, and ultraviolet and laser therapy. In addition, it provides a detailed overview of the pathophysiology, comorbidities, epidemiology and triggers of the disease. Advances in Psoriasis: A Multisystemic Guide extensively details the scientific basis and practice management of psoriasis. It is therefore a vital resource for practicing and trainee dermatologists looking to develop their clinical knowledge of how to manage and treat these patients.

<p>Reviews the latest developments in the pathophysioloy, epidemiology and potential triggers of the disease</p><p>Provides detailed guidance on the latest therapeutic treatment options</p><p>Features an array of stunning illustrations to reinforce key points</p>

Dr. Weinberg, is an Associate Clinical Professor of Dermatology at Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York. In addition, he is director of the Clinical Research Center/Dermatopharmacology at St. Luke’s-Roosevelt Hospital Center and acting director of the Division of Dermatology at Jamaica Hospital Medical Center, both in New York City. Prior to this he was an Assistant Clinical Professor of Dermatology at Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons in New York City. Dr. Weinberg graduated from the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine in Philadelphia and completed an internship in medicine at Columbia-Presbyterian Medical Center in New York City. He then completed a residency in dermatology at the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine. He is a fellow of the American Academy of Dermatology, where he has served on several committees, and a member of the Dermatology Foundation. He is a diplomat of the American Board of Dermatology.



Dr. Lebwohl graduated from Columbia University in 1974. He earned his medical degree from Harvard Medical School in 1978 and subsequently completed residencies in both internal medicine and dermatology at the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai. In 1983, he was made Assistant Professor of Dermatology at Mount Sinai. In 1997, he was named Chairman of the Department which, under his leadership, has been at the forefront of the management of psoriasis. He was the first to report the cardiac complications of pseudoxanthoma elasticum, and, additionally, he has developed new techniques for diagnosing the disease. He was also the first to use immunomodulators (imiquimod) to treat preccancerous skin lesions, the first to use topical calcineurin inhibitors to treat psoriasis, and the first to identify interactions between topical vitamin D analogues such as calcipotriol and calcitriol with other topical medications and with ultraviolet light. He has been at the forefront of clinical trials for new biologic therapies for psoriasis.

9783030548582

/Dermatology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Therapeutics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Immunology/Biological Sciences/Life Sciences////

978-3-030-04341-4

Megan R. Gerber, Boston University School of Medicine, Veterans Affairs (VA) Boston Healthcare System, Boston, MA, USA

Section I: Introduction and the Scope of the Problem.- Trauma: A Pervasive Adverse Health Exposure.- Trauma and the Medical Patient.- Section II: Special Populations.- Men / Men of Color.- Immigrants and Cultural Competency.- LGBTQ Persons.- Section III: Helping Providers.- Vicarious Traumatization and the PCP.- Fostering Resilience and Self Care.- Section IV: Clinical Strategies.- Adult Primary Care.- Gynecology/Women’s Health.- Family Practice / Pediatric Care.- Conclusion.

Interpersonal trauma is ubiquitous and its impact on health has long been understood. Recently, however, the critical importance of this issue has been magnified in the public eye. A burgeoning literature has demonstrated the impact of traumatic experiences on mental and physical health, and many potential interventions have been proposed. This volume serves as a detailed, practical guide to trauma-informed care. Chapters provide guidance to both healthcare providers and organizations on strategies for adopting, implementing and sustaining principles of trauma-informed care. The first section maps out the scope of the problem and defines specific types of interpersonal trauma. The authors then turn to discussion of adaptations to care for special populations, including sexual and gender minority persons, immigrants, male survivors and Veterans as these groups often require more nuanced approaches. Caring for trauma-exposed patients can place a strain on clinicians, and approaches for fostering resilience and promoting wellness among staff are presented next.Finally, the book covers concrete trauma-informed clinical strategies in adult and pediatric primary care, and women’s health/maternity care settings. Using a case-based approach, the expert authors provide real-world front line examples of the impact trauma-informed clinical approaches have on patients’ quality of life, sense of comfort, and trust. Case examples are discussed along with evidence based approaches that demonstrate improved health outcomes. Written by experts in the field, Trauma-Informed Healthcare Approaches is the definitive resource for improving quality care for patients who have experienced trauma.

<div>Interpersonal trauma is ubiquitous and its impact on health has long been understood. Recently, however, the critical importance of this issue has been magnified in the public eye. A burgeoning literature has demonstrated the impact of traumatic experiences on mental and physical health, and many potential interventions have been proposed. This volume serves as a detailed, practical guide to trauma-informed care. Chapters provide guidance to both healthcare providers and organizations on strategies for adopting, implementing and sustaining principles of trauma-informed care. The first section maps out the scope of the problem and defines specific types of interpersonal trauma. The authors then turn to discussion of adaptations to care for special populations, including sexual and gender minority persons, immigrants, male survivors and Veterans as these groups often require more nuanced approaches. Caring for trauma-exposed patients can place a strain on clinicians, and approaches for fostering resilience and promoting wellness among staff are presented next.Finally, the book covers concrete trauma-informed clinical strategies in adult and pediatric primary care, and women’s health/maternity care settings. Using a case-based approach, the expert authors provide real-world front line examples of the impact trauma-informed clinical approaches have on patients’ quality of life, sense of comfort, and trust. Case examples are discussed along with evidence based approaches that demonstrate improved health outcomes. Written by experts in the field, Trauma-Informed Healthcare Approaches is the definitive resource for improving quality care for patients who have experienced trauma. </div><div></div>

<p>Offers a strengths-based approach to care that emphasizes physical, psychological and emotional safety for both survivors and care providers</p><p>Focuses on real world strategies that take into account the rushed and volume-driven healthcare setting</p><p>Written by expert medical providers and directed toward front line primary care teams</p>

Megan R. Gerber, MD, MPH is Associate Professor of Medicine at Boston University School of Medicine and Medical Director of Women’s Health, Veterans Affairs (VA) Boston Healthcare System, Jamaica, Plain, MA.

9783030043414

/General Practice and Family Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Health Care/

/General Practice and Family Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Health Care//Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Primary Care Medicine//Pediatrics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences////

10.1007/978-3-030-04342-1

Qasim Akram, Stockport NHS Foundation Trust, Stockport, Greater Manchester, UK; Subhasis Basu, Wrightington Hospital, Wigan, UK

<div>Introduction/Forward.- Basics of musculoskeletal ultrasound.- The Wrist and Hand.- The Elbow.- The Shoulder.- The Hip.- The Knees.- The Ankle and Foot.- The Vasculature.- The Salivary Glands.- The Lung. </div><div>
</div>

<div>This book provides a practically applicable manual to the utilisation of ultrasound in rheumatology. Each chapter includes high-quality diagrams of each anatomical region covered, accompanied by an ideal scan with written and pictorial demonstrations, as well as an ideal ultrasound image, that has been obtained via a high-end machine for optimal image quality. This systematic approach to describing the application of ultrasound in rheumatology enables the reader to develop a deep understanding of how to correctly make use of ultrasound technologies in their daily practice.</div><div> </div><div>Ultrasound in Rheumatology: A Practical Guide for Diagnosis is an easy to follow guide to the application of ultrasound in rheumatology and is a valuable resource for the trainee and practising rheumatologist seeking a guide on the correct use of ultrasound. </div>

<div>This book provides a practically applicable manual to the utilisation of ultrasound in rheumatology. Each chapter includes high-quality diagrams of each anatomical region covered, accompanied by an ideal scan with written and pictorial demonstrations, as well as an ideal ultrasound image, that has been obtained via a high-end machine for optimal image quality. This systematic approach to describing the application of ultrasound in rheumatology enables the reader to develop a deep understanding of how to correctly make use of ultrasound technologies in their daily practice.</div><div>
</div><div>Ultrasound in Rheumatology: A Practical Guide for Diagnosis is an easy to follow guide to the application of ultrasound in rheumatology and is a valuable resource for the trainee and practising rheumatologist seeking a guide on the correct use of ultrasound. </div>

<p>Features stunning instructional illustrations to aid learning</p><p>Contains contributions from a variety of international rheumatologists and medical specialists who utilize ultrasound in their daily practise</p><p>Describes concisely the use of ultrasound across a variety of anatomical regions</p>

<div>Dr. Qasim Akram is an enthusiastic practitioner and a teacher of musculo-skeletal ultrasound in rheumatology. He is a Consultant Rheumatologist and has completed a highly specialised musculo-skeletal ultrasound fellowship at a Centre of Excellence in Madrid, Spain. He is a EULAR Instructor and teaches ultrasound both regionally and nationally. He is responsible for organising courses in the UK and his clinical research interests are focused on the use of ultrasound in rheumatological diseases.</div><div>
</div><div>Dr. Subhasis Basu is a Consultant Radiologist with a particular interest in musculo-skeletal ultrasound in rheumatology. He has completed a prestigious and advanced musculo-skeletal and sports imaging fellowship at Chelsea & Westminster Hospital. He teaches regularly on national courses including the popular St Luke’s course in Oxford and has written several book chapters on various aspects of musculo-skeletal radiology.</div>

9783030686581

/Rheumatology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Ultrasonics/Engineering Acoustics/Biological and Physical Engineering/Technology and Engineering/////

978-3-031-28627-8

Peter Winn; Pamela A. Fenstemacher; Richard G. Stefanacci; R. Scott DeLong

Peter Winn, OU Health Science Center, Oklahoma City, OK, USA; Pamela A. Fenstemacher, The University of Pennsylvania, Jenkintown, PA, USA; Richard G. Stefanacci, Thomas Jefferson University, Philadelphia, PA; R. Scott DeLong, Lancaster General Health, Lancaster, PA, USA

Post-Acute Care and Long-Term Services: Evolving to Value-based Care.- Home Health Care.- Assisted Living and Residential Care.- PACE.- Department of Veterans Affairs Options for Long Term Care.- The Role of Practitioners and the Medical Director.- Team-based Care: Nurse Practitioners, Clinical Nurse Specialists, and Physician Assistants.- Common Clinical Conditions in Post Acute and Long Term Care.- Preventing Hospital Admissions and Readmissions.- Goals of Care and Prevention.- Integrating Palliative Care into Long Term Care.- Weight and Nutrition in Post Acute and Long Term Care.- Wound Assessment and Management.- Dementia, Delirium, and Depression.- Ethical and Legal Issues in Post Acute and Long Term Care.- Working with Families and Person-Centered Care.- Documentation and Coding.- Medication Management in Long Term Care.- Rehabilitation and Maximizing Function in Long Term Care.- COVID-19 in Post-Acute and Long-Term Care: Challenges and Opportunities.

This book addresses current issues surrounding hospital admissions and readmissions and the practice of post-acute and long-term care (LTC). Now in its fully revised and expanded third edition, it contains the most up-to-date knowledge and regulations pertinent to practice in Post-Acute and Long-Term Care Medicine. Post-Acute and Long-Term Medicine is divided into four main sections. The first section is an introduction to long-term care. It includes chapters on home health care, assisted living and residential care, department of veteran affairs and nursing facilities, among others. The second section focuses on clinical medicine in post-acute and long-term care and contains chapters on common clinical conditions, preventing hospital admissions and readmissions, palliative care, weight and nutrition and wound care. The third section details psychosocial aspects of post-acute and long-term care. Chapters in this section describe dementia, delirium, depression, ethical and legal issues and caring for families. The fourth and final section centers on special issues in post-acute and long-term care. This section focuses on documentation and coding, medication management and rehabilitation and maximizing function. The outbreak of COVID-19 has led to two very important new chapters in this section. One chapter discusses challenges and opportunities in post-acute long-term care that have arisen during the pandemic. Another new chapter talks about the importance of virtual care and telemedicine in post-acute and long-term care amidst the COVID-19 outbreak. Written by experts in the field, many of whom have worked within AMDA – The Society for Post-acute and Long-term Care Medicine - to create and disseminate a knowledge base for post-acute and LTC, this is a valuable resource for clinicians and educators seeking to maximize the care and living experience of residents in post-acute and long-term care settings.

This book addresses current issues surrounding hospital admissions and readmissions and the practice of post-acute and long-term care (LTC). Now in its fully revised and expanded third edition, it contains the most up-to-date knowledge and regulations pertinent to practice in Post-Acute and Long-Term Care Medicine. Post-Acute and Long-Term Medicine is divided into four main sections. The first section is an introduction to long-term care. It includes chapters on home health care, assisted living and residential care, department of veteran affairs and nursing facilities, among others. The second section focuses on clinical medicine in post-acute and long-term care and contains chapters on common clinical conditions, preventing hospital admissions and readmissions, palliative care, weight and nutrition and wound care. The third section details psychosocial aspects of post-acute and long-term care. Chapters in this section describe dementia, delirium, depression, ethical and legal issues and caring for families. The fourth and final section centers on special issues in post-acute and long-term care. This section focuses on documentation and coding, medication management and rehabilitation and maximizing function. The outbreak of COVID-19 has led to two very important new chapters in this section. One chapter discusses challenges and opportunities in post-acute long-term care that have arisen during the pandemic. Another new chapter talks about the importance of virtual care and telemedicine in post-acute and long-term care amidst the COVID-19 outbreak. Written by experts in the field, many of whom have worked within AMDA – The Society for Post-acute and Long-term Care Medicine - to create and disseminate a knowledge base for post-acute and LTC, this is a valuable resource for clinicians and educators seeking to maximize the care and living experience of residents in post-acute and long-term care settings.

Includes timely new chapters related to the COVID-19 pandemicAuthors and editors are leading clinicians, educators and medical directors in the field of long-term medicineIncludes easy-to-read, practical presentations of key topics in LTC

Peter Winn MD CMD HMDC is a full professor in the Department of Family and Preventive Medicine at the University of Oklahoma. He holds Board Certification in Family Medicine and Board Certification of Added Qualifications in Geriatric Medicine as well as in Hospice and Palliative Medicine. As of 2021 Dr. Winn received certification as a Hospice Medical Director (HMDC) thought the Hospice Medical Director Certification Board. Dr. Winn is active in teaching geriatrics in the Department, including use of previous editions to this book to teach physicians in training at the nursing facility where he serves as medical director. Dr. Winn is an ongoing faculty member of The Society for Post-Acute and Long-term Care Medicine’s Core Curriculum Committee since January 2005.Pamela A. Fenstemacher, MD, RCMD, FAAFP. After finishing her fellowship in Geriatric Medicine at the University of Pennsylvania. During her career Dr. Fenstemacher pursued her interest in caring forthe elderly through teaching, writing, practicing clinical medicine and medical direction. Dr. Fenstemacher began working in the PACE environment in 2011 when she became a medical director of her first LIFE program and continued to work in PACE until 2018. She was a faculty member of The Society for Post-Acute and Long-term Care Medicine’s Core Curriculum Committee from January 2005 to December 2020. She enjoys her on-going contribution to the medical literature with this third edition of Post-Acute and Long-Term Care Medicine: A Pocket Guide.Richard Stefanacci, DO, CMD. He has focused his career on care delivery systems to improve health outcomes. He has put this focus into practice as Chief Medical Officer (CMO) for several management care plans including ElderHealth/Bravo/HealthSpring/Cigna and PACE (Program for All-inclusive Care for the Elderly) programs. Despite being a CMO, Dr. Stefanacci throughout has maintained active clinical practice focused on frail, older adults knowing the importance of leading change directly with his care teams. On the policy side, Dr. Stefanacci served as Health Policy Scholar for the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) through his role as a Visiting Scholar at the Thomas Jefferson University Department of Health Policy. He has over 500 publications in addition to delivering well over 1000 lectures both nationally and internationally focused on efficient and effective care delivery.An active member of several professional associations focused on care delivery, Dr. Stefanacci served on the American Society of Consultant Pharmacists (ASCP) and the AMDA Foundation Boards as well as being honored as an honorary lifetime member for ASCP and the National Association of Directors of Nursing. Finally, Dr. Stefanacci has achieved recognition as a fellow in both the College of Physicians of Philadelphia and American Geriatric Society as well as recently being awarded the Humanism in Aging Leadership Award from the University of New England, Department of Geriatrics.R. Scott DeLong, MD, CMD. He is the Geriatric Fellowship Director for Penn Medicine/Lancaster General Health (LGH). He received his medical degree from the Pennsylvania State University College of Medicine in 2004. He completed his family medicine residency in 2007 at LGH. He then completed his geriatric fellowship at LGH in 2008. Dr. DeLong’s subspecialty interests include nursing home care, hospice and palliative medicine, and inpatient geriatric consultations. He also serves as medical director of Mennonite Home Communities in Lancaster, PA, where he provides services to both skilled care and long-term care residents. He also is a medical director at Hospice and Community Care in Lancaster, PA, where he provides hospice care to nursing home residents.

9783031286278

/General Practice and Family Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Health Care/

/General Practice and Family Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Health Care//Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Primary Care Medicine//Internal Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences////

K. Melissa Smith Hayes, Vanderbilt University School of Nursing, Nashville, TN, USA; Nicole R. Dellise, Centennial Heart, Nashville, TN, USA

Chapter 1 ​Introduction.- Section 1: What is Heart Failure?.- Chapter 2 Pathophysiology of Heart Failure with Reduced Ejection Fraction.- Chapter 3 Pathophysiology of Heart failure with Preserved ejection Fraction.- Chapter 4 Heart Failure across the population: Epidemiology Chapter 5 Classifications and Stages of Heart Failure.- Section 2: Manifestations of Heart Failure: History and Physical Exam Findings.- Chapter 6 Comprehensive Heart Failure History.- Chapter 7 Physical Exam Findings.- Chapter 8 Determining Volume Status by Physical Exam.- Section 3: Cardiology Referral: Guide to Initial Testing.- Chapter 9 Transthoracic Echocardiogram.- Chapter 10 Cardiac MRI.- Chapter 11 Right Heart Catherization.- Chapter 12 Ischemic Evaluation.- Section 4: Heart Failure with Reduced Ejection Fraction.- Chapter 13 Etiology.- Chapter 14 Prevention.- Chapter 15 Outpatient Management with Case Study.- Section 5: Heart Failure with Preserved Ejection Fraction.- Chapter 16 Etiology.- Chapter 17 Prevention.- Chapter 18 Outpatient Management with Case Study.- Section 6: Heart Failure and the Management of Co-Morbidities in Primary Care.- Chapter 19 Atrial Fibrillation in the presence of Heart Failure.- Chapter 20 Chronic Kidney Disease, Cardiorenal Syndrome Failure and Anemia.- Chapter 21 Diabetes and Heart Failure.- Chapter 22 Hypertension, Obesity and Thyroid Disease and Heart Failure.- Chapter 23 Sleep Apnea, COPD and Heart Failure.- Chapter 24 Pulmonary Hypertension and Heart Failure.- Chapter 25 Liver Disease and Heart Failure.- Chapter 26 Treatment of Gout and Heart Failure.- Chapter 27 Lifestyle Choices and Heart Failure: Substance abuse.- Chapter 28 Depression and Heart Failure.- Chapter 29 Medications to Avoid when Treating Heart Failure.- Section 7: Transitioning the Heart Failure Patient from Hospital to Home.- Chapter 30 Discharge planning and teaching.- Chapter 31 Initial post discharge clinic visit.- Chapter 32 Self care strategies for the heart failure patient.- Section 8: Goals of Care for the Heart Failure Patient.- Chapter 33 Goals of Care discussions.- Chapter 34 Components of Palliative care for the heart failure patient.- Chapter 35 End of Life Best Practice. <div><div>
</div></div><div>
</div>

This guide provides a clear and concise overview of heart failure for primary care clinicians. Written by two nurse practitioners for nurses, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, medical students, and pharmacists, it is uniquely designed to bridge the gap between cardiology and primary care. It delivers the most current recommendations outlined by the American Heart Association and the Heart Failure Society of America guidelines for the management and treatment of heart failure. <div>
</div><div>This book includes a comprehensive overview of heart failure with reduced ejection fraction and heart failure with preserved ejection fraction. Special chapters are dedicated to physical exam, interpretation and application of diagnostic testing, and the management of chronic illness in the setting of acute and chronic heart failure. Additionally, the book provides clinicians with guidance on common medications to avoid, patient education, successful transitions of care, and conversations regarding goals of care. Each chapter includes an overview and learning objectives. The “Practice Pearls” and case studies found throughout the text highlight key takeaway points. </div><div>
</div>

<div>This guide provides a clear and concise overview of heart failure for primary care clinicians. Written by two nurse practitioners for nurses, nurse practitioners, physician assistants, medical students, and pharmacists, it is uniquely designed to bridge the gap between cardiology and primary care. It delivers the most current recommendations outlined by the American Heart Association and the Heart Failure Society of America guidelines for the management and treatment of heart failure. </div><div>
</div><div>This book includes a comprehensive overview of heart failure with reduced ejection fraction and heart failure with preserved ejection fraction. Special chapters are dedicated to physical exam, interpretation and application of diagnostic testing, and the management of chronic illness in the setting of acute and chronic heart failure. Additionally, the book provides clinicians with guidance on common medications to avoid, patient education, successful transitions of care, and conversations regarding goals of care. Each chapter includes an overview and learning objectives. The “Practice Pearls” and case studies found throughout the text highlight key takeaway points. </div><div>
</div>

<p>Includes a comprehensive review of physical exam findings and common diagnostic testing used to diagnosis heart failure</p><p>Reviews best practice for transitioning the heart failure patient from hospital to home</p><p>Offers many didactical case studies</p><p>Provides a clear and concise overview of the management of heart failure for primary care clinicians</p><p>Offers “Practice Pearls” for the primary care provider treating heart failure</p><p>Discusses goals of care and end of life considerations for patients with heart failure</p><p>Addresses special heart failure considerations in the management and treatment of common diagnoses seen in primary care</p><p>Reflects current heart failure treatment guidelines outlined by AHA/HFSA</p>

<div>K. Melissa Hayes, DNP, ANP-BC, CHFN, is an Assistant Professor of Nursing at Vanderbilt University School of Nursing in the Adult Gerontology Primary Care Nurse Practitioner Program. Dr. Hayes received her BSN from Harding University, her MSN from Vanderbilt University, and her DNP from Duke University. Dr. Hayes has over 25 years of experience as an Adult Nurse Practitioner and continues to practice in the Heart and Vascular Clinic at Nashville General Hospital focusing on the heart failure population. Her primary teaching responsibilities include Advanced Health Assessment, Primary Care and Clinical Instruction for Nurse Practitioners. Chronic disease management of the heart failure patient as well as heart failure education is Dr. Hayes’ area of expertise. Dr. Hayes frequently lectures about heart failure at the local and national level. </div> <div>
</div><div><div>Nicole R. Dellise, DNP, FNP-BC, CHFN, is the Structural Heart Program Director at TriStar Centennial. She is also an Instructor of Nursing in the Family Nurse Practitioner Program at Vanderbilt University School of Nursing. She began her career as a heart failure nurse in 2008. She then received her Master’s in Nursing from Belmont University in 2012 followed by her Doctorate in Nursing in 2017. Dr. Dellise has a strong passion for improving heart failure care across the continuum. She has led hospital wide heart failure quality improvement projects and developed educational programs for hospital nursing staff. Additionally, Dr. Dellise has served as a peer reviewer for a reputable heart failure nursing journal. Dr. Dellise is a published author in the area of heart failure. She has spoken locally and nationally.
</div></div>

9783031201929

/Nursing/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Cardiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Pharmacology/Biomedical Research/Life Sciences/Health Sciences////

Scott B. Crawford, LAS VEGAS, NV, USA; Lance W. Baily, SimGHOSTS, Las Vegas, NV, USA; Stormy M. Monks, Texas Tech University Health Sciences Center El Paso, El Paso, TX, USA

Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation: Operations, Technology, and Innovative Practice

Section I: Intro to Healthcare Simulation.- 1: History of Simulation.- 2: Types of Healthcare Simulation: Locations and Training – Who, What & Where?.- 3: Simulation Methodologies.- 4: Simulation Center Personnel.- 5: Finding the Right Simulation Personnel.- 6: Professional Development for the Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist.- 7: Simulation Curriculum Development, Integration and Operations.- 8: The Research Process.- 9: Infrastructure and Simulation Center Design.- Section II: Simulation Specialists and Healthcare Simulation.- 10: Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialists.- 11: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Audio/Video Technology.- 12: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Educational Constructs in Simulation.- 13: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Healthcare.- 14: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Information Technology.- 15: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Management.- 16: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Research.- 17: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Simulation.- 18: The Healthcare Simulation Technology Specialist and Standardized Patients.- Section III: Extra Information.- 19: Technology and Innovation.- 20: Common and Best Practices for Do-It-Yourself Enhancements.- 21: Role and Goal of Industry in Education and Patient Safety.

<div><div>This practical guide provides a focus on the implementation of healthcare simulation operations, as well as the type of professional staff required for developing effective programs in this field. Though there is no single avenue in which a person pursues the career of a healthcare simulation technology specialist (HSTS), this book outlines the extensive knowledge and variety of skills one must cultivate to be effective in this role. This book begins with an introduction to healthcare simulation, including personnel, curriculum, and physical space. Subsequent chapters address eight knowledge/skill domains core to the essential aspects of an HSTS. To conclude, best practices and innovations are provided, and the benefits of developing a collaborative relationship with industry stakeholders are discussed. Expertly written text throughout the book is supplemented with dozens of high-quality color illustrations, photographs, and tables. </div><div>
</div><div>Written andedited by leaders in the field, Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation: Operations, Technology, and Innovative Practice is optimized for a variety of learners, including healthcare educators, simulation directors, as well as those looking to pursue a career in simulation operations as healthcare simulation technology specialists. </div></div>

This practical guide provides a focus on the implementation of healthcare simulation operations, as well as the type of professional staff required for developing effective programs in this field. Though there is no single avenue in which a person pursues the career of a healthcare simulation technology specialist (HSTS), this book outlines the extensive knowledge and variety of skills one must cultivate to be effective in this role. This book begins with an introduction to healthcare simulation, including personnel, curriculum, and physical space. Subsequent chapters address eight knowledge/skill domains core to the essential aspects of an HSTS. To conclude, best practices and innovations are provided, and the benefits of developing a collaborative relationship with industry stakeholders are discussed. Expertly written text throughout the book is supplemented with dozens of high-quality color illustrations, photographs, and tables. Written and edited by leaders in the field, Comprehensive Healthcare Simulation: Operations, Technology, and Innovative Practice is optimized for a variety of learners, including healthcare educators, simulation directors, as well as those looking to pursue a career in simulation operations as healthcare simulation technology specialists. <div>
</div>

Practical guide helps prepare professionals for the broad scope of simulation in healthcareDefines the domains of medical simulation operationsFocuses on the development of the healthcare simulation technology specialistWritten and edited by leaders in the field of clinical simulation

<div><div><div><div><div>Scott B. Crawford, MD, FACEP, CHSOS is board-certified in emergency medicine and is an Assistant Professor in the Department of Emergency Medicine at Texas Tech University Health Sciences Center (TTUHSC) El Paso. He is also the Director for Simulation at TTUHSC El Paso. He served as President of SimGHOSTS from 2015 to 2017 and has presented both in the USA and internationally on topics related to audio/video design, information technology, and simulation innovation. He has served as a reviewer and author for standards of best practice for healthcare simulation and topics related to simulation and technology education.</div><div>
</div><div>Lance W. Baily, BA, EMT-B is the Founder and current Chairman of the Board of the international SimGHOSTS organization, as well as Founder and Managing Director of HealthySimulation.com and CareersinHealthcare.com. His background includes serving as Director of the Nevada System of Higher Education’s Clinical Simulation Center of Las Vegas, operating simulation technology for the Los Angeles Community College District, training as a Fire Fighter and Rescue Diver, and helping to create thousands of Hollywood digital media productions. He is passionate to empower healthcare educators and simulation technology specialists to learn, network, and engage with their peers from around the world.</div><div>
</div><div>Stormy M. Monks, PhD, MPH is an Assistant Professor with Texas Tech University Health Sciences Center (TTUHSC) El Paso. She currently serves as a Research Scientist for the Department of Emergency Medicine, Division of Simulation Education. In addition, she has served as the Research Director for SimGHOSTS, an international nonprofit group dedicated to providing technology education and innovation to simulation centers worldwide. She sits on the TTUHSC El Paso Institutional Review Board.</div></div></div></div></div>

9783030153779

/Anesthesiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Practice and Hospital Management/Health Care/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Computer Modelling/Computer and Information Systems Applications/Computer Science/Mathematics and Computing///

978-3-319-47607-0

Anthony R. Absalom, University Medical Center Groningen, University of Groningen, Groningen, The Netherlands; Keira P. Mason, Boston Children’s Hospital, Boston, MA, USA

<div>PART 1. INTRODUCTION/BACKGROUND.- 1. When and How Did It All Begin? A Brief History of Intravenous Anesthesia.- 2. The Development and Regulation of Commercial Devices for Target - Controlled Drug Infusion.- 3. The Memory Labyrinth: systems, processes and boundaries.- 4. Consciousness and Anaesthesia.- 5. Mechanisms of Intravenous Anaesthetic Action.- PART 2. PRINCIPLES OF PHARMACOLOGICAL MODELING.- 6. Basic Pharmacology: Kinetics and Dynamics for Dummies.- 7. Pharmacokinetic-Pharmacodynamic Modelling of Anesthetic Drugs.- 8. Principles of Target Controlled Infusions.- 9. Performance of Target-Controlled Infusion Systems.- 10. How to Select a PK/PD Model.- PART 3. PHARMACOLOGY OF THE INTRAVENOUS ANESTHETIC AGENTS.- 11. Propofol PK-PD.- 12. Etomidate and Etomidate Analogues: Molecular Pharmacology and Behavioral Actions.- 13. Dexmedetomidine: The Science and Clinical Aspects in Adults and Children.- 14. Clinical Effects and Applications of Ketamine.- 15. Neuromuscular Blocking Drugs: Pharmacology, Physiology and Clinical Aspects.- 16. New and Upcoming Drugs: Intravenous Anesthetic Agents.- 17. Drug Interactions in Anesthesia.- PART 4. PRACTICAL CONDUCT OF SEDATION AND ANESTHESIA</div><div>18. Pumps Pitfalls and Practicalities.- 19. EEG Monitoring of Depth of Anesthesia.- 20. Monitoring the analgesic component of anesthesia.- 21. Intravenous Drugs for Sedation: Target Controlled, Patient Controlled, and Patient Maintained Delivery.- 22. Pediatric TIVA/TCI: Case Presentations and Discussion.- 23. TCI/TIVA Adult Case Studies.- PART 5. SPECIAL POPULATIONS AND PROCEDURES.- 24. Intravenous Anesthesia in Obese Patients.- 25. Pharmacokinetics and Dynamics on the Pediatric Population.- 26. Clinical Pharmacology of Intravenous Sedation in Children.- 27. Sedation of the Critically Ill Child.- 28. TCI & TIVA for Neurosurgery: Considerations and Techniques.- 29. TCI in Special Patients Groups: The Elderly and Obese.- 30. TIVA for Cardiac Surgery.-31. TIVA/TCI in Veterinary Practice.- PART 6. OUTCOME, EDUCATION, SAFETY, AND THE FUTURE.- 32. Advantages, Disadvantages, and Risks of TIVA/TCI.- 33. Economics of TIVA.- 34. Teaching TCI with Human Patient Simulators.- 35. Closed-Loop or Automated Titration of Intravenous Anesthesia: Background, Science and Clinical Impact.- 36. Health Care Technology, the Human-Machine Interface, and Patient Safety During Intravenous Anesthesia.- 37. Can IV Sedatives Affect Outcome?.- 38. The Benefit and Future of Pharmacogenetics.- 39. Lessons from drug interaction displays.- 40. The Role of Intravenous Agents in Delirium.- 41. Perioperative Cardioprotective Strategies in Noncardiac Surgery.- 42. Opioid Induced Hyperalgesia after Surgery: Clinical Relevance.- 43. Memory, Awareness and Intravenous Anaesthetics.- 44. Awareness and Dreaming During TIVA.- 45. Apoptosis and Neurocognitive Effects of Intravenous Anesthetics.- Epilogues.</div><div>
</div>

<div>This is a comprehensive and authoritative presentation of total intravenous anesthesia (TIVA) and target controlled infusion (TCI). The editors’ international reputation has enabled them to recruit leading experts from around the world to write single-author chapters in their area of expertise. Total Intravenous Anesthesia and Target Controlled Infusions is the first multi-disciplinary, globally authored volume on the topic. </div><div>
</div><div>Providing a single source of information on all aspects of TIVA and TCI, from pharmacologic modeling and the pharmacology of intravenous anesthetic drugs to practical considerations in the clinical setting and the requirements of special populations, Total Intravenous Anesthesia and Target Controlled Infusions examines the debate about the risks and advantages of TIVA, analyze outcome studies, and provides guidance on creating a curriculum to teach TIVA and TCI.</div>

First definitive text of total intravenous anesthesia and target controlled infusionInternationally renowned editors and contributors provide comprehensive, expert coverageAddresses history of TIVA and of TCI, neuropharmacology of TIVA, and pharmacological modeling basicsIn-depth profiles of drugs used in TIVA and of up-and-coming new drugsDrug interactionsCase studies of adult and pediatric patients, with accompanying videoRisks and benefits, outcomes, training, and patient safety also addressedIncludes supplementary material: sn.pub/extras

Anthony R. Absalom, MBChB, FRCA, MD
<div>Professor of Anesthesiology, The University Medical Center Groningen, University of Groningen, The Netherlands</div><div>Dr. Absalom is internationally recognized as a leading expert on anaesthetic pharmacology and total intravenous anesthesia. He currently serves as Editor of the British Journal of Anaesthesia and is a former editorial board member of Trends in Anaesthesia and Critical Care. He is currently president of the Society for Intravenous Anesthesia (UK). In the past he has served as a board member of ISAP (International Society for Intravenous Anaesthesia) and as vice-president of the World Society of Intravenous Anaesthesia. </div>
<div>Keira P. Mason, MD is an Associate Professor of Anaesthesia (Radiology) at Harvard Medical School, , Boston Children’s Hospital, Boston, MA. </div><div>Dr. Mason is a Springer author. We recently published the expanded Second Edition of her critically and globally acclaimed book, Pediatric Sedation Outside of the Operating Room, 2nd ed, Mason, ed., (2015). </div><div>During 1998-2014, Dr. Mason was Director of Radiology Anesthesia and Sedation at Boston Children’s Hospital, where she developed a sedation and anesthesia program that continues to be nationally and internationally recognized. She is considered a pioneer of innovative and safe sedation protocols which have been adopted worldwide. Dr. Mason is past- Vice President of the World Society of Intravenous Anesthesia (Founding Board Member), and a frequent invited lecturer to national and international conferences, including Society of Interventional Radiology, American Society of Anesthesiologists, Radiological Society of North America, International Dental Congress on Anesthesia, Sedation, and Pain Control, Society of Ambulatory Anesthesia, Asian and Oceanic Society of Regional Anesthesia, Japanese Society for Intravenous Anesthesia, International Association of Pediatric Dentistry, All-African Anaesthesia Congress, Asian Society of Paediatric Anesthesiologists, and many others. She is the Course Director for Pediatric Sedation Outside the Operating Room, a conference she initiated through Harvard Medical School and is an active member of the American Society of Anesthesiologists (ASA) Committees. She has authored many book chapters. As a Principal Investigator of numerous studies, some which required approval of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), she has numerous publications. Dr. Mason continues to serve on expert panels for the FDA. She is on the Editorial Board of the British Journal of Anaesthesia.</div><div>
</div>

9783319476070

/Anesthesiology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//General Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences/////

10.1007/978-3-319-47609-4

Eric K. Hansen, The Oregon Clinic, Providence St. Vincent Medical Center, Portland, OR, USA; Mack Roach III, University of California, San Franc, SAN FRANCISCO, CA, USA

Skin Cancer.- Central Nervous System.- Malignant and Benign Diseases of the Eye and Orbit.- Cancer of the Ear.- Nasopharyngeal Cancer.- Nasal Cavity and Paranasal Sinus Cancer.- Oropharyngeal Cancer.- Cancer of the Lip and Oral Cavity.- Larynx and Hypopharynx Cancer.- Salivary Gland Tumors.- Thyroid Cancer.- Unusual Neoplasms of the Head and Neck.- Management of the Neck and Unknown Primary of the Head and Neck.- Small Cell Lung Cancer.- Non-small Cell Lung Cancer.- Mesothelioma and Thymic Tumors.- Breast Cancer.- Esophageal Cancer.- Gastric Cancer.- Pancreatic Cancer.- Hepatobiliary Cancer.- Colorectal Cancer.- Anal Cancer.- Renal Cell Carcinoma.- Bladder Cancer.- Prostate Cancer.- Cancer of the Penis.- Testicular Cancer.- Cervical Cancer.- Endometrial Cancer.- Ovarian Cancer.- Vaginal Cancer.- Vulvar Cancer.- Urethral Cancer.- Hodgkin’s Lymphoma.- Non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma.- Cutaneous Lymphomas.- Multiple Myeloma and Plasmacytoma.- Bone Tumors.- Soft-Tissue Sarcoma.- Pediatric (Non-CNS) Tumors.- Palliation and Benign Conditions.- Clinical Radiobiology and Physics.

The Third Edition of Handbook of Evidence-Based Radiation Oncology updates and revises the previous successful editions and serves as a key reference for radiation oncology professionals. Organized by body site, concise clinical chapters provide easy access to critical information. Important 'pearls' of epidemiology, anatomy, pathology, and clinical presentation are highlighted. The key elements of the work-up are listed, followed by staging and/or risk classification systems. Treatment recommendations are discussed based on stage, histology, and/or risk classification. Brief summaries of key trials and studies provide the rationale for the recommendations. Practical guidelines for radiation techniques are described and complications and follow-up guidelines are outlined. The Third Edition incorporates new key studies and trials to reflect current radiation oncology practice; includes the most recent staging systems; and features new color illustrations and anatomic atlases to aid in treatment planning. This book is a valuable resource for students, resident physicians, fellows, and other practitioners of radiation oncology.

The Third Edition of Handbook of Evidence-Based Radiation Oncology updates and revises the previous successful editions and serves as a key reference for radiation oncology professionals. Organized by body site, concise clinical chapters provide easy access to critical information. Important 'pearls' of epidemiology, anatomy, pathology, and clinical presentation are highlighted. The key elements of the work-up are listed, followed by staging and/or risk classification systems. Treatment recommendations are discussed based on stage, histology, and/or risk classification. Brief summaries of key trials and studies provide the rationale for the recommendations. Practical guidelines for radiation techniques are described and complications and follow-up guidelines are outlined. The Third Edition incorporates new key studies and trials to reflect current radiation oncology practice; includes the most recent staging systems; and features new color illustrations and anatomic atlases to aid in treatment planning. This book is a valuable resource for students, resident physicians, fellows, and other practitioners of radiation oncology.

<p>Practical and portable radiation oncology reference that presents essential information on cancer management for all anatomic sites</p><p>Summarizes the most important studies and trials from the medical literature that form the basis of evidence-based radiation oncology treatment recommendations</p><p>Discusses treatment recommendations based on stage, histology, and/or risk classification</p><p>Describes practical guidelines for radiation techniques</p><p>Outlines complications and follow-up guidelines in radiation oncology</p>

<div>Eric K. Hansen, MDThe Oregon ClinicRadiation OncologyProvidence St. Vincent Medical CenterPortland, OR, USA Mack Roach III MD, FACR, FASTROProfessorRadiation Oncology and UrologyDirectorParticle Therapy Research Program & OutreachDepartment of Radiation OncologyUCSF Helen Diller Family Comprehensive Cancer CenterSan Francisco, CA, USA Eric Hansen is a Board Certified Radiation Oncologist. He graduated with honors from Yale University (BA) and Oregon Health & Science University (MD). He completed his radiation oncology residency at University of California San Francisco. Dr. Hansen served as President of the Oregon Radiation Oncology Society and is a member of the American Society of Radiation Oncology. Mack Roach III, MD, is a Professor of Radiation Oncology, Medical Oncology and Urology, at the University of California, San Francisco. Roach earned his MD from Stanford University School of Medicine. His major research interest involves the application of 3-D conformal and intensity modulated radiotherapy (IMRT) treatment planning technology as a major component of combined modality management of prostate cancer and other solid tumors.</div>

9783319626413

/Radiology/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Oncology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Interventional Radiology/Radiology/Life Sciences/Health Sciences////

10.1007/978-3-319-62642-0

978-3-030-29100-6

David Buckley, The Ashe Street Clinic, Tralee, Co. Kerry, Ireland; Paola Pasquali, Pius Hospital de Valls, Valls, Tarragona, Spain

<div>Introduction.- Investigations and treatment.- History taking and examination.- Structure and function of the skin.- Terminology in dermatology.- Acne.- Roaccutane.- Rosacea.- Papulo-pustular rashes on the face.- The red face.- Polycystic ovarian syndrome.- Hidradenitis Suppurativa.- Atopic eczema in children.- Eczema and dermatitis in adults.- Lichen planus.- Urticaria.- Allergic skin disorders.- Psoriasis.- Seborrhoeic dermatitis.- Generalized rashes.- Regional dermatology.- Leg ulcers.- Wound care.- Red leg.- Blistering eruptions.- Bacterial infections.- Fungal and yeast infections of skin, hair and nails.- Viral infections.- Paracetic and protozoal infections.- Warts.- Cryosurgery.- Cryosurgery for warts.- Nurse lead cryosurgery clinic.- Cuteneous surgery.- Local anaesthetics for skin surgery.- Hair loss and excessive hair growth.- Nail problems.- Lesion recognition.- Pigmented lesions.- Non pigmented lesions.- Congenital Nevi (moles) in Newborns and Children.- Skin cancer and pre cancer.- Dermoscopy for the General Practitioner.- Photobiology (the sun and the skin).- Disorders of pigmentation.- Ethnic dermatology (skin of colour).- Pregnancy rashes.- Paediatric dermatology.- Childhood exanthems (rashes with a fever).- Rashes in the elderly.- Genodermatoses ( hereditary skin diseases).- Skin in systemic disease - Skin and the mind.- Hyperhydrosis (excessive sweating).- Cutaneous vasculitis.- Emergency dermatology.- Pruritis.- Emollients.- Topical steroids.- Topical calcinuera inhibitors.- Pharmacist and skin disease.- Nurse and skin disease.- Patient information leaflets.- Useful websites, courses, bibliography and patient support groups.
</div>

This textbook provides a comprehensive, practical guide to the identification of a range of common dermatological conditions encountered within primary care. It features a problem-based approach to the topics and conditions covered. Clinical photographs, diagrams and pertinent tables along with clear learning objectives, clinical pearls and pitfalls in each chapter facilitate understanding in the diagnosis and management of a range of common dermatological conditions.


Textbook of Primary Care Dermatology empowers the reader to develop their understanding of how to deal with a range of common skin, hair and nail problems. It is ideal for training and practising primary care physicians seeking a quick reference guide to use in their clinical practice and the trainee dermatologist seeking a primer on the topic. It is also suitable for other members of the primary care team including nurses, pharmacists, physician associates and clinical assistants, and it is very useful for hospital-based doctors and nurses in other disciplines who want a quick, practical reference to common dermatological problems.

This textbook provides a comprehensive, practical guide to the identification of a range of common dermatological conditions encountered within primary care. It features a problem-based approach to the topics and conditions covered. Clinical photographs, diagrams and pertinent tables along with clear learning objectives, clinical pearls and pitfalls in each chapter facilitate understanding in the diagnosis and management of a range of common dermatological conditions.


Textbook of Primary Care Dermatology empowers the reader to develop their understanding of how to deal with a range of common skin, hair and nail problems. It is ideal for training and practising primary care physicians seeking a quick reference guide to use in their clinical practice and the trainee dermatologist seeking a primer on the topic. It is also suitable for other members of the primary care team including nurses, pharmacists, physician associates and clinical assistants, and it is very useful for hospital-based doctors and nurses in other disciplines who want a quick, practical reference to common dermatological problems.

<p>Contains useful quick reference tables which can be used during a busy consultation to look up various presentations or treatments in dermatology</p><p>Provides patient information leaflet templates that the busy doctor can copy and give to their patients</p><p>Features videos on a variety of dermatology procedures, including on how to perform a punch biopsy, bandage a leg ulcer and freeze warts using cryosurgery</p>

Dr David Buckley is a principal in general practice and GP trainer who has developed a special interest and expertise in dermatology and skin surgery. He obtained his basic medical degree from the National University of Ireland (Dublin) in 1982. He joined the Dublin Vocational Training Scheme in General Practice in 1983 and spent the next three years specialising in general practice which included six months in the dermatology department of the Mater Hospital, Dublin. After this he spent six months training at the Dublin Skin and Cancer Hospital, Hume Street, Dublin. Dr Buckley then spent two years working as the chief medical officer in a large mission hospital in the north of Kenya with APSO (the Irish development agency) where he perfected his skills in surgery and tropical medicine. On return to Ireland in 1989, Dr Buckley established a new general practice combined with a primary care dermatology practice in his home town of Tralee. Having begun on his own, the practice has since grown to include five doctors, three nurses, a clinical assistant and seven administration staff. He completed a year-long Diploma in Practical Dermatology in the University of Wales College of Medicine in 1990. He established the Solas Dermatology and Laser Clinic 2000 and changed the name to the Kerry Skin Clinic in 2018. Dr Buckley is a founding member of the Primary Care Dermatology Society of Ireland (1996) and the Primary Care Surgical Society (2012). He has been a member of the European Academy of Dermatology and Venereology since 1993. He has published seven scientific papers on community based dermatology and cryosurgery in peer reviewed journals and this is his second book on primary care dermatology. He has also contributed chapters on two international textbooks on cryosurgery. He is an honorary lecture in dermatology for the Irish College of General Practitioners and was awarded a fellowship of the Royal College of General Practitioners (London) in 2018 for his contribution to medicine.


Dr Pasquali is a dermatologist with specialty in non melanoma skin cancer treatment with special emphasis in cryosurgery, non invasive imaging techniques and teledermatology. She is a Springer editor for Skin Cancer: A Practical Approach, Crosurgery, A Practical Manual and Photography in Clinical Medicine. She is Past President of the International Society of Teledermatology, chairman of AAD International Member Committee and EADV School.

9783030291006

/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Primary Care Medicine/

/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Primary Care Medicine//Dermatology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/////

Steven D. Billings, Department of Pathology, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland, OH, USA; Jenny Cotton, Integrated Health Associates , Ann Arbor, MI, USA

Introduction.- Spongiotic Dermatitis.- Psoriasiform Dermatitis.- Interface Dermatitis.- Vasculitis and Thrombotic Disorders.- Nodular and Diffuse Dermatitis.- Palisading Granulomatous Dermatitis.- Sclerosing Dermatitis.- Bullous Dermatitis.- Panniculitis.- Alopecia.- Infections.- Miscellaneous Dermatoses.

This fully updated and revised new edition will guide the reader to develop a systematic approach to the diagnosis of inflammatory disorders of the skin. It covers the most common and clinically important inflammatory disorders of the skin in a image-rich easy to read format. Each section includes a practical tips section to help navigate the differential diagnosis. Examples of diagnostic comments are provided that practicing pathologists can utilize in their own reports. Therefore, this book will not only guide the reader in how to approach inflammatory dermatoses, it will also help with writing the report. All chapters are revised and updated and include new images. The second edition of Inflammatory Dermatopathology will be of great value to surgical pathologists, pathology residents, dermatology residents, and dermatopathology fellows.

This fully updated and revised new edition will guide the reader to develop a systematic approach to the diagnosis of inflammatory disorders of the skin. It covers the most common and clinically important inflammatory disorders of the skin in a image-rich easy to read format. Each section includes a practical tips section to help navigate the differential diagnosis. Examples of diagnostic comments are provided that practicing pathologists can utilize in their own reports. Therefore, this book will not only guide the reader in how to approach inflammatory dermatoses, it will also help with writing the report. All chapters are revised and updated and include new images. The second edition of Inflammatory Dermatopathology will be of great value to surgical pathologists, pathology residents, dermatology residents, and dermatopathology fellows.

<p>Provides an image-rich easy to read format</p><p>Each section includes a Practical Tips section to help navigate the differential diagnosis</p><p>Fully updated second edition Written by experts in the field</p>

<div>Steven D. Billings, MD</div><div>Professor of Pathology and Co-Director of Dermatopathology Section, Department of Pathology, Cleveland Clinic, Cleveland Ohio, USA</div><div>
</div><div>Jenny Cotton MD, PhD</div><div>Integrated Health Associates, Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA</div><div>
</div>

9783319418957

/Pathology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Dermatology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/////

Introduction.- Types of falls.- Non-Mechanical falls.- Mechanical falls.- Consequences of falls.- Fall prevention.- Preventing non mechanical falls.- Preventing mechanical falls.- Reconditioning.

Despite the fact that elderly persons have a 33-35% chance of falling and becoming injured, most are ill-prepared. According to the World Health Organization, falls cause over 50% of accidental injuries and 39% of fatal injuries in the elderly. They are the fifth leading cause of death in the general population. <div>
</div><div>Falls can be either non-mechanical, related to underlying illness or debilitation, or they can be mechanical, related to accidental trips and slips and caused by environmental factors such as poor lighting, surprise steps, lack of grab bars, and slippery bathroom floors. Non-mechanical falls can be related to cognitive disorders, such as stroke or dementia, or to frailty. They can also be related to over-medicating with sedatives, diabetic medications, or blood pressure therapy. Falls can be the consequence of aging or chronic diseases such as heart disease, diabetes, kidney disease, or cancer. Patients with any of these disorders may have poor muscle tone, walking disorders, or a loss of equilibrium. Mechanical falls may be completely avoided by fall-proofing the home environment. </div><div>
</div><div>This book outlines several practical tips for eliminating potential home hazards and reviews each of the major causes of falls to help the patient and his or her caregiver, as well as the health provider, prevent falling by adapting one's lifestyle. The book also covers exercise programs and community programs that can be established and used to minimize the risk of falling in the elderly. Given that falls are common and that the majority of persons who fall are ill-prepared, this book will raise awareness of fall-prevention measures that can help reduce falls and fall-related injuries.</div>

Despite the fact that elderly persons have a 33-35% chance of falling and becoming injured, most are ill-prepared. According to the World Health Organization, falls cause over 50% of accidental injuries and 39% of fatal injuries in the elderly. They are the fifth leading cause of death in the general population. <div>
</div><div>Falls can be either non-mechanical, related to underlying illness or debilitation, or they can be mechanical, related to accidental trips and slips and caused by environmental factors such as poor lighting, surprise steps, lack of grab bars, and slippery bathroom floors. Non-mechanical falls can be related to cognitive disorders, such as stroke or dementia, or to frailty. They can also be related to over-medicating with sedatives, diabetic medications, or blood pressure therapy. Falls can be the consequence of aging or chronic diseases such as heart disease, diabetes, kidney disease, or cancer. Patients with any of these disorders may have poor muscle tone, walking disorders, or a loss of equilibrium. Mechanical falls may be completely avoided by fall-proofing the home environment. </div><div>
</div><div>This book outlines several practical tips for eliminating potential home hazards and reviews each of the major causes of falls to help the patient and his or her caregiver, as well as the health provider, prevent falling by adapting one's lifestyle. The book also covers exercise programs and community programs that can be established and used to minimize the risk of falling in the elderly. Given that falls are common and that the majority of persons who fall are ill-prepared, this book will raise awareness of fall-prevention measures that can help reduce falls and fall-related injuries.</div>

<p>Reviews causes of both mechanical and non-mechanical falls</p><p>Provides strategies for reducing falls and fall-related injuries</p><p>Includes exercises and community programs that can be used to minimize falls in the elderly.</p>

Stephen Z. Fadem, M.D, FASN Clinical Professor, Baylor College of Medicine, Department of Medicine, Division of Nephrology, Houston, Texas, USA

9783031391545

/Geriatrics/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//General Practice and Family Medicine/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/Health Care/////

Sandesh Parajuli, University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public Health, Madison, WI, USA; Fahad Aziz, University of Wisconsin School of Medicine and Public Health, Madison, WI, USA

Introduction to Kidney Transplantation.- End Stage Renal Disease – Treatment options: Dialysis vs Transplant.- Pre kidney transplant evaluation.- Kidney transplant-Immunosuppression and Rejection.- Post kidney transplant immediate complications: delayed graft function and wound.- Post kidney transplant: Cardiovascular complications.- Post kidney transplant: Infectious complication.- Post kidney transplant: Malignancies.- Post kidney transplant: Hypertension.- Post kidney transplant: Diabetes.- Post kidney transplant: Obesity.- Post kidney transplant: Hematological complications.- Post kidney transplant: Hematological complications.- Post kidney transplant: Bone Mineral Disease.- Transplant and Pregnancy.

This concise book provides an overview of the essential aspects of transplant nephrology. Chapters cover patient evaluation, treatment options, complications and post kidney transplant approaches to various common chronic diseases. The importance of proper immunosuppressants adjustment to improve the graft half-life and overall patient quality of life are also highlighted. Up to date and practical, this book gives nephrologists and providers that treat kidney transplant patients a succinct resource on management.

<div>This concise book provides an overview of the essential aspects of transplant nephrology. Chapters cover patient evaluation, treatment options, complications and post kidney transplant approaches to various common chronic diseases. The importance of proper immunosuppressants adjustment to improve the graft half-life and overall patient quality of life are also highlighted. Up to date and practical, this book gives nephrologists and providers that treat kidney transplant patients a succinct resource on management.
</div>

<p>Provides an overview of the essential aspects of transplant nephrology</p><p>Features chapters dedicated to patient evaluation and post kidney transplant complications</p><p>Concise and practical</p>

<div><div>Sandesh Parajuli is a transplant nephrologist who provides care for kidney and pancreas transplant recipients. Dr. Parajuli joins the University of Wisconsin from Oregon Health and Science University in Portland, Oregon, where he completed a fellowship in renal transplant. Before that, he was at the University of Rochester, New York for nephrology fellowship and at the Interfaith Medical Center, New York for his internship and residency. He is an active member of the American Society of Nephrology and the American Society of Transplantation. Dr. Parajuli’s clinical specialties include the evaluation and management of advanced kidney disease, including the management of kidney transplant candidates and recipients. His research interest includes post-transplant infections, immunology and rejection. He has a strong interest in medical education and plays an active role in teaching fellows, residents and medical students. He is currently an Assistant Professor in the Division of Nephrology at the University of Wisconsin.</div><div>Fahad Aziz is a transplant nephrologist who provides care for kidney and pancreas transplant recipients. Dr. Aziz joined the University of Wisconsin, after finishing his transplant fellowship at the same institution. He did his internal medicine internship and residency from Jersey City medical center affiliated with Mount Sinai school of medicine. He finished his general nephrology fellowship from University of Missouri. He is an active member of the American Society of Nephrology and the American Society of Transplantation. Dr. Aziz’s clinical specialties include the evaluation and management of advanced kidney disease, including the management of kidney transplant candidates and recipients. His research interest includes post-transplant cardiovascular disorders, post-transplant hypertension, immunology and rejection. He has a strong interest in medical education and plays an active role in teaching fellows, residents and medical students. He is currently an Assistant Professor in the Division of Nephrology at the University of Wisconsin.</div></div>

9783030001315

/Nephrology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Transplantation/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences////

Current Techniques with Fenestrated, Branched and Parallel Stent-Grafts

Historical Aspects and Evolution of Fenestrated and Branched Technology.- Mechanisms of Disease and Natural History.- Genetic Considerations in Patients with Aortic Disease.- Normal Aortic Anatomy and Variations of Its Branches.- Classification Systems Relevant to Complex Endovascular Aortic Repair.- Intravascular Ultrasound to Guide Complex Endovascular Aortic Repair.- The Spinal Cord Collateral Network: Implications for Endovascular Aortic Repair.- Role of Fusion Cone-Beam Computed Tomography Imaging During Complex Aortic Procedures.- 3D Printing to Create Templates for Patient-Specific Fenestrated Stent-Grafts.- Preoperative Evaluation and Clinical Risk Assessment.- Computed Tomography/ Computed Tomography Angiography for Evaluation, Planning, and Surveillance of Complex Endovascular Repair.- Duplex Ultrasound for Evaluation and Surveillance of Fenestrated, Branched, and Parallel Stent-Grafts.- Magnetic Resonance Angiography for the Initial Assessment and Follow-Up of Acute Aortic Syndromes.- Managing Endovascular Inventory.- Integration of Clinical Practice, Research, Innovation and Education.- Endovascular Training and Learning Curve for Complex Endovascular Procedures.- Regulatory Pathway for Physician-Sponsored Studies Evaluating Endovascular Aortic Repair.- Developing Physician-Sponsored Investigational Device Exemption Protocols.- Principles of Side Branch Incorporation and “Bail Out” Maneuvers.- Strategies to Minimize Risk of Spinal Cord Injury During Complex Endovascular Aortic Repair.- Strategies to Minimize Risk of Acute Kidney Injury During Complex Endovascular Aortic Repair.- Anesthetic Considerations for Complex Endovascular Aortic Repair.- Techniques of Iliofemoral Conduit for Endovascular Repair.- Current Device Designs to Incorporate Visceral Arteries.- Selection of Optimal Bridging Stents for Fenestrations and Branches.- Sizing and Planning Fenestrated and Multi-Branched Endovascular Repair.- Limitations for Branch Incorporation and Implications on Off-the-Shelf Designs.- Techniques of Implantation of Fenestrated and Multi-Branched Stent-Grafts for Visceral Artery Incorporation.- Results of Fenestrated, Branched and Parallel Stent-Grafts for Pararenal and Thoracoabdominal Aortic Aneurysms.- Parallel Graft Techniques to Treat Complex Aortic Aneurysms Involving the Renal and Mesenteric Arteries.- Hybrid Repair Using Visceral Debranching and Aortic Stent-Grafts to Treat Complex Aortic Aneurysms.- Current Device Designs to Incorporate Supra-Aortic Arch Trunks for Endovascular Repair.- Technical Aspects and Results of Branched Endografts for Repair of Aortic Arch Aneurysms.- Techniques and Results of Endovascular In Situ Arch Fenestrations.- Parallel Stent-Graft Techniques to Facilitate Endovascular Repair in the Aortic Arch.- Techniques and Results of Aortic Arch Hybrid Repair.- Techniques and Results of Hybrid Arch Replacement with Elephant Trunk.- Iliac Branch Device Designs.- Preoperative Planning and Sizing for Iliac Branch Devices.- Techniques of Endovascular Repair of Aorto-Iliac Aneurysms Using Iliac Branch Devices.- Results of Iliac Branch Stent-Grafts.- Technical Aspects and Results of Hybrid Iliac Revascularization.- Off-Label Use of Aortic Devices and Parallel Stent-Grafts for Iliac Revascularization.- Clinical Applications and Regulatory Issues for Physician Modified Endovascular Grafts (PMEGS).- Techniques of Physician Modified Endovascular Grafts (PMEGs) for Incorporation of Renal-Mesenteric Arteries.- Thromboembolic Complications During Endovascular Repair of Complex Aortic Aneurysms.- Spinal Cord Injury Prevention and Management.- Renal Function Deterioration in Complex Aortic Repair.- 

This text provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of complex endovascular aortic techniques. It will serve as a valuable resource for vascular and cardiovascular surgeons, interventionalists, cardiologists, clinicians, bioengineers and researchers with an interest in complex aortic diseases. The book reviews imaging modalities, diagnostic work up and novel endovascular approaches. Technical aspects are provided by experts in the field, with over 600 illustrations and photographs of key steps for each type of procedure. Results of epidemiologic studies and national databases are summarized, as well as large institutional experiences. An evidence-based approach is used for recommendations regarding best therapies. Other highlights of this unique text include: A new, state-of-the-art review on fenestrated, branched and parallel stent-graft techniques from procedure planning to stent design and implantation. A text dedicated to a topic that has been increasingly recognized by vascular specialists as a priority area in aortic management. An updated overview of current designs and future developments. Special attention to technical details of the procedures with use of illustrations. Technical tips on how to get out of problems during these challenging procedures. <div><br/></div><div>Endovascular Aortic Repair: Current Techniques with Fenestrated, Branched and Parallel Stent-Grafts will serve as a very useful resource for physicians and researchers dealing with and interested in complex aortic diseases. It will provide a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of the field that will help guide patient management and stimulate investigative efforts. All chapters are written by experts in their fields and include the most up to date scientific and clinical information.  </div>

This text provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of complex endovascular aortic techniques. It will serve as a valuable resource for vascular and cardiovascular surgeons, interventionalists, cardiologists, clinicians, bioengineers and researchers with an interest in complex aortic diseases. The book reviews imaging modalities, diagnostic work up and novel endovascular approaches. Technical aspects are provided by experts in the field, with over 600 illustrations and photographs of key steps for each type of procedure. Results of epidemiologic studies and national databases are summarized, as well as large institutional experiences. An evidence-based approach is used for recommendations regarding best therapies. Other highlights of this unique text include: A new, state-of-the-art review on fenestrated, branched and parallel stent-graft techniques from procedure planning to stent design and implantation. A text dedicated to a topic that has been increasingly recognized by vascular specialists as a priority area in aortic management. An updated overview of current designs and future developments. Special attention to technical details of the procedures with use of illustrations. Technical tips on how to get out of problems during these challenging procedures. <div><br/></div><div> Endovascular Aortic Repair: Current Techniques with Fenestrated, Branched and Parallel Stent-Grafts will serve as a very useful resource for physicians and researchers dealing with and interested in complex aortic diseases. It will provide a concise yet comprehensive summary of the current status of the field that will help guide patient management and stimulate investigative efforts. All chapters are written by experts in their fields and include the most up to date scientific and clinical information.  </div>

<p>Provides special attention to technical details of procedures through use of illustrations</p><p>Provides technical tips on challenging procedures</p><p>A new, state-of-the-art review on fenestrated, branched and parallel stent-graft techniques</p><p>Written by experts in the field</p><p>Includes supplementary material: sn.pub/extras</p>

Gustavo S. Oderich, MD<div><br/></div><div>Director of Advanced Endovascular Aortic Program</div><div><br/></div><div>Department of Vascular Surgery</div><div><br/></div><div>Mayo Clinic</div><div><br/></div><div>Rochester, MN</div><div><br/></div><div>USA</div>

9783319151915

/Vascular Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//General Surgery/Surgery/Life Sciences/Health Sciences//Interventional Radiology/Radiology/Life Sciences/Health Sciences////

Robert J. Kurman, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD, USA; Lora Hedrick Ellenson, Weill Cornell Medical College and New York Presbyterian Hospital, New York, NY, USA; Brigitte M. Ronnett, Johns Hopkins University, School of Medicine, Baltimore, MD, USA

,978-1-4419-0490-4,978-1-4419-5617-0,978-1-4419-0488-1,978-1-4419-0489-8

Benign Diseases of the Vulva.- Premalignant and Malignant Tumors of the Vulva.- Diseases of the Vagina.- Benign Diseases of the Cervix.- Precancerous Lesions of the Cervix.- Carcinoma and Other Tumors of the Cervix.- Benign Diseases of the Endometrium.- Precursor Lesions of Endometrial Carcinoma.- Endometrial Carcinoma.- Mesenchymal Tumors of the Uterus.- Diseases of the Fallopian Tube and Paratubal Region.- Nonneoplastic Lesions of the Ovary.- Diseases of the Peritoneum.- Surface Epithelial Tumors of the Ovary.- Sex Cord-Stromal, Steroid Cell, and Other Ovarian Tumors with Endocrine, Paraendocrine and Paraneoplastic Manifestations.- Germ Cell Tumors of the Ovary.- Nonspecific Tumors of the Ovary Including Mesenchymal Tumors.- Metastatic Tumors of the Ovary.- Diseases of the Placenta.- Gestational Trophoblastic Tumors and Related Tumor-like Lesions.- Hematologic Neoplasms and Selected Tumor-Like Lesions.- Soft Tissue Lesions Involving Female Reproductive Organs.
/p><div>
<div>
<div>
<div>
</div><div>
</div>

Since the publication of the 1/e in 1977, Blaustein's Pathology of the Female Genital Tract has consolidated its position as the leading textbook of gynecological pathology. An essential reference for all pathologists and residents, this thoroughly updated Seventh Edition includes more than 1400 illustrations in color, informative tables and 22 revised chapters written by internationally recognized experts.Discussion of each specific entity is organized to include general information, etiology, and epidemiology followed by clinical features, pathologic findings, differential diagnosis, clinical behavior, and treatment. This clear organization is applied throughout the book and allows the reader to quickly access key information in every chapter.Blaustein's Pathology of the Female Genital Tract remains the gold-standard reference for practicing pathologists and trainees, as well as for obstetric/gynecology practitioners and residents. Please find the index under “Back Matter” freely available on SpringerLink https://link.springer.com/referencework/10.1007%2F978-3-319-46334-6.

<p>Definitive reference in field.</p><p>Written by internationally recognized experts.</p><p>Each entry is structured in the same way, moving from general to more specific information, allowing the reader quick access to key information in every chapter.</p><p>Includes supplementary material: sn.pub/extras</p>

Dr. Robert J. Kurman, M.D. is the Emeritus Richard W. TeLinde Distinguished Professor of Gynecologic Pathology at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine and former Director of the Division of Gynecologic Pathology at the Johns Hopkins Hospital where his career was devoted to diagnosis, research, and teaching in the field of gynecologic pathology. His research activities began in the early 1970s with studies of germ cell tumors of the ovary and testis and gestational trophoblastic disease at which time he pioneered the application of immunohistochemistry (IHC) on formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded tissue. These studies were among the first describing how IHC could be applied to surgical pathology. During this time, he also undertook studies on the relationship of endometrial hyperplasia to carcinoma which led to the development of a classification system of endometrial hyperplasia that was later adopted by theWorld Health Organization. In the late 1970s and 1980s, his work on establishing the link between HPV and cervical cancer played a role in the application of molecular testing for HPV as a screening tool. This also was instrumental in the development of “The Bethesda System (TBS) for Reporting Cervical/Vaginal Cytologic Diagnoses” that replaced the previous Papanicolaou classification system and is now the standard cytology classification system in the USA and abroad. He has also been a Consultant for Merck in their clinical HPV vaccine trials. In the last 15 years, he has focused on elucidating the pathogenesis of epithelial ovarian cancer. By collaborating not only with other pathologists but also with molecular biologists and epidemiologists, he has demonstrated the value of a multimodal approach to ovarian cancer research. His vision has led to the proposal of a new disease model, which synthesizes clinical observations and pathobiological mechanisms and validates conceptual hypotheses with molecular data, thereby bringing new insights to the field. For example, based on morphologic and molecular genetic studies, a dualistic model of ovarian carcinogenesis was developed, which has now become widely accepted in the field. In addition, the studies implicating a precursor lesion in the fallopian tube as the origin of many so-called ovarian carcinomas have dramatically changed our thinking on this subject, with important implications for ovarian cancer screening and prevention. His research has resulted in the publication of nearly 300 original peer-reviewed papers and over 150 review articles and book chapters. Dr. Kurman’s influence extends well beyond these research efforts. He has recruited and mentored pathologists and researchers who have become distinguished gynecologic pathologists. Pathologists know him as an author and editor through his significant educational publications, including Blaustein’s Pathology of the Female Genital Tract (third, fourth, fifth, and sixth editions), Diagnosis of Endometrial Biopsies and Curettings: A Practical Approach (two editions), the AFIP Fascicles on Tumors of the Cervix, Vagina, and Vulva (third and fourth series) and Tumors of the Uterine Corpus and Gestational Trophoblastic Disease (third series), and the 2014 World Health Organization Classification of Tumours of the Female Reproductive Organs. He is sought after as a lecturer worldwide and has contributed to the advancement of the field through his leadership in professional societies, including being President of the International Society of Gynecologic Pathologists, participation in international committees, and membership on editorial boards of numerous journals. In recognition of his scholarship and leadership activities, he was elected as an Honorary Fellow of the Royal College of Pathologists and the Austrian Society of Pathologists.Lora Hedrick Ellenson, M.D. is an Attending P

9783319463339

/Pathology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences//Gynecology/Life Sciences/Clinical Medicine/Health Sciences/////

Joel M. Matta, Steadman Clinic, Vail, CO, USA; Alexander P. Sah, Institute for Joint Restoration, Fremont, CA, USA

Part 1. The Origins of the Anterior Hip Surgical Approach.- 1. The French Beginning and Judet School of the Anterior Approach.- 2. My French and American Beginning and Evolution of the Anterior Approach.- Part II. The Anterior Approach: An Established and Repeatable Technique.- 3. The Anterior Approach Surgical Technique for Total Hip Arthroplasty: The “Matta Method” of 2020.- 4. Understanding the Modern Surgeon’s Transition to Anterior Hip Replacement.- 5. The Learning Curve for the Anterior Approach: Early, Middle, and How It Continues.- 6. Introducing the Direct Anterior Approach (DAA) at a Swiss University Hospital.- 7. Challenges in Anterior Approach Education.- 8. Why I Favor a Standard Incision and Keys to Exposure for the Anterior Approach.- 9. Anterior Approach to the Hip Through the Oblique “Bikini” Incision.- 10. My Keys to Getting the Acetabulum Right with the Anterior Approach: Exposure, Preparation, Sizing, Position, Stability.- 11. My Keys to Getting the Femur Right with the Anterior Approach: Exposure, Preparation, Sizing, Depth of Insertion of Stem, Ball Head, Stability.- 12. Diagnosing and Managing Complications from the Anterior Approach.- 13. Tips and Tricks for Your First Anterior Hip Replacement.- 14. OR Efficiency: Radical Time Transparency and Operational Excellence.- 15. Results of the Direct Anterior Approach for Total Hip Arthroplasty.- 16. Difficult Cases in Primary Anterior Total Hip Arthroplasty.- 17. Direct Anterior Approach THA for Treatment of Femoral Neck and Acetabular Fractures.- 18. Anterior Approach Total Hip Arthroplasty Following Previous Femoral and Acetabular Fractures.- Part III. Hip Biomechanics: What Are We Trying to Achieve?.- 19. Normal Hip Biomechanics.- 20. Key Concepts and Methods for Acetabular Positioning.- 21. Understanding Leg Length and Offset.- Part IV. The Anterior Approach: The Variation of Techniques and Technologies.- 22. The Anterior Approach: From Robert Judet’s Work to AMIS® (Anterior Minimally Invasive Surgery).- 23. The History of the Direct Anterior Approach in Innsburck.- 24. The Direct Anterior Approach on a Standard Table in Zurich.- 25. A Hybrid Technique with a Standard Table and Mechanical Leg Holder.- 26. My Continued Evolution of the Anterior Approach.- Part V. Controversies in the Anterior Approach: Surgeon Perspectives.- 27. The Orthopedic Table versus the Standard OR Bed for the Anterior Approach.- 28. Handling the Hip Capsule with the Anterior Approach: Repair versus Capsulectomy.- 29. Judging Leg Length and Offset with the Anterior Approach: Clinical Evaluation versus Fluoroscopy.- 30. Does Pelvic Tilt Change Anything with the Anterior Approach? .- 31. Getting Correct Cup Position with the Anterior Approach: Bony Landmarks versus X-ray versus Computer Guidance.- 32. Stem Choice for Anterior Approach Total Hip Arthroplasty: Surgeon Perspectives.- 33. Hip Resurfacing Arthroplasty Using the Hueter-Anterior Approach.- Part VI. Revision Surgery Using the Anterior Hip Approach.- 34. Revision Surgery Exposure Techniques for the Anterior Hip Approach, Including Osteotomies.- 35. Complex Femoral Revision Using the Direct Anterior Hip Approach.- 36. Femoral Revision Total Hip Arthroplasty Using the Direct Anterior (Hueter) Approach.- 37. Complex Acetabular Reconstruction Using the Direct Anterior Approach.- 38. Treatment of Acute and Late Infections Using the Direct Anterior Approach.- Part VII. Future Directions in Techniques and Technology for the Anterior Approach.- 39. Navigation Technologies for the Anterior Approach in Total Hip Arthroplasty.- 40. Robotic Total Hip Replacement with Direct Anterior Approach.- 41. Problems to Solve and Potential Future Directions for Anterior Approach Total Hip Arthroplasty.

Anterior hip replacement is a surgical approach that has dramatically changed the landscape of modern hip replacement. The approach is common to orthopedic trauma surgery, but it has been rapidly adopted in recent years for hip replacement as well. Its proposed benefits as a muscle-sparing surgery include less tissue trauma, faster recovery, and fewer hip precautions. While the technique can be challenging during initial learning and early adoption, the approach continues to increase in utilization in the U.S. every year because of these benefits. Understanding the initial development of the anterior surgical approach for hip replacement creates the foundation to better understand its modern clinical benefits and possibilities with advanced techniques. Furthermore, a detailed description of the reasoning behind the continued developments of the anterior approach helps in understanding the key elements needed to obtain the most successful outcomes.With the continued adoption of this technically challenging technique, there is a need for a comprehensive resource for newly adopting surgeons and surgeons in training, but also for experienced surgeons looking to enhance their skill sets. Written by experts in the field, this book presents the tips and tricks learned after years of experience by a wide spectrum of surgeons. Parts 1 and 2 describe the origin and background of the anterior approach for hip replacement, with early lessons learned, important tips when training others, and how to master the operating table and c-arm. Parts 3 and 4 cover hip biomechanics and variations on techniques and technologies, respectively, while part 5 is a unique compilation of surgeons' perspectives on managing common aspects of the approach. Revision surgery is described in part 6, and future directions for the technique are discussed in part 7, along with emerging navigation and technologies.Every year, there is an increasing number of orthopedic surgeons learning and adopting the anterior hip approach who would benefit from the resources in this book, which will serve as a critical learning tool for training surgeons and also as the go-to reference for optimizing current use and advancing future possibilities of the approach.

Anterior hip replacement is a surgical approach that has dramatically changed the landscape of modern hip replacement. The approach is common to orthopedic trauma surgery, but it has been rapidly adopted in recent years for hip replacement as well. Its proposed benefits as a muscle-sparing surgery include less tissue trauma, faster recovery, and fewer hip precautions. While the technique can be challenging during initial learning and early adoption, the approach continues to increase in utilization in the U.S. every year because of these benefits. Understanding the initial development of the anterior surgical approach for hip replacement creates the foundation to better understand its modern clinical benefits and possibilities with advanced techniques. Furthermore, a detailed description of the reasoning behind the continued developments of the anterior approach helps in understanding the key elements needed to obtain the most successful outcomes.
With the continued adoption of this technically challenging technique, there is a need for a comprehensive resource for newly adopting surgeons and surgeons in training, but also for experienced surgeons looking to enhance their skill sets. Written by experts in the field, this book presents the tips and tricks learned after years of experience by a wide spectrum of surgeons. Parts 1 and 2 describe the origin and background of the anterior approach for hip replacement, with early lessons learned, important tips when training others, and how to master the operating table and c-arm. Parts 3 and 4 cover hip biomechanics and variations on techniques and technologies, respectively, while part 5 is a unique compilation of surgeons' perspectives on managing common aspects of the approach. Revision surgery is described in part 6, and future directions for the technique are discussed in part 7, along with emerging navigation and technologies.Every year, there is an increasing number of orthopedic surgeons learning and adopting the anterior hip approach who would benefit from the resources in this book, which will serve as a critical learning tool for training surgeons and also as the go-to reference for optimizing current use and advancing future possibilities of the approach.

<p>Describes the origins, development, current and future techniques for the anterior approach to hip replacement</p><p>Presents the complete learning curve for the technique as well as tips and tricks from experts in the field</p><p>An excellent resource for beginning and veteran orthopedic surgeons alike</p>

<div>Joel Matta, MD, Steadman Clinic, Vail, CO, USA</div><div>
</div>Alexander Sah, MD, Director of the Outpatient Joint Replacement Program, Co-Director of the Institute for Joint Restoration and Research, Sah Orthopaedic Associates, Institute for Joint Restoration, Fremont, CA, USA